From 54af47adab240443b755b3730b86500a0bd0733f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dragonmacher <48328597+dragonmacher@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 27 Jan 2020 15:28:17 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] GT-3481 - Gnu Demangler - Initial upgrade to v2.33.1 --- GPL/DemanglerGnu/build.gradle | 7 +- GPL/DemanglerGnu/certification.manifest | 1 + GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/README.txt | 89 +- GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/alloca.c | 1 - GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/argv.c | 50 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/c/cp-demangle.c | 1450 +++- .../src/demangler_gnu/c/cplus-dem.c | 4925 +------------- .../src/demangler_gnu/c/d-demangle.c | 1664 +++++ .../src/demangler_gnu/c/dyn-string.c | 4 +- GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt.c | 5 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt1.c | 5 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/c/missing.c | 75 + .../src/demangler_gnu/c/rust-demangle.c | 353 + .../src/demangler_gnu/c/safe-ctype.c | 5 +- GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xexit.c | 4 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/c/xstrdup.c | 4 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/ansidecl.h | 249 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/cp-demangle.h | 45 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/demangle.h | 121 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/dyn-string.h | 5 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/getopt.h | 5 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/libiberty.h | 127 +- .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/rust-demangle.h | 49 + .../src/demangler_gnu/headers/safe-ctype.h | 6 +- .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/README.txt | 94 + .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/alloca.c | 488 ++ .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/argv.c | 545 ++ .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cp-demangle.c | 5955 +++++++++++++++++ .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cplus-dem.c | 5282 +++++++++++++++ .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/dyn-string.c | 401 ++ .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt.c | 1056 +++ .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt1.c | 184 + .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/safe-ctype.c | 259 + .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xexit.c | 56 + .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xstrdup.c | 41 + .../demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/ansidecl.h | 445 ++ .../demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/cp-demangle.h | 172 + .../demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/demangle.h | 675 ++ .../demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/dyn-string.h | 77 + .../src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/getopt.h | 148 + .../demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/libiberty.h | 690 ++ .../demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/safe-ctype.h | 154 + 42 files changed, 20515 insertions(+), 5456 deletions(-) create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/d-demangle.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/missing.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/rust-demangle.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/rust-demangle.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/README.txt create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/alloca.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/argv.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cp-demangle.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cplus-dem.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/dyn-string.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt1.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/safe-ctype.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xexit.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xstrdup.c create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/ansidecl.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/cp-demangle.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/demangle.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/dyn-string.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/getopt.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/libiberty.h create mode 100644 GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/safe-ctype.h diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/build.gradle b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/build.gradle index 0e6cf5625e..ca2dd43596 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/build.gradle +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/build.gradle @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ model { binaries { all{ b -> if (toolChain in Gcc) { - cCompiler.args "-DMAIN_CPLUS_DEM" + + cCompiler.args "-DSTANDALONE_DEMANGLER" cCompiler.args "-DHAVE_STDLIB_H" cCompiler.args "-DHAVE_STRING_H" if (targetPlatform.operatingSystem.linux) { @@ -100,12 +101,12 @@ model { } else if (toolChain in VisualCpp) { cCompiler.args "/D_CONSOLE" - cCompiler.args "/DMAIN_CPLUS_DEM" + cCompiler.args "-DSTANDALONE_DEMANGLER" cCompiler.args "-DHAVE_STDLIB_H" cCompiler.args "-DHAVE_STRING_H" } else if (toolChain in Clang) { - cCompiler.args "-DMAIN_CPLUS_DEM" + cCompiler.args "-DSTANDALONE_DEMANGLER" cCompiler.args "-DHAVE_STDLIB_H" cCompiler.args "-DHAVE_STRING_H" if (targetPlatform.operatingSystem.linux) { diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/certification.manifest b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/certification.manifest index 6872775850..07dde20cb3 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/certification.manifest +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/certification.manifest @@ -8,3 +8,4 @@ Module.manifest||Public Domain||||END| build.gradle||Public Domain||||END| settings.gradle||Public Domain||||END| src/demangler_gnu/README.txt||Public Domain||||END| +src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/README.txt||GHIDRA||||END| diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/README.txt b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/README.txt index c9fc62be06..56d860b1be 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/README.txt +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/README.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ PURPOSE -This is a readme file to note the changes made to the binutils-2.24 source -code in order for Ghidra to build its GNU demangler. +This is a readme file to note the changes made to the binutils-2.33.1 source +code in to build its GNU demangler. The files in this directory are used to create a demangling +utility during the full build process. @@ -23,29 +24,11 @@ Windows, such as MinGW. CHANGES TO BINUTILS SOURCE -cplus-dem.c +cp-demangle.c -To this file was added about 400 lines of source code. Previously, this file contained a -main method that we used to build our stand alone demangler. The current version of -binutils does not have this main method. Instead, binutils has only a main method in -cp-demangle.c for building the stand alone demangler. The c++filt utility is created using -a main method inside of cxxfilt.c. We could not build that utility without using the -more complicated build system mentioned above. - -In order to gain full functionality contained in the c++filt utility, we copied the main -method from cxxfilt.c and placed it, along with supporting methods, into cplus-dem.c. This -allows us to perform a simple build of the stand alone demangler, with less source files -required. - -cp-demangle.c * - -This file contains a small, two-line change to send a newline character ('\n') along with -a flush to the output stream. Without this change, the program, when called repeatedly from -Ghidra would eventually hang. This is due to the nature of how Ghidra reads results in a -line-oriented fashion. - -*This change is no longer used, as we do not use the main method inside of this file, but have -switched to the main method we made and placed into cplus-dem.c. +This file contains a small, one-line change to flush to the standard output stream. Without +this change, the program, when called repeatedly from Java would hang as it attempts to read +characters that are buffered on the native side. @@ -53,42 +36,46 @@ switched to the main method we made and placed into cplus-dem.c. UPDATING If we ever wish to update to a newer version of binutils, then we will need to re-copy the files -in this directory and then rebuild the main method we created inside of cplus-dem.c. That is, -unless at least one of the following changes happens: +in this directory. That is, unless at least one of the following changes happens: -1) the stand alone demangler in cp-demangle has full c++filt support, or -2) binutils has put the main method back inside cplus-dem.c, or -3) building a stand alone c++filt is simple enough that we can do it on each platform, or -4) we decide to build the entire binutils suite and use the full c++filt binary. +1) building a stand alone c++filt is simple enough that we can do it on each platform, or +2) we decide to build the entire binutils suite and use the full c++filt binary. -SOURCE FILES NEEDED BY OS +SOURCE FILES + +binutils/libiberty/alloca.c +binutils/libiberty/argv.c +binutils/libiberty/cp-demangle.c +binutils/libiberty/cplus-dem.c +binutils/libiberty/d-demangle.c +binutils/libiberty/dyn-string.c +binutils/libiberty/getopt.c +binutils/libiberty/getopt1.c +binutils/libiberty/rust-demangle.c +binutils/libiberty/safe-ctype.c +binutils/libiberty/xexit.c +binutils/libiberty/xstrdup.c +binutils/include/ansidecl.h +binutils/libiberty/cp-demangle.h +binutils/include/demangle.h +binutils/include/dyn-string.h +binutils/include/getopt.h +binutils/include/libiberty.h +binutils/libiberty/rust-demangle.h +binutils/include/safe-ctype.h -*nix / Mac +This file is created to add minor missing dependencies. -ansidecl.h -argv.c -cp-demangle.c -cp-demangle.h -cplus-dem.c -demangle.h -dyn-string.c -dyn-string.h -getopt.c -getopt.h -libiberty.h -safe-ctype.c -safe-ctype.h -xexit.c -xstrdup.c - -WINDOWS +missing.c -alloca.c -getopt1.c +LICENSE + +The files listed above are licensed by using the file header or the COPYING or COPYING.LIB file +listed in the original source directory of binutils. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/alloca.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/alloca.c index 9255e4f14b..02a214860c 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/alloca.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/alloca.c @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ /* ### * IP: LGPL 2.1 - * REVIEWED: YES * NOTE: license is not in file, but in the directory from whence it came: binutils-2.24/libiberty/COPYING.LIB */ /* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/argv.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/argv.c index 6b01d0b8de..c3c2a63e3c 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/argv.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/argv.c @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: LGPL 2.1 - * REVIEWED: YES - * NOTE: from binutils 2.24 + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB */ /* Create and destroy argument vectors (argv's) - Copyright (C) 1992, 2001, 2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support This file is part of the libiberty library. @@ -40,6 +39,13 @@ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ #include #include #include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif +#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +#include +#endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 @@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* -@deftypefn Extension char** dupargv (char **@var{vector}) +@deftypefn Extension char** dupargv (char * const *@var{vector}) Duplicate an argument vector. Simply scans through @var{vector}, duplicating each argument until the terminating @code{NULL} is found. @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ argument vector. */ char ** -dupargv (char **argv) +dupargv (char * const *argv) { int argc; char **copy; @@ -81,11 +87,7 @@ dupargv (char **argv) /* the strings */ for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) - { - int len = strlen (argv[argc]); - copy[argc] = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1); - strcpy (copy[argc], argv[argc]); - } + copy[argc] = xstrdup (argv[argc]); copy[argc] = NULL; return copy; } @@ -288,7 +290,7 @@ char **buildargv (const char *input) /* -@deftypefn Extension int writeargv (const char **@var{argv}, FILE *@var{file}) +@deftypefn Extension int writeargv (char * const *@var{argv}, FILE *@var{file}) Write each member of ARGV, handling all necessary quoting, to the file named by FILE, separated by whitespace. Return 0 on success, non-zero @@ -299,7 +301,7 @@ if an error occurred while writing to FILE. */ int -writeargv (char **argv, FILE *f) +writeargv (char * const *argv, FILE *f) { int status = 0; @@ -369,8 +371,8 @@ expandargv (int *argcp, char ***argvp) { /* The argument we are currently processing. */ int i = 0; - /* Non-zero if ***argvp has been dynamically allocated. */ - int argv_dynamic = 0; + /* To check if ***argvp has been dynamically allocated. */ + char ** const original_argv = *argvp; /* Limit the number of response files that we parse in order to prevent infinite recursion. */ unsigned int iteration_limit = 2000; @@ -396,6 +398,9 @@ expandargv (int *argcp, char ***argvp) char **file_argv; /* The number of options read from the response file, if any. */ size_t file_argc; +#ifdef S_ISDIR + struct stat sb; +#endif /* We are only interested in options of the form "@file". */ filename = (*argvp)[i]; if (filename[0] != '@') @@ -406,6 +411,15 @@ expandargv (int *argcp, char ***argvp) fprintf (stderr, "%s: error: too many @-files encountered\n", (*argvp)[0]); xexit (1); } +#ifdef S_ISDIR + if (stat (filename+1, &sb) < 0) + continue; + if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: error: @-file refers to a directory\n", (*argvp)[0]); + xexit (1); + } +#endif /* Read the contents of the file. */ f = fopen (++filename, "r"); if (!f) @@ -439,12 +453,14 @@ expandargv (int *argcp, char ***argvp) /* Parse the string. */ file_argv = buildargv (buffer); /* If *ARGVP is not already dynamically allocated, copy it. */ - if (!argv_dynamic) + if (*argvp == original_argv) *argvp = dupargv (*argvp); /* Count the number of arguments. */ file_argc = 0; while (file_argv[file_argc]) ++file_argc; + /* Free the original option's memory. */ + free ((*argvp)[i]); /* Now, insert FILE_ARGV into ARGV. The "+1" below handles the NULL terminator at the end of ARGV. */ *argvp = ((char **) @@ -472,7 +488,7 @@ expandargv (int *argcp, char ***argvp) /* -@deftypefn Extension int countargv (char **@var{argv}) +@deftypefn Extension int countargv (char * const *@var{argv}) Return the number of elements in @var{argv}. Returns zero if @var{argv} is NULL. @@ -482,7 +498,7 @@ Returns zero if @var{argv} is NULL. */ int -countargv (char **argv) +countargv (char * const *argv) { int argc; diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cp-demangle.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cp-demangle.c index 479ea669c8..8f0418e0ab 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cp-demangle.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cp-demangle.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 Linking Permitted + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB; Used GPL 3 from this file's header */ /* Demangler for g++ V3 ABI. - Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2003-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ian Lance Taylor . This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC. @@ -29,19 +29,17 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - - + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + CHANGE NOTICE: -This file was changed on July 1st, 2014. - - CHANGE NOTICE: -This file was changed on July 4th, 2019. + This file was changed on January 22nd, 2020: + -A call to flush stdout was added in the main function of this file + */ /* This code implements a demangler for the g++ V3 ABI. The ABI is described on this web page: - http://www.codesourcery.com/cxx-abi/abi.html#mangling + https://itanium-cxx-abi.github.io/cxx-abi/abi.html#mangling This code was written while looking at the demangler written by Alex Samuel . @@ -103,7 +101,11 @@ This file was changed on July 4th, 2019. CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG If defined, turns on debugging mode, which prints information on stdout about the mangled string. This is not generally useful. -*/ + + CHECK_DEMANGLER + If defined, additional sanity checks will be performed. It will + cause some slowdown, but will allow to catch out-of-bound access + errors earlier. This macro is intended for testing and debugging. */ #if defined (_AIX) && !defined (__GNUC__) #pragma alloca @@ -134,6 +136,13 @@ extern char *alloca (); # endif /* alloca */ #endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ +#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H +#include +#endif +#ifndef INT_MAX +# define INT_MAX (int)(((unsigned int) ~0) >> 1) /* 0x7FFFFFFF */ +#endif + #include "ansidecl.h" #include "libiberty.h" #include "demangle.h" @@ -172,10 +181,10 @@ static struct demangle_component *d_mangled_name (struct d_info *, int); static struct demangle_component *d_type (struct d_info *); #define cplus_demangle_print d_print -static char *d_print (int, const struct demangle_component *, int, size_t *); +static char *d_print (int, struct demangle_component *, int, size_t *); #define cplus_demangle_print_callback d_print_callback -static int d_print_callback (int, const struct demangle_component *, +static int d_print_callback (int, struct demangle_component *, demangle_callbackref, void *); #define cplus_demangle_init_info d_init_info @@ -192,9 +201,9 @@ static void d_init_info (const char *, int, size_t, struct d_info *); #else #ifdef __STDC__ #ifdef __STDC_VERSION__ -#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !__STDC_NO_VLA__ #define CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS -#endif /* __STDC__VERSION >= 199901L */ +#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !__STDC_NO_VLA__ */ #endif /* defined (__STDC_VERSION__) */ #endif /* defined (__STDC__) */ #endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */ @@ -264,7 +273,7 @@ struct d_print_mod in which they appeared in the mangled string. */ struct d_print_mod *next; /* The modifier. */ - const struct demangle_component *mod; + struct demangle_component *mod; /* Whether this modifier was printed. */ int printed; /* The list of templates which applies to this modifier. */ @@ -285,6 +294,43 @@ struct d_growable_string int allocation_failure; }; +/* Stack of components, innermost first, used to avoid loops. */ + +struct d_component_stack +{ + /* This component. */ + const struct demangle_component *dc; + /* This component's parent. */ + const struct d_component_stack *parent; +}; + +/* A demangle component and some scope captured when it was first + traversed. */ + +struct d_saved_scope +{ + /* The component whose scope this is. */ + const struct demangle_component *container; + /* The list of templates, if any, that was current when this + scope was captured. */ + struct d_print_template *templates; +}; + +/* Checkpoint structure to allow backtracking. This holds copies + of the fields of struct d_info that need to be restored + if a trial parse needs to be backtracked over. */ + +struct d_info_checkpoint +{ + const char *n; + int next_comp; + int next_sub; + int expansion; +}; + +/* Maximum number of times d_print_comp may be called recursively. */ +#define MAX_RECURSION_COUNT 1024 + enum { D_PRINT_BUFFER_LENGTH = 256 }; struct d_print_info { @@ -307,11 +353,33 @@ struct d_print_info struct d_print_mod *modifiers; /* Set to 1 if we saw a demangling error. */ int demangle_failure; + /* Number of times d_print_comp was recursively called. Should not + be bigger than MAX_RECURSION_COUNT. */ + int recursion; + /* Non-zero if we're printing a lambda argument. A template + parameter reference actually means 'auto'. */ + int is_lambda_arg; /* The current index into any template argument packs we are using - for printing. */ + for printing, or -1 to print the whole pack. */ int pack_index; /* Number of d_print_flush calls so far. */ unsigned long int flush_count; + /* Stack of components, innermost first, used to avoid loops. */ + const struct d_component_stack *component_stack; + /* Array of saved scopes for evaluating substitutions. */ + struct d_saved_scope *saved_scopes; + /* Index of the next unused saved scope in the above array. */ + int next_saved_scope; + /* Number of saved scopes in the above array. */ + int num_saved_scopes; + /* Array of templates for saving into scopes. */ + struct d_print_template *copy_templates; + /* Index of the next unused copy template in the above array. */ + int next_copy_template; + /* Number of copy templates in the above array. */ + int num_copy_templates; + /* The nearest enclosing template, if any. */ + const struct demangle_component *current_template; }; #ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG @@ -353,7 +421,7 @@ d_make_dtor (struct d_info *, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds, struct demangle_component *); static struct demangle_component * -d_make_template_param (struct d_info *, long); +d_make_template_param (struct d_info *, int); static struct demangle_component * d_make_sub (struct d_info *, const char *, int); @@ -376,7 +444,7 @@ static struct demangle_component *d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *); static struct demangle_component *d_source_name (struct d_info *); -static long d_number (struct d_info *); +static int d_number (struct d_info *); static struct demangle_component *d_identifier (struct d_info *, int); @@ -384,6 +452,8 @@ static struct demangle_component *d_operator_name (struct d_info *); static struct demangle_component *d_special_name (struct d_info *); +static struct demangle_component *d_parmlist (struct d_info *); + static int d_call_offset (struct d_info *, int); static struct demangle_component *d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *); @@ -414,6 +484,7 @@ static struct demangle_component * d_template_param (struct d_info *); static struct demangle_component *d_template_args (struct d_info *); +static struct demangle_component *d_template_args_1 (struct d_info *); static struct demangle_component * d_template_arg (struct d_info *); @@ -438,6 +509,10 @@ d_add_substitution (struct d_info *, struct demangle_component *); static struct demangle_component *d_substitution (struct d_info *, int); +static void d_checkpoint (struct d_info *, struct d_info_checkpoint *); + +static void d_backtrack (struct d_info *, struct d_info_checkpoint *); + static void d_growable_string_init (struct d_growable_string *, size_t); static inline void @@ -450,7 +525,8 @@ static void d_growable_string_callback_adapter (const char *, size_t, void *); static void -d_print_init (struct d_print_info *, demangle_callbackref, void *); +d_print_init (struct d_print_info *, demangle_callbackref, void *, + const struct demangle_component *); static inline void d_print_error (struct d_print_info *); @@ -468,7 +544,7 @@ static inline void d_append_string (struct d_print_info *, const char *); static inline char d_last_char (struct d_print_info *); static void -d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); +d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *, int, struct demangle_component *); static void d_print_java_identifier (struct d_print_info *, const char *, int); @@ -477,28 +553,57 @@ static void d_print_mod_list (struct d_print_info *, int, struct d_print_mod *, int); static void -d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); +d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *, int, struct demangle_component *); static void d_print_function_type (struct d_print_info *, int, - const struct demangle_component *, + struct demangle_component *, struct d_print_mod *); static void d_print_array_type (struct d_print_info *, int, - const struct demangle_component *, + struct demangle_component *, struct d_print_mod *); static void -d_print_expr_op (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); +d_print_expr_op (struct d_print_info *, int, struct demangle_component *); -static void -d_print_cast (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); +static void d_print_cast (struct d_print_info *, int, + struct demangle_component *); +static void d_print_conversion (struct d_print_info *, int, + struct demangle_component *); static int d_demangle_callback (const char *, int, demangle_callbackref, void *); static char *d_demangle (const char *, int, size_t *); +#define FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT: \ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC + +/* True iff TYPE is a demangling component representing a + function-type-qualifier. */ + +static int +is_fnqual_component_type (enum demangle_component_type type) +{ + switch (type) + { + FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE: + return 1; + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} + + #ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG static void @@ -529,6 +634,12 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent) case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM: printf ("template parameter %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number); return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ: + printf ("template parameter object\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM: + printf ("function parameter %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number); + return; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: printf ("constructor %d\n", (int) dc->u.s_ctor.kind); d_dump (dc->u.s_ctor.name, indent + 2); @@ -633,6 +744,9 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent) case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: printf ("rvalue reference this\n"); break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE: + printf ("transaction_safe this\n"); + break; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: printf ("vendor type qualifier\n"); break; @@ -664,7 +778,9 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent) printf ("pointer to member type\n"); break; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE: - printf ("fixed-point type\n"); + printf ("fixed-point type, accum? %d, sat? %d\n", + dc->u.s_fixed.accum, dc->u.s_fixed.sat); + d_dump (dc->u.s_fixed.length, indent + 2); break; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST: printf ("argument list\n"); @@ -678,6 +794,9 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent) case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: printf ("cast\n"); break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION: + printf ("conversion operator\n"); + break; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: printf ("nullary operator\n"); break; @@ -714,6 +833,9 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent) case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER: printf ("character '%c'\n", dc->u.s_character.character); return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER: + printf ("number %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number); + return; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE: printf ("decltype\n"); break; @@ -748,8 +870,9 @@ CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 int cplus_demangle_fill_name (struct demangle_component *p, const char *s, int len) { - if (p == NULL || s == NULL || len == 0) + if (p == NULL || s == NULL || len <= 0) return 0; + p->d_printing = 0; p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME; p->u.s_name.s = s; p->u.s_name.len = len; @@ -765,6 +888,7 @@ cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *p, int args, { if (p == NULL || args < 0 || name == NULL) return 0; + p->d_printing = 0; p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR; p->u.s_extended_operator.args = args; p->u.s_extended_operator.name = name; @@ -784,6 +908,7 @@ cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *p, || (int) kind < gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor || (int) kind > gnu_v3_object_ctor_group) return 0; + p->d_printing = 0; p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR; p->u.s_ctor.kind = kind; p->u.s_ctor.name = name; @@ -803,6 +928,7 @@ cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *p, || (int) kind < gnu_v3_deleting_dtor || (int) kind > gnu_v3_object_dtor_group) return 0; + p->d_printing = 0; p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR; p->u.s_dtor.kind = kind; p->u.s_dtor.name = name; @@ -819,6 +945,7 @@ d_make_empty (struct d_info *di) if (di->next_comp >= di->num_comps) return NULL; p = &di->comps[di->next_comp]; + p->d_printing = 0; ++di->next_comp; return p; } @@ -884,6 +1011,7 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION: @@ -891,6 +1019,7 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ: if (left == NULL) return NULL; break; @@ -909,13 +1038,9 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST: + FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE: break; /* Other types should not be seen here. */ @@ -1051,7 +1176,7 @@ d_make_dtor (struct d_info *di, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind, /* Add a new template parameter. */ static struct demangle_component * -d_make_template_param (struct d_info *di, long i) +d_make_template_param (struct d_info *di, int i) { struct demangle_component *p; @@ -1067,7 +1192,7 @@ d_make_template_param (struct d_info *di, long i) /* Add a new function parameter. */ static struct demangle_component * -d_make_function_param (struct d_info *di, long i) +d_make_function_param (struct d_info *di, int i) { struct demangle_component *p; @@ -1147,13 +1272,11 @@ has_return_type (struct demangle_component *dc) { default: return 0; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + return has_return_type (d_right (dc)); case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: return ! is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_left (dc)); - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE: return has_return_type (d_left (dc)); } } @@ -1175,7 +1298,7 @@ is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (struct demangle_component *dc) return is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_right (dc)); case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION: return 1; } } @@ -1193,54 +1316,66 @@ static struct demangle_component * d_encoding (struct d_info *di, int top_level) { char peek = d_peek_char (di); + struct demangle_component *dc; if (peek == 'G' || peek == 'T') - return d_special_name (di); + dc = d_special_name (di); else { - struct demangle_component *dc; - dc = d_name (di); - if (dc != NULL && top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) == 0) + if (!dc) + /* Failed already. */; + else if (top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) == 0) { /* Strip off any initial CV-qualifiers, as they really apply to the `this' parameter, and they were not output by the v2 demangler without DMGL_PARAMS. */ - while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS) + while (is_fnqual_component_type (dc->type)) dc = d_left (dc); /* If the top level is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then - there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which + there may be function-qualifiers on its right argument which really apply here; this happens when parsing a class which is local to a function. */ if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME) { - struct demangle_component *dcr; + while (d_right (dc) != NULL + && is_fnqual_component_type (d_right (dc)->type)) + d_right (dc) = d_left (d_right (dc)); - dcr = d_right (dc); - while (dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS - || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS - || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS - || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS - || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS) - dcr = d_left (dcr); - dc->u.s_binary.right = dcr; + if (d_right (dc) == NULL) + dc = NULL; } - - return dc; } + else + { + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek != '\0' && peek != 'E') + { + struct demangle_component *ftype; - peek = d_peek_char (di); - if (dc == NULL || peek == '\0' || peek == 'E') - return dc; - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, dc, - d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type (dc))); + ftype = d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type (dc)); + if (ftype) + { + /* If this is a non-top-level local-name, clear the + return type, so it doesn't confuse the user by + being confused with the return type of whaever + this is nested within. */ + if (!top_level && dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME + && ftype->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE) + d_left (ftype) = NULL; + + dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, + dc, ftype); + } + else + dc = NULL; + } + } } + + return dc; } /* ::= B */ @@ -1248,7 +1383,12 @@ d_encoding (struct d_info *di, int top_level) static struct demangle_component * d_abi_tags (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *dc) { + struct demangle_component *hold_last_name; char peek; + + /* Preserve the last name, so the ABI tag doesn't clobber it. */ + hold_last_name = di->last_name; + while (peek = d_peek_char (di), peek == 'B') { @@ -1257,6 +1397,9 @@ d_abi_tags (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *dc) tag = d_source_name (di); dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME, dc, tag); } + + di->last_name = hold_last_name; + return dc; } @@ -1286,7 +1429,6 @@ d_name (struct d_info *di) case 'Z': return d_local_name (di); - case 'L': case 'U': return d_unqualified_name (di); @@ -1333,6 +1475,7 @@ d_name (struct d_info *di) return dc; } + case 'L': default: dc = d_unqualified_name (di); if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') @@ -1493,6 +1636,8 @@ d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di) ret = d_source_name (di); else if (IS_LOWER (peek)) { + if (peek == 'o' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'n') + d_advance (di, 2); ret = d_operator_name (di); if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR) { @@ -1541,7 +1686,7 @@ d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di) static struct demangle_component * d_source_name (struct d_info *di) { - long len; + int len; struct demangle_component *ret; len = d_number (di); @@ -1554,12 +1699,12 @@ d_source_name (struct d_info *di) /* number ::= [n] <(non-negative decimal integer)> */ -static long +static int d_number (struct d_info *di) { int negative; char peek; - long ret; + int ret; negative = 0; peek = d_peek_char (di); @@ -1579,6 +1724,8 @@ d_number (struct d_info *di) ret = - ret; return ret; } + if (ret > ((INT_MAX - (peek - '0')) / 10)) + return -1; ret = ret * 10 + peek - '0'; d_advance (di, 1); peek = d_peek_char (di); @@ -1675,6 +1822,10 @@ const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] = { "eO", NL ("^="), 2 }, { "eo", NL ("^"), 2 }, { "eq", NL ("=="), 2 }, + { "fL", NL ("..."), 3 }, + { "fR", NL ("..."), 3 }, + { "fl", NL ("..."), 2 }, + { "fr", NL ("..."), 2 }, { "ge", NL (">="), 2 }, { "gs", NL ("::"), 1 }, { "gt", NL (">"), 2 }, @@ -1709,6 +1860,8 @@ const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] = { "rc", NL ("reinterpret_cast"), 2 }, { "rm", NL ("%"), 2 }, { "rs", NL (">>"), 2 }, + { "sP", NL ("sizeof..."), 1 }, + { "sZ", NL ("sizeof..."), 1 }, { "sc", NL ("static_cast"), 2 }, { "st", NL ("sizeof "), 1 }, { "sz", NL ("sizeof "), 1 }, @@ -1728,8 +1881,20 @@ d_operator_name (struct d_info *di) if (c1 == 'v' && IS_DIGIT (c2)) return d_make_extended_operator (di, c2 - '0', d_source_name (di)); else if (c1 == 'c' && c2 == 'v') - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST, - cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + { + struct demangle_component *type; + int was_conversion = di->is_conversion; + struct demangle_component *res; + + di->is_conversion = ! di->is_expression; + type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (di->is_conversion) + res = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION, type, NULL); + else + res = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST, type, NULL); + di->is_conversion = was_conversion; + return res; + } else { /* LOW is the inclusive lower bound. */ @@ -1779,7 +1944,7 @@ d_java_resource (struct d_info *di) { struct demangle_component *p = NULL; struct demangle_component *next = NULL; - long len, i; + int len, i; char c; const char *str; @@ -1861,6 +2026,7 @@ d_java_resource (struct d_info *di) ::= TT ::= TI ::= TS + ::= TA ::= GV <(object) name> ::= T <(base) encoding> ::= Tc <(base) encoding> @@ -1921,7 +2087,7 @@ d_special_name (struct d_info *di) case 'C': { struct demangle_component *derived_type; - long offset; + int offset; struct demangle_component *base_type; derived_type = cplus_demangle_type (di); @@ -1953,6 +2119,10 @@ d_special_name (struct d_info *di) return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER, d_name (di), NULL); + case 'A': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ, + d_template_arg (di), NULL); + default: return NULL; } @@ -1962,7 +2132,8 @@ d_special_name (struct d_info *di) switch (d_next_char (di)) { case 'V': - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, d_name (di), NULL); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, + d_name (di), NULL); case 'R': { @@ -2063,6 +2234,13 @@ d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *di) case 'C': { enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind; + int inheriting = 0; + + if (d_peek_next_char (di) == 'I') + { + inheriting = 1; + d_advance (di, 1); + } switch (d_peek_next_char (di)) { @@ -2075,13 +2253,21 @@ d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *di) case '3': kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor; break; + case '4': + kind = gnu_v3_unified_ctor; + break; case '5': kind = gnu_v3_object_ctor_group; break; default: return NULL; } + d_advance (di, 2); + + if (inheriting) + cplus_demangle_type (di); + return d_make_ctor (di, kind, di->last_name); } @@ -2100,6 +2286,10 @@ d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *di) case '2': kind = gnu_v3_base_object_dtor; break; + /* digit '3' is not used */ + case '4': + kind = gnu_v3_unified_dtor; + break; case '5': kind = gnu_v3_object_dtor_group; break; @@ -2115,6 +2305,24 @@ d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *di) } } +/* True iff we're looking at an order-insensitive type-qualifier, including + function-type-qualifiers. */ + +static int +next_is_type_qual (struct d_info *di) +{ + char peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K') + return 1; + if (peek == 'D') + { + peek = d_peek_next_char (di); + if (peek == 'x' || peek == 'o' || peek == 'O' || peek == 'w') + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + /* ::= ::= ::= @@ -2171,7 +2379,7 @@ cplus_demangle_builtin_types[D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT] = /* 27 */ { NL ("decimal64"), NL ("decimal64"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, /* 28 */ { NL ("decimal128"), NL ("decimal128"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, /* 29 */ { NL ("half"), NL ("half"), D_PRINT_FLOAT }, - /* 30 */ { NL ("char8_t"), NL ("char8_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 30 */ { NL ("char8_t"), NL ("char8_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, /* 31 */ { NL ("char16_t"), NL ("char16_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, /* 32 */ { NL ("char32_t"), NL ("char32_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, /* 33 */ { NL ("decltype(nullptr)"), NL ("decltype(nullptr)"), @@ -2201,8 +2409,7 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) __vector, and it treats it as order-sensitive when mangling names. */ - peek = d_peek_char (di); - if (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K') + if (next_is_type_qual (di)) { struct demangle_component **pret; @@ -2237,6 +2444,7 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) can_subst = 1; + peek = d_peek_char (di); switch (peek) { case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': @@ -2279,13 +2487,61 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) ret = d_template_param (di); if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') { - /* This is . The - part is a substitution + /* This may be . + If this is the type for a conversion operator, we can + have a here only by following + a derivation like this: + + + -> + -> + -> + -> + -> + -> cv + -> cv + + where the is followed by another. + Otherwise, we must have a derivation like this: + + + -> + -> + -> + -> + -> + -> cv + -> cv + + where we need to leave the to be processed + by d_prefix (following the ). + + The part is a substitution candidate. */ - if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) - return NULL; - ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, - d_template_args (di)); + if (! di->is_conversion) + { + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, + d_template_args (di)); + } + else + { + struct demangle_component *args; + struct d_info_checkpoint checkpoint; + + d_checkpoint (di, &checkpoint); + args = d_template_args (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + { + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, + args); + } + else + d_backtrack (di, &checkpoint); + } } break; @@ -2355,6 +2611,9 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) case 'U': d_advance (di, 1); ret = d_source_name (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, + d_template_args (di)); ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL, cplus_demangle_type (di), ret); break; @@ -2386,7 +2645,11 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) /* auto */ ret = d_make_name (di, "auto", 4); break; - + case 'c': + /* decltype(auto) */ + ret = d_make_name (di, "decltype(auto)", 14); + break; + case 'f': /* 32-bit decimal floating point */ ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[26]); @@ -2407,11 +2670,11 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[29]); di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; break; - case 'u': - /* char8_t */ - ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[30]); - di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; - break; + case 'u': + /* char8_t */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[30]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; case 's': /* char16_t */ ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[31]); @@ -2467,7 +2730,7 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) return ret; } -/* ::= [r] [V] [K] */ +/* ::= [r] [V] [K] [Dx] */ static struct demangle_component ** d_cv_qualifiers (struct d_info *di, @@ -2478,9 +2741,10 @@ d_cv_qualifiers (struct d_info *di, pstart = pret; peek = d_peek_char (di); - while (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K') + while (next_is_type_qual (di)) { enum demangle_component_type t; + struct demangle_component *right = NULL; d_advance (di, 1); if (peek == 'r') @@ -2497,15 +2761,50 @@ d_cv_qualifiers (struct d_info *di, : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE); di->expansion += sizeof "volatile"; } - else + else if (peek == 'K') { t = (member_fn ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST); di->expansion += sizeof "const"; } + else + { + peek = d_next_char (di); + if (peek == 'x') + { + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE; + di->expansion += sizeof "transaction_safe"; + } + else if (peek == 'o' + || peek == 'O') + { + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT; + di->expansion += sizeof "noexcept"; + if (peek == 'O') + { + right = d_expression (di); + if (right == NULL) + return NULL; + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + } + } + else if (peek == 'w') + { + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC; + di->expansion += sizeof "throw"; + right = d_parmlist (di); + if (right == NULL) + return NULL; + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + } + else + return NULL; + } - *pret = d_make_comp (di, t, NULL, NULL); + *pret = d_make_comp (di, t, NULL, right); if (*pret == NULL) return NULL; pret = &d_left (*pret); @@ -2569,26 +2868,40 @@ d_ref_qualifier (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *sub) return ret; } -/* ::= F [Y] [] E */ +/* ::= F [Y] [] [T] E */ static struct demangle_component * d_function_type (struct d_info *di) { - struct demangle_component *ret; + struct demangle_component *ret = NULL; - if (! d_check_char (di, 'F')) - return NULL; - if (d_peek_char (di) == 'Y') + if ((di->options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) == 0) { - /* Function has C linkage. We don't print this information. - FIXME: We should print it in verbose mode. */ - d_advance (di, 1); - } - ret = d_bare_function_type (di, 1); - ret = d_ref_qualifier (di, ret); + if (di->recursion_level > DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT) + /* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report + that the recursion limit has been reached. */ + return NULL; - if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) - return NULL; + di->recursion_level ++; + } + + if (d_check_char (di, 'F')) + { + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'Y') + { + /* Function has C linkage. We don't print this information. + FIXME: We should print it in verbose mode. */ + d_advance (di, 1); + } + ret = d_bare_function_type (di, 1); + ret = d_ref_qualifier (di, ret); + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + ret = NULL; + } + + if ((di->options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) == 0) + di->recursion_level --; return ret; } @@ -2795,10 +3108,10 @@ d_pointer_to_member_type (struct d_info *di) /* _ */ -static long +static int d_compact_number (struct d_info *di) { - long num; + int num; if (d_peek_char (di) == '_') num = 0; else if (d_peek_char (di) == 'n') @@ -2806,7 +3119,7 @@ d_compact_number (struct d_info *di) else num = d_number (di) + 1; - if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + if (num < 0 || ! d_check_char (di, '_')) return -1; return num; } @@ -2818,7 +3131,7 @@ d_compact_number (struct d_info *di) static struct demangle_component * d_template_param (struct d_info *di) { - long param; + int param; if (! d_check_char (di, 'T')) return NULL; @@ -2827,8 +3140,6 @@ d_template_param (struct d_info *di) if (param < 0) return NULL; - ++di->did_subs; - return d_make_template_param (di, param); } @@ -2836,6 +3147,19 @@ d_template_param (struct d_info *di) static struct demangle_component * d_template_args (struct d_info *di) +{ + if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I' + && d_peek_char (di) != 'J') + return NULL; + d_advance (di, 1); + + return d_template_args_1 (di); +} + +/* * E */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_template_args_1 (struct d_info *di) { struct demangle_component *hold_last_name; struct demangle_component *al; @@ -2846,11 +3170,6 @@ d_template_args (struct d_info *di) constructor or destructor. */ hold_last_name = di->last_name; - if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I' - && d_peek_char (di) != 'J') - return NULL; - d_advance (di, 1); - if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E') { /* An argument pack can be empty. */ @@ -2976,8 +3295,8 @@ op_is_new_cast (struct demangle_component *op) ::= */ -static struct demangle_component * -d_expression (struct d_info *di) +static inline struct demangle_component * +d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di) { char peek; @@ -3005,7 +3324,7 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) { d_advance (di, 2); return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION, - d_expression (di), NULL); + d_expression_1 (di), NULL); } else if (peek == 'f' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'p') { @@ -3020,9 +3339,10 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) } else { - index = d_compact_number (di) + 1; - if (index == 0) + index = d_compact_number (di); + if (index == INT_MAX || index == -1) return NULL; + index++; } return d_make_function_param (di, index); } @@ -3051,9 +3371,11 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) { /* Brace-enclosed initializer list, untyped or typed. */ struct demangle_component *type = NULL; + d_advance (di, 2); if (peek == 't') type = cplus_demangle_type (di); - d_advance (di, 2); + if (!d_peek_char (di) || !d_peek_next_char (di)) + return NULL; return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST, type, d_exprlist (di, 'E')); } @@ -3109,28 +3431,32 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) if (op->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST && d_check_char (di, '_')) operand = d_exprlist (di, 'E'); + else if (code && !strcmp (code, "sP")) + operand = d_template_args_1 (di); else - operand = d_expression (di); + operand = d_expression_1 (di); if (suffix) /* Indicate the suffix variant for d_print_comp. */ - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, - d_make_comp (di, - DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS, - operand, operand)); - else - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, - operand); + operand = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS, + operand, operand); + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, operand); } case 2: { struct demangle_component *left; struct demangle_component *right; + if (code == NULL) + return NULL; if (op_is_new_cast (op)) left = cplus_demangle_type (di); + else if (code[0] == 'f') + /* fold-expression. */ + left = d_operator_name (di); else - left = d_expression (di); + left = d_expression_1 (di); if (!strcmp (code, "cl")) right = d_exprlist (di, 'E'); else if (!strcmp (code, "dt") || !strcmp (code, "pt")) @@ -3141,7 +3467,7 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) right, d_template_args (di)); } else - right = d_expression (di); + right = d_expression_1 (di); return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY, op, d_make_comp (di, @@ -3154,12 +3480,25 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) struct demangle_component *second; struct demangle_component *third; - if (!strcmp (code, "qu")) + if (code == NULL) + return NULL; + else if (!strcmp (code, "qu")) { /* ?: expression. */ - first = d_expression (di); - second = d_expression (di); - third = d_expression (di); + first = d_expression_1 (di); + second = d_expression_1 (di); + third = d_expression_1 (di); + if (third == NULL) + return NULL; + } + else if (code[0] == 'f') + { + /* fold-expression. */ + first = d_operator_name (di); + second = d_expression_1 (di); + third = d_expression_1 (di); + if (third == NULL) + return NULL; } else if (code[0] == 'n') { @@ -3183,7 +3522,7 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) else if (d_peek_char (di) == 'i' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'l') /* initializer-list. */ - third = d_expression (di); + third = d_expression_1 (di); else return NULL; } @@ -3203,6 +3542,18 @@ d_expression (struct d_info *di) } } +static struct demangle_component * +d_expression (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + int was_expression = di->is_expression; + + di->is_expression = 1; + ret = d_expression_1 (di); + di->is_expression = was_expression; + return ret; +} + /* ::= L <(value) number> E ::= L <(value) float> E ::= L E @@ -3275,11 +3626,14 @@ static struct demangle_component * d_local_name (struct d_info *di) { struct demangle_component *function; + struct demangle_component *name; if (! d_check_char (di, 'Z')) return NULL; function = d_encoding (di, 0); + if (!function) + return NULL; if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) return NULL; @@ -3289,13 +3643,10 @@ d_local_name (struct d_info *di) d_advance (di, 1); if (! d_discriminator (di)) return NULL; - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, - d_make_name (di, "string literal", - sizeof "string literal" - 1)); + name = d_make_name (di, "string literal", sizeof "string literal" - 1); } else { - struct demangle_component *name; int num = -1; if (d_peek_char (di) == 'd') @@ -3308,24 +3659,37 @@ d_local_name (struct d_info *di) } name = d_name (di); - if (name) - switch (name->type) - { - /* Lambdas and unnamed types have internal discriminators. */ - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE: - break; - default: - if (! d_discriminator (di)) - return NULL; - } + + if (name + /* Lambdas and unnamed types have internal discriminators + and are not functions. */ + && name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA + && name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE) + { + /* Read and ignore an optional discriminator. */ + if (! d_discriminator (di)) + return NULL; + } + if (num >= 0) name = d_make_default_arg (di, num, name); - return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, name); } + + /* Elide the return type of the containing function so as to not + confuse the user thinking it is the return type of whatever local + function we might be containing. */ + if (function->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME + && d_right (function)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE) + d_left (d_right (function)) = NULL; + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, name); } -/* ::= _ <(non-negative) number> +/* ::= _ # when number < 10 + ::= __ _ # when number >= 10 + + ::= _ # when number >=10 + is also accepted to support gcc versions that wrongly mangled that way. We demangle the discriminator, but we don't print it out. FIXME: We should print it out in verbose mode. */ @@ -3333,14 +3697,28 @@ d_local_name (struct d_info *di) static int d_discriminator (struct d_info *di) { - long discrim; + int discrim, num_underscores = 1; if (d_peek_char (di) != '_') return 1; d_advance (di, 1); + if (d_peek_char (di) == '_') + { + ++num_underscores; + d_advance (di, 1); + } + discrim = d_number (di); if (discrim < 0) return 0; + if (num_underscores > 1 && discrim >= 10) + { + if (d_peek_char (di) == '_') + d_advance (di, 1); + else + return 0; + } + return 1; } @@ -3389,7 +3767,7 @@ static struct demangle_component * d_unnamed_type (struct d_info *di) { struct demangle_component *ret; - long num; + int num; if (! d_check_char (di, 'U')) return NULL; @@ -3537,8 +3915,6 @@ d_substitution (struct d_info *di, int prefix) if (id >= (unsigned int) di->next_sub) return NULL; - ++di->did_subs; - return di->subs[id]; } else @@ -3565,6 +3941,7 @@ d_substitution (struct d_info *di, int prefix) { const char *s; int len; + struct demangle_component *dc; if (p->set_last_name != NULL) di->last_name = d_make_sub (di, p->set_last_name, @@ -3580,7 +3957,16 @@ d_substitution (struct d_info *di, int prefix) len = p->simple_len; } di->expansion += len; - return d_make_sub (di, s, len); + dc = d_make_sub (di, s, len); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'B') + { + /* If there are ABI tags on the abbreviation, it becomes + a substitution candidate. */ + dc = d_abi_tags (di, dc); + if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc)) + return NULL; + } + return dc; } } @@ -3588,6 +3974,24 @@ d_substitution (struct d_info *di, int prefix) } } +static void +d_checkpoint (struct d_info *di, struct d_info_checkpoint *checkpoint) +{ + checkpoint->n = di->n; + checkpoint->next_comp = di->next_comp; + checkpoint->next_sub = di->next_sub; + checkpoint->expansion = di->expansion; +} + +static void +d_backtrack (struct d_info *di, struct d_info_checkpoint *checkpoint) +{ + di->n = checkpoint->n; + di->next_comp = checkpoint->next_comp; + di->next_sub = checkpoint->next_sub; + di->expansion = checkpoint->expansion; +} + /* Initialize a growable string. */ static void @@ -3664,11 +4068,150 @@ d_growable_string_callback_adapter (const char *s, size_t l, void *opaque) d_growable_string_append_buffer (dgs, s, l); } +/* Walk the tree, counting the number of templates encountered, and + the number of times a scope might be saved. These counts will be + used to allocate data structures for d_print_comp, so the logic + here must mirror the logic d_print_comp will use. It is not + important that the resulting numbers are exact, so long as they + are larger than the actual numbers encountered. */ + +static void +d_count_templates_scopes (struct d_print_info *dpi, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (dc == NULL) + return; + + switch (dc->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE: + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: + dpi->num_copy_templates++; + goto recurse_left_right; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: + if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM) + dpi->num_saved_scopes++; + goto recurse_left_right; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE: + recurse_left_right: + /* PR 89394 - Check for too much recursion. */ + if (dpi->recursion > DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT) + /* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report to the + user that the recursion limit has been reached. */ + return; + + ++ dpi->recursion; + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, d_left (dc)); + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, d_right (dc)); + -- dpi->recursion; + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_ctor.name); + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_dtor.name); + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR: + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_extended_operator.name); + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE: + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_fixed.length); + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS: + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, d_left (dc)); + break; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG: + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.sub); + break; + } +} + /* Initialize a print information structure. */ static void d_print_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, demangle_callbackref callback, - void *opaque) + void *opaque, const struct demangle_component *dc) { dpi->len = 0; dpi->last_char = '\0'; @@ -3681,6 +4224,28 @@ d_print_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, demangle_callbackref callback, dpi->opaque = opaque; dpi->demangle_failure = 0; + dpi->recursion = 0; + dpi->is_lambda_arg = 0; + + dpi->component_stack = NULL; + + dpi->saved_scopes = NULL; + dpi->next_saved_scope = 0; + dpi->num_saved_scopes = 0; + + dpi->copy_templates = NULL; + dpi->next_copy_template = 0; + dpi->num_copy_templates = 0; + + d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc); + /* If we did not reach the recursion limit, then reset the + current recursion value back to 0, so that we can print + the templates. */ + if (dpi->recursion < DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT) + dpi->recursion = 0; + dpi->num_copy_templates *= dpi->num_saved_scopes; + + dpi->current_template = NULL; } /* Indicate that an error occurred during printing, and test for error. */ @@ -3736,10 +4301,10 @@ d_append_string (struct d_print_info *dpi, const char *s) } static inline void -d_append_num (struct d_print_info *dpi, long l) +d_append_num (struct d_print_info *dpi, int l) { char buf[25]; - sprintf (buf,"%ld", l); + sprintf (buf,"%d", l); d_append_string (dpi, buf); } @@ -3761,14 +4326,33 @@ d_last_char (struct d_print_info *dpi) CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 int cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc, + struct demangle_component *dc, demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque) { struct d_print_info dpi; - d_print_init (&dpi, callback, opaque); + d_print_init (&dpi, callback, opaque, dc); - d_print_comp (&dpi, options, dc); + { +#ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS + /* Avoid zero-length VLAs, which are prohibited by the C99 standard + and flagged as errors by Address Sanitizer. */ + __extension__ struct d_saved_scope scopes[(dpi.num_saved_scopes > 0) + ? dpi.num_saved_scopes : 1]; + __extension__ struct d_print_template temps[(dpi.num_copy_templates > 0) + ? dpi.num_copy_templates : 1]; + + dpi.saved_scopes = scopes; + dpi.copy_templates = temps; +#else + dpi.saved_scopes = alloca (dpi.num_saved_scopes + * sizeof (*dpi.saved_scopes)); + dpi.copy_templates = alloca (dpi.num_copy_templates + * sizeof (*dpi.copy_templates)); +#endif + + d_print_comp (&dpi, options, dc); + } d_print_flush (&dpi); @@ -3785,7 +4369,7 @@ cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options, CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 char * -cplus_demangle_print (int options, const struct demangle_component *dc, +cplus_demangle_print (int options, struct demangle_component *dc, int estimate, size_t *palc) { struct d_growable_string dgs; @@ -3806,13 +4390,17 @@ cplus_demangle_print (int options, const struct demangle_component *dc, } /* Returns the I'th element of the template arglist ARGS, or NULL on - failure. */ + failure. If I is negative, return the entire arglist. */ static struct demangle_component * d_index_template_argument (struct demangle_component *args, int i) { struct demangle_component *a; + if (i < 0) + /* Print the whole argument pack. */ + return args; + for (a = args; a != NULL; a = d_right (a)) @@ -3877,6 +4465,9 @@ d_find_pack (struct d_print_info *dpi, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER: return NULL; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR: @@ -3909,12 +4500,36 @@ d_pack_length (const struct demangle_component *dc) return count; } +/* Returns the number of template args in DC, expanding any pack expansions + found there. */ + +static int +d_args_length (struct d_print_info *dpi, const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + int count = 0; + for (; dc && dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST; + dc = d_right (dc)) + { + struct demangle_component *elt = d_left (dc); + if (elt == NULL) + break; + if (elt->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION) + { + struct demangle_component *a = d_find_pack (dpi, d_left (elt)); + count += d_pack_length (a); + } + else + ++count; + } + return count; +} + /* DC is a component of a mangled expression. Print it, wrapped in parens if needed. */ static void d_print_subexpr (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc) + struct demangle_component *dc) { int simple = 0; if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME @@ -3929,15 +4544,142 @@ d_print_subexpr (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, d_append_char (dpi, ')'); } +/* Save the current scope. */ + +static void +d_save_scope (struct d_print_info *dpi, + const struct demangle_component *container) +{ + struct d_saved_scope *scope; + struct d_print_template *src, **link; + + if (dpi->next_saved_scope >= dpi->num_saved_scopes) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + scope = &dpi->saved_scopes[dpi->next_saved_scope]; + dpi->next_saved_scope++; + + scope->container = container; + link = &scope->templates; + + for (src = dpi->templates; src != NULL; src = src->next) + { + struct d_print_template *dst; + + if (dpi->next_copy_template >= dpi->num_copy_templates) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + dst = &dpi->copy_templates[dpi->next_copy_template]; + dpi->next_copy_template++; + + dst->template_decl = src->template_decl; + *link = dst; + link = &dst->next; + } + + *link = NULL; +} + +/* Attempt to locate a previously saved scope. Returns NULL if no + corresponding saved scope was found. */ + +static struct d_saved_scope * +d_get_saved_scope (struct d_print_info *dpi, + const struct demangle_component *container) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < dpi->next_saved_scope; i++) + if (dpi->saved_scopes[i].container == container) + return &dpi->saved_scopes[i]; + + return NULL; +} + +/* If DC is a C++17 fold-expression, print it and return true; otherwise + return false. */ + +static int +d_maybe_print_fold_expression (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + struct demangle_component *ops, *operator_, *op1, *op2; + int save_idx; + + const char *fold_code = d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->code; + if (fold_code[0] != 'f') + return 0; + + ops = d_right (dc); + operator_ = d_left (ops); + op1 = d_right (ops); + op2 = 0; + if (op1->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2) + { + op2 = d_right (op1); + op1 = d_left (op1); + } + + /* Print the whole pack. */ + save_idx = dpi->pack_index; + dpi->pack_index = -1; + + switch (fold_code[1]) + { + /* Unary left fold, (... + X). */ + case 'l': + d_append_string (dpi, "(..."); + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, operator_); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, op1); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + break; + + /* Unary right fold, (X + ...). */ + case 'r': + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, op1); + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, operator_); + d_append_string (dpi, "...)"); + break; + + /* Binary left fold, (42 + ... + X). */ + case 'L': + /* Binary right fold, (X + ... + 42). */ + case 'R': + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, op1); + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, operator_); + d_append_string (dpi, "..."); + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, operator_); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, op2); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + break; + } + + dpi->pack_index = save_idx; + return 1; +} + /* Subroutine to handle components. */ static void -d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc) +d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + struct demangle_component *dc) { /* Magic variable to let reference smashing skip over the next modifier without needing to modify *dc. */ - const struct demangle_component *mod_inner = NULL; + struct demangle_component *mod_inner = NULL; + + /* Variable used to store the current templates while a previously + captured scope is used. */ + struct d_print_template *saved_templates; + + /* Nonzero if templates have been stored in the above variable. */ + int need_template_restore = 0; if (dc == NULL) { @@ -4013,11 +4755,7 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, adpm[i].templates = dpi->templates; ++i; - if (typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS - && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS - && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS - && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS - && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS) + if (!is_fnqual_component_type (typed_name->type)) break; typed_name = d_left (typed_name); @@ -4029,32 +4767,17 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, return; } - /* If typed_name is a template, then it applies to the - function type as well. */ - if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) - { - dpt.next = dpi->templates; - dpi->templates = &dpt; - dpt.template_decl = typed_name; - } - /* If typed_name is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which - really apply here; this happens when parsing a class which + really apply here; this happens when parsing a class that is local to a function. */ if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME) { - struct demangle_component *local_name; - - local_name = d_right (typed_name); - if (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG) - local_name = local_name->u.s_unary_num.sub; - while (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS - || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS - || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS - || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS - || (local_name->type - == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS)) + typed_name = d_right (typed_name); + if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG) + typed_name = typed_name->u.s_unary_num.sub; + while (typed_name != NULL + && is_fnqual_component_type (typed_name->type)) { if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0]) { @@ -4066,13 +4789,27 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, adpm[i].next = &adpm[i - 1]; dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i]; - adpm[i - 1].mod = local_name; + adpm[i - 1].mod = typed_name; adpm[i - 1].printed = 0; adpm[i - 1].templates = dpi->templates; ++i; - local_name = d_left (local_name); + typed_name = d_left (typed_name); } + if (typed_name == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + } + + /* If typed_name is a template, then it applies to the + function type as well. */ + if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) + { + dpt.next = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = &dpt; + dpt.template_decl = typed_name; } d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); @@ -4101,6 +4838,12 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, { struct d_print_mod *hold_dpm; struct demangle_component *dcl; + const struct demangle_component *hold_current; + + /* This template may need to be referenced by a cast operator + contained in its subtree. */ + hold_current = dpi->current_template; + dpi->current_template = dc; /* Don't push modifiers into a template definition. Doing so could give the wrong definition for a template argument. @@ -4137,38 +4880,52 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, } dpi->modifiers = hold_dpm; + dpi->current_template = hold_current; return; } case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM: - { - struct d_print_template *hold_dpt; - struct demangle_component *a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, dc); + if (dpi->is_lambda_arg) + { + /* Show the template parm index, as that's how g++ displays + these, and future proofs us against potential + '[] (T *a, T *b) {...}'. */ + d_append_buffer (dpi, "auto:", 5); + d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_number.number + 1); + } + else + { + struct d_print_template *hold_dpt; + struct demangle_component *a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, dc); - if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) - a = d_index_template_argument (a, dpi->pack_index); + if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) + a = d_index_template_argument (a, dpi->pack_index); - if (a == NULL) - { - d_print_error (dpi); - return; - } + if (a == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } - /* While processing this parameter, we need to pop the list of - templates. This is because the template parameter may - itself be a reference to a parameter of an outer - template. */ + /* While processing this parameter, we need to pop the list + of templates. This is because the template parameter may + itself be a reference to a parameter of an outer + template. */ - hold_dpt = dpi->templates; - dpi->templates = hold_dpt->next; + hold_dpt = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = hold_dpt->next; - d_print_comp (dpi, options, a); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, a); - dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + } + return; - return; - } + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ: + d_append_string (dpi, "template parameter object for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_ctor.name); @@ -4304,15 +5061,60 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: { /* Handle reference smashing: & + && = &. */ - const struct demangle_component *sub = d_left (dc); - if (sub->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM) + struct demangle_component *sub = d_left (dc); + if (!dpi->is_lambda_arg + && sub->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM) { - struct demangle_component *a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, sub); + struct d_saved_scope *scope = d_get_saved_scope (dpi, sub); + struct demangle_component *a; + + if (scope == NULL) + { + /* This is the first time SUB has been traversed. + We need to capture the current templates so + they can be restored if SUB is reentered as a + substitution. */ + d_save_scope (dpi, sub); + if (d_print_saw_error (dpi)) + return; + } + else + { + const struct d_component_stack *dcse; + int found_self_or_parent = 0; + + /* This traversal is reentering SUB as a substition. + If we are not beneath SUB or DC in the tree then we + need to restore SUB's template stack temporarily. */ + for (dcse = dpi->component_stack; dcse != NULL; + dcse = dcse->parent) + { + if (dcse->dc == sub + || (dcse->dc == dc + && dcse != dpi->component_stack)) + { + found_self_or_parent = 1; + break; + } + } + + if (!found_self_or_parent) + { + saved_templates = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = scope->templates; + need_template_restore = 1; + } + } + + a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, sub); if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) a = d_index_template_argument (a, dpi->pack_index); if (a == NULL) { + if (need_template_restore) + dpi->templates = saved_templates; + d_print_error (dpi); return; } @@ -4328,15 +5130,11 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, } /* Fall through. */ - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE: modifier: { /* We keep a list of modifiers on the stack. */ @@ -4360,6 +5158,9 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, dpi->modifiers = dpm.next; + if (need_template_restore) + dpi->templates = saved_templates; + return; } @@ -4583,9 +5384,9 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_extended_operator.name); return; - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION: d_append_string (dpi, "operator "); - d_print_cast (dpi, options, dc); + d_print_conversion (dpi, options, dc); return; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: @@ -4620,6 +5421,21 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, } } + /* For sizeof..., just print the pack length. */ + if (code && !strcmp (code, "sZ")) + { + struct demangle_component *a = d_find_pack (dpi, operand); + int len = d_pack_length (a); + d_append_num (dpi, len); + return; + } + else if (code && !strcmp (code, "sP")) + { + int len = d_args_length (dpi, operand); + d_append_num (dpi, len); + return; + } + if (op->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST) d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, op); else @@ -4661,6 +5477,9 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, return; } + if (d_maybe_print_fold_expression (dpi, options, dc)) + return; + /* We wrap an expression which uses the greater-than operator in an extra layer of parens so that it does not get confused with the '>' which ends the template parameters. */ @@ -4716,6 +5535,8 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, d_print_error (dpi); return; } + if (d_maybe_print_fold_expression (dpi, options, dc)) + return; { struct demangle_component *op = d_left (dc); struct demangle_component *first = d_left (d_right (dc)); @@ -4912,7 +5733,11 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: d_append_string (dpi, "{lambda("); + /* Generic lambda auto parms are mangled as the template type + parm they are. */ + dpi->is_lambda_arg++; d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_unary_num.sub); + dpi->is_lambda_arg--; d_append_string (dpi, ")#"); d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.num + 1); d_append_char (dpi, '}'); @@ -4937,6 +5762,31 @@ d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, } } +static void +d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + struct d_component_stack self; + if (dc == NULL || dc->d_printing > 1 || dpi->recursion > MAX_RECURSION_COUNT) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + dc->d_printing++; + dpi->recursion++; + + self.dc = dc; + self.parent = dpi->component_stack; + dpi->component_stack = &self; + + d_print_comp_inner (dpi, options, dc); + + dpi->component_stack = self.parent; + dc->d_printing--; + dpi->recursion--; +} + /* Print a Java dentifier. For Java we try to handle encoded extended Unicode characters. The C++ ABI doesn't mention Unicode encoding, so we don't it for C++. Characters are encoded as @@ -5003,12 +5853,7 @@ d_print_mod_list (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, if (mods->printed || (! suffix - && (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS - || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS - || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS - || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS - || (mods->mod->type - == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS)))) + && (is_fnqual_component_type (mods->mod->type)))) { d_print_mod_list (dpi, options, mods->next, suffix); return; @@ -5061,11 +5906,7 @@ d_print_mod_list (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, dc = dc->u.s_unary_num.sub; } - while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS - || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS) + while (is_fnqual_component_type (dc->type)) dc = d_left (dc); d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc); @@ -5085,7 +5926,7 @@ d_print_mod_list (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, static void d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *mod) + struct demangle_component *mod) { switch (mod->type) { @@ -5101,6 +5942,27 @@ d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: d_append_string (dpi, " const"); return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE: + d_append_string (dpi, " transaction_safe"); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT: + d_append_string (dpi, " noexcept"); + if (d_right (mod)) + { + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (mod)); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + } + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC: + d_append_string (dpi, " throw"); + if (d_right (mod)) + { + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (mod)); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + } + return; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: d_append_char (dpi, ' '); d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (mod)); @@ -5113,11 +5975,13 @@ d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: /* For the ref-qualifier, put a space before the &. */ d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + /* FALLTHRU */ case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: d_append_char (dpi, '&'); return; case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + /* FALLTHRU */ case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: d_append_string (dpi, "&&"); return; @@ -5154,7 +6018,7 @@ d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, static void d_print_function_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc, + struct demangle_component *dc, struct d_print_mod *mods) { int need_paren; @@ -5186,11 +6050,7 @@ d_print_function_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, need_space = 1; need_paren = 1; break; - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: - case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE: break; default: break; @@ -5236,7 +6096,7 @@ d_print_function_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, static void d_print_array_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc, + struct demangle_component *dc, struct d_print_mod *mods) { int need_space; @@ -5290,7 +6150,7 @@ d_print_array_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, static void d_print_expr_op (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc) + struct demangle_component *dc) { if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR) d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_operator.op->name, @@ -5303,30 +6163,43 @@ d_print_expr_op (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, static void d_print_cast (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, - const struct demangle_component *dc) + struct demangle_component *dc) { - if (d_left (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) - d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); - else + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); +} + +/* Print a conversion operator. */ + +static void +d_print_conversion (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + struct d_print_template dpt; + + /* For a conversion operator, we need the template parameters from + the enclosing template in scope for processing the type. */ + if (dpi->current_template != NULL) { - struct d_print_mod *hold_dpm; - struct d_print_template dpt; - - /* It appears that for a templated cast operator, we need to put - the template parameters in scope for the operator name, but - not for the parameters. The effect is that we need to handle - the template printing here. */ - - hold_dpm = dpi->modifiers; - dpi->modifiers = NULL; - dpt.next = dpi->templates; dpi->templates = &dpt; - dpt.template_decl = d_left (dc); + dpt.template_decl = dpi->current_template; + } + if (d_left (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) + { + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + if (dpi->current_template != NULL) + dpi->templates = dpt.next; + } + else + { d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (d_left (dc))); - dpi->templates = dpt.next; + /* For a templated cast operator, we need to remove the template + parameters from scope after printing the operator name, + so we need to handle the template printing here. */ + if (dpi->current_template != NULL) + dpi->templates = dpt.next; if (d_last_char (dpi) == '<') d_append_char (dpi, ' '); @@ -5337,8 +6210,6 @@ d_print_cast (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, if (d_last_char (dpi) == '>') d_append_char (dpi, ' '); d_append_char (dpi, '>'); - - dpi->modifiers = hold_dpm; } } @@ -5356,21 +6227,23 @@ cplus_demangle_init_info (const char *mangled, int options, size_t len, di->n = mangled; - /* We can not need more components than twice the number of chars in + /* We cannot need more components than twice the number of chars in the mangled string. Most components correspond directly to chars, but the ARGLIST types are exceptions. */ di->num_comps = 2 * len; di->next_comp = 0; - /* Similarly, we can not need more substitutions than there are + /* Similarly, we cannot need more substitutions than there are chars in the mangled string. */ di->num_subs = len; di->next_sub = 0; - di->did_subs = 0; di->last_name = NULL; di->expansion = 0; + di->is_expression = 0; + di->is_conversion = 0; + di->recursion_level = 0; } /* Internal implementation for the demangler. If MANGLED is a g++ v3 ABI @@ -5410,6 +6283,20 @@ d_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options, cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, options, strlen (mangled), &di); + /* PR 87675 - Check for a mangled string that is so long + that we do not have enough stack space to demangle it. */ + if (((options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) == 0) + /* This check is a bit arbitrary, since what we really want to do is to + compare the sizes of the di.comps and di.subs arrays against the + amount of stack space remaining. But there is no portable way to do + this, so instead we use the recursion limit as a guide to the maximum + size of the arrays. */ + && (unsigned long) di.num_comps > DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT) + { + /* FIXME: We need a way to indicate that a stack limit has been reached. */ + return 0; + } + { #ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS __extension__ struct demangle_component comps[di.num_comps]; @@ -5441,6 +6328,8 @@ d_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options, NULL); d_advance (&di, strlen (d_str (&di))); break; + default: + abort (); /* We have listed all the cases. */ } /* If DMGL_PARAMS is set, then if we didn't consume the entire @@ -5873,6 +6762,7 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[]) /* Pile characters into mangled until we hit one that can't occur in a mangled name. */ c = getchar (); + while (!feof (stdin) && is_mangled_char (c)) { dyn_string_append_char (mangled, c); @@ -5906,10 +6796,12 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[]) /* If we haven't hit EOF yet, we've read one character that can't occur in a mangled name, so print it out. */ - if (!feof (stdin)) { - putchar (c); - fflush(stdout); - } + if (!feof (stdin)) { + putchar (c); + } + + // CHANGE NOTICE - flush buffer for waiting program + fflush(stdout); } dyn_string_delete (mangled); diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cplus-dem.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cplus-dem.c index 657fe438d5..e7e2736b2e 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cplus-dem.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/cplus-dem.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB */ /* Demangler for GNU C++ - Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, - 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1989-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp) Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling Modified by Satish Pai (pai@apollo.hp.com) for HP demangling @@ -31,19 +31,7 @@ Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, -Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - - - CHANGE NOTICE: -This file was changed on July 1st, 2014. - -*/ - -/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle. - - This file imports xmalloc and xrealloc, which are like malloc and - realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no - available memory. */ +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* This file lives in both GCC and libiberty. When making changes, please try not to break either. */ @@ -54,9 +42,7 @@ This file was changed on July 1st, 2014. #include "safe-ctype.h" -#include #include -#include #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H #include @@ -67,191 +53,13 @@ void * realloc (); #include #undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE -#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options +#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE options #include "libiberty.h" - -#define min(X,Y) (((X) < (Y)) ? (X) : (Y)) - -/* A value at least one greater than the maximum number of characters - that will be output when using the `%d' format with `printf'. */ -#define INTBUF_SIZE 32 - -extern void fancy_abort (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; - -/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings - using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific - one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the - commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for - is in that string. CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the - assembler can deal with that. Where the assembler can't, it's usually - '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things). We put the - current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed - by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case - the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'. - - We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual - cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by - ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc_compiled - marker symbol (FIXME). */ - -#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER) -#define CPLUS_MARKER '$' -#endif +#include "rust-demangle.h" enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = auto_demangling; -static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' }; - -static char char_str[2] = { '\000', '\000' }; - -void -set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch) -{ - cplus_markers[0] = ch; -} - -typedef struct string /* Beware: these aren't required to be */ -{ /* '\0' terminated. */ - char *b; /* pointer to start of string */ - char *p; /* pointer after last character */ - char *e; /* pointer after end of allocated space */ -} string; - -/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines. - Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant. */ - -struct work_stuff -{ - int options; - char **typevec; - char **ktypevec; - char **btypevec; - int numk; - int numb; - int ksize; - int bsize; - int ntypes; - int typevec_size; - int constructor; - int destructor; - int static_type; /* A static member function */ - int temp_start; /* index in demangled to start of template args */ - int type_quals; /* The type qualifiers. */ - int dllimported; /* Symbol imported from a PE DLL */ - char **tmpl_argvec; /* Template function arguments. */ - int ntmpl_args; /* The number of template function arguments. */ - int forgetting_types; /* Nonzero if we are not remembering the types - we see. */ - string* previous_argument; /* The last function argument demangled. */ - int nrepeats; /* The number of times to repeat the previous - argument. */ -}; - -#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI) -#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS) - -static const struct optable -{ - const char *const in; - const char *const out; - const int flags; -} optable[] = { - {"nw", " new", DMGL_ANSI}, /* new (1.92, ansi) */ - {"dl", " delete", DMGL_ANSI}, /* new (1.92, ansi) */ - {"new", " new", 0}, /* old (1.91, and 1.x) */ - {"delete", " delete", 0}, /* old (1.91, and 1.x) */ - {"vn", " new []", DMGL_ANSI}, /* GNU, pending ansi */ - {"vd", " delete []", DMGL_ANSI}, /* GNU, pending ansi */ - {"as", "=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"ne", "!=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ - {"eq", "==", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ - {"ge", ">=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ - {"gt", ">", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ - {"le", "<=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ - {"lt", "<", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ - {"plus", "+", 0}, /* old */ - {"pl", "+", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"apl", "+=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"minus", "-", 0}, /* old */ - {"mi", "-", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"ami", "-=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"mult", "*", 0}, /* old */ - {"ml", "*", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"amu", "*=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */ - {"aml", "*=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi (GNU/g++) */ - {"convert", "+", 0}, /* old (unary +) */ - {"negate", "-", 0}, /* old (unary -) */ - {"trunc_mod", "%", 0}, /* old */ - {"md", "%", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"amd", "%=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"trunc_div", "/", 0}, /* old */ - {"dv", "/", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"adv", "/=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"truth_andif", "&&", 0}, /* old */ - {"aa", "&&", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"truth_orif", "||", 0}, /* old */ - {"oo", "||", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"truth_not", "!", 0}, /* old */ - {"nt", "!", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"postincrement","++", 0}, /* old */ - {"pp", "++", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"postdecrement","--", 0}, /* old */ - {"mm", "--", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"bit_ior", "|", 0}, /* old */ - {"or", "|", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"aor", "|=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"bit_xor", "^", 0}, /* old */ - {"er", "^", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"aer", "^=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"bit_and", "&", 0}, /* old */ - {"ad", "&", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"aad", "&=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"bit_not", "~", 0}, /* old */ - {"co", "~", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"call", "()", 0}, /* old */ - {"cl", "()", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"alshift", "<<", 0}, /* old */ - {"ls", "<<", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"als", "<<=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"arshift", ">>", 0}, /* old */ - {"rs", ">>", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"ars", ">>=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"component", "->", 0}, /* old */ - {"pt", "->", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi; Lucid C++ form */ - {"rf", "->", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi; ARM/GNU form */ - {"indirect", "*", 0}, /* old */ - {"method_call", "->()", 0}, /* old */ - {"addr", "&", 0}, /* old (unary &) */ - {"array", "[]", 0}, /* old */ - {"vc", "[]", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"compound", ", ", 0}, /* old */ - {"cm", ", ", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"cond", "?:", 0}, /* old */ - {"cn", "?:", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ - {"max", ">?", 0}, /* old */ - {"mx", ">?", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ - {"min", "*", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ - {"sz", "sizeof ", DMGL_ANSI} /* pseudo-ansi */ -}; - -/* These values are used to indicate the various type varieties. - They are all non-zero so that they can be used as `success' - values. */ -typedef enum type_kind_t -{ - tk_none, - tk_pointer, - tk_reference, - tk_integral, - tk_bool, - tk_char, - tk_real -} type_kind_t; - const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] = { { @@ -266,40 +74,10 @@ const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] = "Automatic selection based on executable" } , - { - GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, - gnu_demangling, - "GNU (g++) style demangling" - } - , - { - LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, - lucid_demangling, - "Lucid (lcc) style demangling" - } - , - { - ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, - arm_demangling, - "ARM style demangling" - } - , - { - HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, - hp_demangling, - "HP (aCC) style demangling" - } - , - { - EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, - edg_demangling, - "EDG style demangling" - } - , { GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, gnu_v3_demangling, - "GNU (g++) V3 ABI-style demangling" + "GNU (g++) V3 (Itanium C++ ABI) style demangling" } , { @@ -314,479 +92,23 @@ const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] = "GNAT style demangling" } , + { + DLANG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + dlang_demangling, + "DLANG style demangling" + } + , + { + RUST_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + rust_demangling, + "Rust style demangling" + } + , { NULL, unknown_demangling, NULL } }; -#define STRING_EMPTY(str) ((str) -> b == (str) -> p) -#define APPEND_BLANK(str) {if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \ - string_append(str, " ");} -#define LEN_STRING(str) ( (STRING_EMPTY(str))?0:((str)->p - (str)->b)) - -/* The scope separator appropriate for the language being demangled. */ - -#define SCOPE_STRING(work) ((work->options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::") - -#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__" /* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */ -#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8 /* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */ - -/* Prototypes for local functions */ - -static void delete_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *); - -static void delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *); - -static char *mop_up (struct work_stuff *, string *, int); - -static void squangle_mop_up (struct work_stuff *); - -static void work_stuff_copy_to_from (struct work_stuff *, struct work_stuff *); - -#if 0 -static int -demangle_method_args (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); -#endif - -static char * -internal_cplus_demangle (struct work_stuff *, const char *); - -static int -demangle_template_template_parm (struct work_stuff *work, - const char **, string *); - -static int -demangle_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *, - string *, int, int); - -static int -arm_pt (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, const char **, - const char **); - -static int -demangle_class_name (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int -demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, - int, int); - -static int demangle_class (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int demangle_fund_type (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int gnu_special (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int arm_special (const char **, string *); - -static void string_need (string *, int); - -static void string_delete (string *); - -static void -string_init (string *); - -static void string_clear (string *); - -#if 0 -static int string_empty (string *); -#endif - -static void string_append (string *, const char *); - -static void string_appends (string *, string *); - -static void string_appendn (string *, const char *, int); - -static void string_prepend (string *, const char *); - -static void string_prependn (string *, const char *, int); - -static void string_append_template_idx (string *, int); - -static int get_count (const char **, int *); - -static int consume_count (const char **); - -static int consume_count_with_underscores (const char**); - -static int demangle_args (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int demangle_nested_args (struct work_stuff*, const char**, string*); - -static int do_type (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int do_arg (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int -demangle_function_name (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, - const char *); - -static int -iterate_demangle_function (struct work_stuff *, - const char **, string *, const char *); - -static void remember_type (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int); - -static void remember_Btype (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, int); - -static int register_Btype (struct work_stuff *); - -static void remember_Ktype (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int); - -static void forget_types (struct work_stuff *); - -static void forget_B_and_K_types (struct work_stuff *); - -static void string_prepends (string *, string *); - -static int -demangle_template_value_parm (struct work_stuff*, const char**, - string*, type_kind_t); - -static int -do_hpacc_template_const_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int -do_hpacc_template_literal (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int snarf_numeric_literal (const char **, string *); - -/* There is a TYPE_QUAL value for each type qualifier. They can be - combined by bitwise-or to form the complete set of qualifiers for a - type. */ - -#define TYPE_UNQUALIFIED 0x0 -#define TYPE_QUAL_CONST 0x1 -#define TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE 0x2 -#define TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT 0x4 - -static int code_for_qualifier (int); - -static const char* qualifier_string (int); - -static const char* demangle_qualifier (int); - -static int demangle_expression (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, - type_kind_t); - -static int -demangle_integral_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static int -demangle_real_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); - -static void -demangle_arm_hp_template (struct work_stuff *, const char **, int, string *); - -static void -recursively_demangle (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, int); - -/* Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process. - Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character. - - Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in no - consumption of input and a return of -1. - - Overflow consumes the rest of the digits, and returns -1. */ - -static int -consume_count (const char **type) -{ - int count = 0; - - if (! ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) - return -1; - - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) - { - count *= 10; - - /* Check for overflow. - We assume that count is represented using two's-complement; - no power of two is divisible by ten, so if an overflow occurs - when multiplying by ten, the result will not be a multiple of - ten. */ - if ((count % 10) != 0) - { - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) **type)) - (*type)++; - return -1; - } - - count += **type - '0'; - (*type)++; - } - - if (count < 0) - count = -1; - - return (count); -} - - -/* Like consume_count, but for counts that are preceded and followed - by '_' if they are greater than 10. Also, -1 is returned for - failure, since 0 can be a valid value. */ - -static int -consume_count_with_underscores (const char **mangled) -{ - int idx; - - if (**mangled == '_') - { - (*mangled)++; - if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - return -1; - - idx = consume_count (mangled); - if (**mangled != '_') - /* The trailing underscore was missing. */ - return -1; - - (*mangled)++; - } - else - { - if (**mangled < '0' || **mangled > '9') - return -1; - - idx = **mangled - '0'; - (*mangled)++; - } - - return idx; -} - -/* C is the code for a type-qualifier. Return the TYPE_QUAL - corresponding to this qualifier. */ - -static int -code_for_qualifier (int c) -{ - switch (c) - { - case 'C': - return TYPE_QUAL_CONST; - - case 'V': - return TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE; - - case 'u': - return TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT; - - default: - break; - } - - /* C was an invalid qualifier. */ - abort (); -} - -/* Return the string corresponding to the qualifiers given by - TYPE_QUALS. */ - -static const char* -qualifier_string (int type_quals) -{ - switch (type_quals) - { - case TYPE_UNQUALIFIED: - return ""; - - case TYPE_QUAL_CONST: - return "const"; - - case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE: - return "volatile"; - - case TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: - return "__restrict"; - - case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE: - return "const volatile"; - - case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: - return "const __restrict"; - - case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: - return "volatile __restrict"; - - case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: - return "const volatile __restrict"; - - default: - break; - } - - /* TYPE_QUALS was an invalid qualifier set. */ - abort (); -} - -/* C is the code for a type-qualifier. Return the string - corresponding to this qualifier. This function should only be - called with a valid qualifier code. */ - -static const char* -demangle_qualifier (int c) -{ - return qualifier_string (code_for_qualifier (c)); -} - -int -cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options) -{ - int len, len1, ret; - string type; - struct work_stuff work[1]; - const char *tem; - - len = strlen(opname); - result[0] = '\0'; - ret = 0; - memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work)); - work->options = options; - - if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_' - && opname[2] == 'o' && opname[3] == 'p') - { - /* ANSI. */ - /* type conversion operator. */ - tem = opname + 4; - if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) - { - strcat (result, "operator "); - strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b); - string_delete (&type); - ret = 1; - } - } - else if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_' - && ISLOWER((unsigned char)opname[2]) - && ISLOWER((unsigned char)opname[3])) - { - if (opname[4] == '\0') - { - /* Operator. */ - size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2 - && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 2) == 0) - { - strcat (result, "operator"); - strcat (result, optable[i].out); - ret = 1; - break; - } - } - } - else - { - if (opname[2] == 'a' && opname[5] == '\0') - { - /* Assignment. */ - size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3 - && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 3) == 0) - { - strcat (result, "operator"); - strcat (result, optable[i].out); - ret = 1; - break; - } - } - } - } - } - else if (len >= 3 - && opname[0] == 'o' - && opname[1] == 'p' - && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[2]) != NULL) - { - /* see if it's an assignment expression */ - if (len >= 10 /* op$assign_ */ - && memcmp (opname + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0) - { - size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - len1 = len - 10; - if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 - && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 10, len1) == 0) - { - strcat (result, "operator"); - strcat (result, optable[i].out); - strcat (result, "="); - ret = 1; - break; - } - } - } - else - { - size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - len1 = len - 3; - if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 - && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 3, len1) == 0) - { - strcat (result, "operator"); - strcat (result, optable[i].out); - ret = 1; - break; - } - } - } - } - else if (len >= 5 && memcmp (opname, "type", 4) == 0 - && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[4]) != NULL) - { - /* type conversion operator */ - tem = opname + 5; - if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) - { - strcat (result, "operator "); - strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b); - string_delete (&type); - ret = 1; - } - } - squangle_mop_up (work); - return ret; - -} - -/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled - operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found. - - If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name; - if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name. */ - -const char * -cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options) -{ - size_t i; - int len; - - len = strlen (opname); - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - if ((int) strlen (optable[i].out) == len - && (options & DMGL_ANSI) == (optable[i].flags & DMGL_ANSI) - && memcmp (optable[i].out, opname, len) == 0) - return optable[i].in; - } - return (0); -} - /* Add a routine to set the demangling style to be sure it is valid and allow for any demangler initialization that maybe necessary. */ @@ -827,22 +149,6 @@ cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name) It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which is returned. - The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits: - - DMGL_ANSI ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are - included. - DMGL_PARAMS Function parameters are included. - - For example, - - cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS) => "A::foo(int)" - cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI) => "A::foo(int)" - cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0) => "A::foo" - - cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS) => "A::foo(float,...)" - cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)" - cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0) => "A::foo" - Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from MANGLED. */ @@ -851,21 +157,34 @@ char * cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options) { char *ret; - struct work_stuff work[1]; if (current_demangling_style == no_demangling) return xstrdup (mangled); - memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work)); - work->options = options; - if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0) - work->options |= (int) current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK; + if ((options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0) + options |= (int) current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK; /* The V3 ABI demangling is implemented elsewhere. */ - if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING) + if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING || RUST_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING) { - ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, work->options); - if (ret || GNU_V3_DEMANGLING) + ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, options); + if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING) + return ret; + + if (ret) + { + /* Rust symbols are GNU_V3 mangled plus some extra subtitutions. + The subtitutions are always smaller, so do in place changes. */ + if (rust_is_mangled (ret)) + rust_demangle_sym (ret); + else if (RUST_DEMANGLING) + { + free (ret); + ret = NULL; + } + } + + if (ret || RUST_DEMANGLING) return ret; } @@ -879,11 +198,37 @@ cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options) if (GNAT_DEMANGLING) return ada_demangle (mangled, options); - ret = internal_cplus_demangle (work, mangled); - squangle_mop_up (work); + if (DLANG_DEMANGLING) + { + ret = dlang_demangle (mangled, options); + if (ret) + return ret; + } + return (ret); } +char * +rust_demangle (const char *mangled, int options) +{ + /* Rust symbols are GNU_V3 mangled plus some extra subtitutions. */ + char *ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, options); + + /* The Rust subtitutions are always smaller, so do in place changes. */ + if (ret != NULL) + { + if (rust_is_mangled (ret)) + rust_demangle_sym (ret); + else + { + free (ret); + ret = NULL; + } + } + + return ret; +} + /* Demangle ada names. The encoding is documented in gcc/ada/exp_dbug.ads. */ char * @@ -892,7 +237,7 @@ ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) int len0; const char* p; char *d; - char *demangled; + char *demangled = NULL; /* Discard leading _ada_, which is used for library level subprograms. */ if (strncmp (mangled, "_ada_", 5) == 0) @@ -1137,6 +482,7 @@ ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) return demangled; unknown: + XDELETEVEC (demangled); len0 = strlen (mangled); demangled = XNEWVEC (char, len0 + 3); @@ -1147,4136 +493,3 @@ ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) return demangled; } - -/* This function performs most of what cplus_demangle use to do, but - to be able to demangle a name with a B, K or n code, we need to - have a longer term memory of what types have been seen. The original - now initializes and cleans up the squangle code info, while internal - calls go directly to this routine to avoid resetting that info. */ - -static char * -internal_cplus_demangle (struct work_stuff *work, const char *mangled) -{ - - string decl; - int success = 0; - char *demangled = NULL; - int s1, s2, s3, s4; - s1 = work->constructor; - s2 = work->destructor; - s3 = work->static_type; - s4 = work->type_quals; - work->constructor = work->destructor = 0; - work->type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED; - work->dllimported = 0; - - if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0')) - { - string_init (&decl); - - /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the - string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER. If so, attempt to - recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a - standard prefix. In particular, don't worry about whether there - is a "__" string in the mangled string. Consider "_$_5__foo" for - example. */ - - if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)) - { - success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl); - } - if (!success) - { - success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl); - } - if (success && (*mangled != '\0')) - { - success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl); - } - if (work->constructor == 2) - { - string_prepend (&decl, "global constructors keyed to "); - work->constructor = 0; - } - else if (work->destructor == 2) - { - string_prepend (&decl, "global destructors keyed to "); - work->destructor = 0; - } - else if (work->dllimported == 1) - { - string_prepend (&decl, "import stub for "); - work->dllimported = 0; - } - demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success); - } - work->constructor = s1; - work->destructor = s2; - work->static_type = s3; - work->type_quals = s4; - return demangled; -} - - -/* Clear out and squangling related storage */ -static void -squangle_mop_up (struct work_stuff *work) -{ - /* clean up the B and K type mangling types. */ - forget_B_and_K_types (work); - if (work -> btypevec != NULL) - { - free ((char *) work -> btypevec); - } - if (work -> ktypevec != NULL) - { - free ((char *) work -> ktypevec); - } -} - - -/* Copy the work state and storage. */ - -static void -work_stuff_copy_to_from (struct work_stuff *to, struct work_stuff *from) -{ - int i; - - delete_work_stuff (to); - - /* Shallow-copy scalars. */ - memcpy (to, from, sizeof (*to)); - - /* Deep-copy dynamic storage. */ - if (from->typevec_size) - to->typevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->typevec_size); - - for (i = 0; i < from->ntypes; i++) - { - int len = strlen (from->typevec[i]) + 1; - - to->typevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len); - memcpy (to->typevec[i], from->typevec[i], len); - } - - if (from->ksize) - to->ktypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->ksize); - - for (i = 0; i < from->numk; i++) - { - int len = strlen (from->ktypevec[i]) + 1; - - to->ktypevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len); - memcpy (to->ktypevec[i], from->ktypevec[i], len); - } - - if (from->bsize) - to->btypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->bsize); - - for (i = 0; i < from->numb; i++) - { - int len = strlen (from->btypevec[i]) + 1; - - to->btypevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char , len); - memcpy (to->btypevec[i], from->btypevec[i], len); - } - - if (from->ntmpl_args) - to->tmpl_argvec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->ntmpl_args); - - for (i = 0; i < from->ntmpl_args; i++) - { - int len = strlen (from->tmpl_argvec[i]) + 1; - - to->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len); - memcpy (to->tmpl_argvec[i], from->tmpl_argvec[i], len); - } - - if (from->previous_argument) - { - to->previous_argument = XNEW (string); - string_init (to->previous_argument); - string_appends (to->previous_argument, from->previous_argument); - } -} - - -/* Delete dynamic stuff in work_stuff that is not to be re-used. */ - -static void -delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *work) -{ - /* Discard the remembered types, if any. */ - - forget_types (work); - if (work -> typevec != NULL) - { - free ((char *) work -> typevec); - work -> typevec = NULL; - work -> typevec_size = 0; - } - if (work->tmpl_argvec) - { - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < work->ntmpl_args; i++) - free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec[i]); - - free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec); - work->tmpl_argvec = NULL; - } - if (work->previous_argument) - { - string_delete (work->previous_argument); - free ((char*) work->previous_argument); - work->previous_argument = NULL; - } -} - - -/* Delete all dynamic storage in work_stuff. */ -static void -delete_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *work) -{ - delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work); - squangle_mop_up (work); -} - - -/* Clear out any mangled storage */ - -static char * -mop_up (struct work_stuff *work, string *declp, int success) -{ - char *demangled = NULL; - - delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work); - - /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null - terminated and return it. Otherwise, free the demangling decl. */ - - if (!success) - { - string_delete (declp); - } - else - { - string_appendn (declp, "", 1); - demangled = declp->b; - } - return (demangled); -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp); - -DESCRIPTION - - Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name. - - DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built. At - entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name - prefix. I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function - name. In some special cases, it may contain nothing. - - *MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled - name. As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the - pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to - be consumed. - - Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no - explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function - argument list. */ - -static int -demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, - const char **mangled, string *declp) -{ - int success = 1; - int func_done = 0; - int expect_func = 0; - int expect_return_type = 0; - const char *oldmangled = NULL; - string trawname; - string tname; - - while (success && (**mangled != '\0')) - { - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'Q': - oldmangled = *mangled; - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0); - if (success) - remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) - expect_func = 1; - oldmangled = NULL; - break; - - case 'K': - oldmangled = *mangled; - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0); - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) - { - expect_func = 1; - } - oldmangled = NULL; - break; - - case 'S': - /* Static member function */ - if (oldmangled == NULL) - { - oldmangled = *mangled; - } - (*mangled)++; - work -> static_type = 1; - break; - - case 'C': - case 'V': - case 'u': - work->type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled); - - /* a qualified member function */ - if (oldmangled == NULL) - oldmangled = *mangled; - (*mangled)++; - break; - - case 'L': - /* Local class name follows after "Lnnn_" */ - if (HP_DEMANGLING) - { - while (**mangled && (**mangled != '_')) - (*mangled)++; - if (!**mangled) - success = 0; - else - (*mangled)++; - } - else - success = 0; - break; - - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': - if (oldmangled == NULL) - { - oldmangled = *mangled; - } - work->temp_start = -1; /* uppermost call to demangle_class */ - success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp); - if (success) - { - remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); - } - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - /* EDG and others will have the "F", so we let the loop cycle - if we are looking at one. */ - if (**mangled != 'F') - expect_func = 1; - } - oldmangled = NULL; - break; - - case 'B': - { - string s; - success = do_type (work, mangled, &s); - if (success) - { - string_append (&s, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - string_prepends (declp, &s); - string_delete (&s); - } - oldmangled = NULL; - expect_func = 1; - } - break; - - case 'F': - /* Function */ - /* ARM/HP style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after - the class name. For GNU style, it is just implied. So we can - safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible - with either style. */ - - oldmangled = NULL; - func_done = 1; - (*mangled)++; - - /* For lucid/ARM/HP style we have to forget any types we might - have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument - types. GNU style considers all types seen as available for - back references. See comment in demangle_args() */ - - if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - forget_types (work); - } - success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either - find the function return type (preceded by an '_') or the - end of the string. */ - if (success && (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && **mangled == '_') - { - ++(*mangled); - /* At this level, we do not care about the return type. */ - success = do_type (work, mangled, &tname); - string_delete (&tname); - } - - break; - - case 't': - /* G++ Template */ - string_init(&trawname); - string_init(&tname); - if (oldmangled == NULL) - { - oldmangled = *mangled; - } - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname, - &trawname, 1, 1); - if (success) - { - remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); - } - string_append (&tname, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - - string_prepends(declp, &tname); - if (work -> destructor & 1) - { - string_prepend (&trawname, "~"); - string_appends (declp, &trawname); - work->destructor -= 1; - } - if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)) - { - string_appends (declp, &trawname); - work->constructor -= 1; - } - string_delete(&trawname); - string_delete(&tname); - oldmangled = NULL; - expect_func = 1; - break; - - case '_': - if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) && expect_return_type) - { - /* Read the return type. */ - string return_type; - - (*mangled)++; - success = do_type (work, mangled, &return_type); - APPEND_BLANK (&return_type); - - string_prepends (declp, &return_type); - string_delete (&return_type); - break; - } - else - /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified, - so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with - a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by - some algorithm we don't know how to deal with. So just - reject the entire demangling. */ - /* However, "_nnn" is an expected suffix for alternate entry point - numbered nnn for a function, with HP aCC, so skip over that - without reporting failure. pai/1997-09-04 */ - if (HP_DEMANGLING) - { - (*mangled)++; - while (**mangled && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - (*mangled)++; - } - else - success = 0; - break; - - case 'H': - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) - { - /* A G++ template function. Read the template arguments. */ - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 0, - 0); - if (!(work->constructor & 1)) - expect_return_type = 1; - (*mangled)++; - break; - } - else - /* fall through */ - {;} - - default: - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) - { - /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function - argument token, and start processing args. */ - func_done = 1; - success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - } - else - { - /* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start - of the outermost function argument tokens. Typically 'F', - for ARM/HP-demangling, for example. So if we find something - we are not prepared for, it must be an error. */ - success = 0; - } - break; - } - /* - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) - */ - { - if (success && expect_func) - { - func_done = 1; - if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - forget_types (work); - } - success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - /* Since template include the mangling of their return types, - we must set expect_func to 0 so that we don't try do - demangle more arguments the next time we get here. */ - expect_func = 0; - } - } - } - if (success && !func_done) - { - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) - { - /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and - bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'. We get here when we find the - first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to - the current declp. Note that with ARM/HP, the first case - represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar', - which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone. */ - success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - } - } - if (success && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - { - if (work->static_type) - string_append (declp, " static"); - if (work->type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED) - { - APPEND_BLANK (declp); - string_append (declp, qualifier_string (work->type_quals)); - } - } - - return (success); -} - -#if 0 - -static int -demangle_method_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp) -{ - int success = 0; - - if (work -> static_type) - { - string_append (declp, *mangled + 1); - *mangled += strlen (*mangled); - success = 1; - } - else - { - success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - } - return (success); -} - -#endif - -static int -demangle_template_template_parm (struct work_stuff *work, - const char **mangled, string *tname) -{ - int i; - int r; - int need_comma = 0; - int success = 1; - string temp; - - string_append (tname, "template <"); - /* get size of template parameter list */ - if (get_count (mangled, &r)) - { - for (i = 0; i < r; i++) - { - if (need_comma) - { - string_append (tname, ", "); - } - - /* Z for type parameters */ - if (**mangled == 'Z') - { - (*mangled)++; - string_append (tname, "class"); - } - /* z for template parameters */ - else if (**mangled == 'z') - { - (*mangled)++; - success = - demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname); - if (!success) - { - break; - } - } - else - { - /* temp is initialized in do_type */ - success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); - if (success) - { - string_appends (tname, &temp); - } - string_delete(&temp); - if (!success) - { - break; - } - } - need_comma = 1; - } - - } - if (tname->p[-1] == '>') - string_append (tname, " "); - string_append (tname, "> class"); - return (success); -} - -static int -demangle_expression (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *s, type_kind_t tk) -{ - int need_operator = 0; - int success; - - success = 1; - string_appendn (s, "(", 1); - (*mangled)++; - while (success && **mangled != 'W' && **mangled != '\0') - { - if (need_operator) - { - size_t i; - size_t len; - - success = 0; - - len = strlen (*mangled); - - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); ++i) - { - size_t l = strlen (optable[i].in); - - if (l <= len - && memcmp (optable[i].in, *mangled, l) == 0) - { - string_appendn (s, " ", 1); - string_append (s, optable[i].out); - string_appendn (s, " ", 1); - success = 1; - (*mangled) += l; - break; - } - } - - if (!success) - break; - } - else - need_operator = 1; - - success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, tk); - } - - if (**mangled != 'W') - success = 0; - else - { - string_appendn (s, ")", 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - - return success; -} - -static int -demangle_integral_value (struct work_stuff *work, - const char **mangled, string *s) -{ - int success; - - if (**mangled == 'E') - success = demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_integral); - else if (**mangled == 'Q' || **mangled == 'K') - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s, 0, 1); - else - { - int value; - - /* By default, we let the number decide whether we shall consume an - underscore. */ - int multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 0; - int leave_following_underscore = 0; - - success = 0; - - if (**mangled == '_') - { - if (mangled[0][1] == 'm') - { - /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle the - `m'-prefix we must do it here, using consume_count and - adjusting underscores: we have to consume the underscore - matching the prepended one. */ - multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1; - string_appendn (s, "-", 1); - (*mangled) += 2; - } - else - { - /* Do not consume a following underscore; - consume_count_with_underscores will consume what - should be consumed. */ - leave_following_underscore = 1; - } - } - else - { - /* Negative numbers are indicated with a leading `m'. */ - if (**mangled == 'm') - { - string_appendn (s, "-", 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle - multi-digit numbers that do not start with an underscore, - and this number can be an integer template parameter, - we have to call consume_count. */ - multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1; - /* These multi-digit numbers never end on an underscore, - so if there is one then don't eat it. */ - leave_following_underscore = 1; - } - - /* We must call consume_count if we expect to remove a trailing - underscore, since consume_count_with_underscores expects - the leading underscore (that we consumed) if it is to handle - multi-digit numbers. */ - if (multidigit_without_leading_underscore) - value = consume_count (mangled); - else - value = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - - if (value != -1) - { - char buf[INTBUF_SIZE]; - sprintf (buf, "%d", value); - string_append (s, buf); - - /* Numbers not otherwise delimited, might have an underscore - appended as a delimeter, which we should skip. - - ??? This used to always remove a following underscore, which - is wrong. If other (arbitrary) cases are followed by an - underscore, we need to do something more radical. */ - - if ((value > 9 || multidigit_without_leading_underscore) - && ! leave_following_underscore - && **mangled == '_') - (*mangled)++; - - /* All is well. */ - success = 1; - } - } - - return success; -} - -/* Demangle the real value in MANGLED. */ - -static int -demangle_real_value (struct work_stuff *work, - const char **mangled, string *s) -{ - if (**mangled == 'E') - return demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_real); - - if (**mangled == 'm') - { - string_appendn (s, "-", 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - { - string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */ - { - string_appendn (s, ".", 1); - (*mangled)++; - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - { - string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - } - if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */ - { - string_appendn (s, "e", 1); - (*mangled)++; - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - { - string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - } - - return 1; -} - -static int -demangle_template_value_parm (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *s, type_kind_t tk) -{ - int success = 1; - - if (**mangled == 'Y') - { - /* The next argument is a template parameter. */ - int idx; - - (*mangled)++; - idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - if (idx == -1 - || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args) - || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1) - return -1; - if (work->tmpl_argvec) - string_append (s, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); - else - string_append_template_idx (s, idx); - } - else if (tk == tk_integral) - success = demangle_integral_value (work, mangled, s); - else if (tk == tk_char) - { - char tmp[2]; - int val; - if (**mangled == 'm') - { - string_appendn (s, "-", 1); - (*mangled)++; - } - string_appendn (s, "'", 1); - val = consume_count(mangled); - if (val <= 0) - success = 0; - else - { - tmp[0] = (char)val; - tmp[1] = '\0'; - string_appendn (s, &tmp[0], 1); - string_appendn (s, "'", 1); - } - } - else if (tk == tk_bool) - { - int val = consume_count (mangled); - if (val == 0) - string_appendn (s, "false", 5); - else if (val == 1) - string_appendn (s, "true", 4); - else - success = 0; - } - else if (tk == tk_real) - success = demangle_real_value (work, mangled, s); - else if (tk == tk_pointer || tk == tk_reference) - { - if (**mangled == 'Q') - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s, - /*isfuncname=*/0, - /*append=*/1); - else - { - int symbol_len = consume_count (mangled); - if (symbol_len == -1) - return -1; - if (symbol_len == 0) - string_appendn (s, "0", 1); - else - { - char *p = XNEWVEC (char, symbol_len + 1), *q; - strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len); - p [symbol_len] = '\0'; - /* We use cplus_demangle here, rather than - internal_cplus_demangle, because the name of the entity - mangled here does not make use of any of the squangling - or type-code information we have built up thus far; it is - mangled independently. */ - q = cplus_demangle (p, work->options); - if (tk == tk_pointer) - string_appendn (s, "&", 1); - /* FIXME: Pointer-to-member constants should get a - qualifying class name here. */ - if (q) - { - string_append (s, q); - free (q); - } - else - string_append (s, p); - free (p); - } - *mangled += symbol_len; - } - } - - return success; -} - -/* Demangle the template name in MANGLED. The full name of the - template (e.g., S) is placed in TNAME. The name without the - template parameters (e.g. S) is placed in TRAWNAME if TRAWNAME is - non-NULL. If IS_TYPE is nonzero, this template is a type template, - not a function template. If both IS_TYPE and REMEMBER are nonzero, - the template is remembered in the list of back-referenceable - types. */ - -static int -demangle_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *tname, string *trawname, - int is_type, int remember) -{ - int i; - int r; - int need_comma = 0; - int success = 0; - int is_java_array = 0; - string temp; - - (*mangled)++; - if (is_type) - { - /* get template name */ - if (**mangled == 'z') - { - int idx; - (*mangled)++; - (*mangled)++; - - idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - if (idx == -1 - || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args) - || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1) - return (0); - - if (work->tmpl_argvec) - { - string_append (tname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); - if (trawname) - string_append (trawname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); - } - else - { - string_append_template_idx (tname, idx); - if (trawname) - string_append_template_idx (trawname, idx); - } - } - else - { - if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) <= 0 - || (int) strlen (*mangled) < r) - { - return (0); - } - is_java_array = (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) - && strncmp (*mangled, "JArray1Z", 8) == 0; - if (! is_java_array) - { - string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r); - } - if (trawname) - string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r); - *mangled += r; - } - } - if (!is_java_array) - string_append (tname, "<"); - /* get size of template parameter list */ - if (!get_count (mangled, &r)) - { - return (0); - } - if (!is_type) - { - /* Create an array for saving the template argument values. */ - work->tmpl_argvec = XNEWVEC (char *, r); - work->ntmpl_args = r; - for (i = 0; i < r; i++) - work->tmpl_argvec[i] = 0; - } - for (i = 0; i < r; i++) - { - if (need_comma) - { - string_append (tname, ", "); - } - /* Z for type parameters */ - if (**mangled == 'Z') - { - (*mangled)++; - /* temp is initialized in do_type */ - success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); - if (success) - { - string_appends (tname, &temp); - - if (!is_type) - { - /* Save the template argument. */ - int len = temp.p - temp.b; - work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); - memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], temp.b, len); - work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0'; - } - } - string_delete(&temp); - if (!success) - { - break; - } - } - /* z for template parameters */ - else if (**mangled == 'z') - { - int r2; - (*mangled)++; - success = demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname); - - if (success - && (r2 = consume_count (mangled)) > 0 - && (int) strlen (*mangled) >= r2) - { - string_append (tname, " "); - string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r2); - if (!is_type) - { - /* Save the template argument. */ - int len = r2; - work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); - memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], *mangled, len); - work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0'; - } - *mangled += r2; - } - if (!success) - { - break; - } - } - else - { - string param; - string* s; - - /* otherwise, value parameter */ - - /* temp is initialized in do_type */ - success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); - string_delete(&temp); - if (!success) - break; - - if (!is_type) - { - s = ¶m; - string_init (s); - } - else - s = tname; - - success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, - (type_kind_t) success); - - if (!success) - { - if (!is_type) - string_delete (s); - success = 0; - break; - } - - if (!is_type) - { - int len = s->p - s->b; - work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); - memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], s->b, len); - work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0'; - - string_appends (tname, s); - string_delete (s); - } - } - need_comma = 1; - } - if (is_java_array) - { - string_append (tname, "[]"); - } - else - { - if (tname->p[-1] == '>') - string_append (tname, " "); - string_append (tname, ">"); - } - - if (is_type && remember) - { - const int bindex = register_Btype (work); - remember_Btype (work, tname->b, LEN_STRING (tname), bindex); - } - - /* - if (work -> static_type) - { - string_append (declp, *mangled + 1); - *mangled += strlen (*mangled); - success = 1; - } - else - { - success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - } - } - */ - return (success); -} - -static int -arm_pt (struct work_stuff *work, const char *mangled, - int n, const char **anchor, const char **args) -{ - /* Check if ARM template with "__pt__" in it ("parameterized type") */ - /* Allow HP also here, because HP's cfront compiler follows ARM to some extent */ - if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING) && (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__"))) - { - int len; - *args = *anchor + 6; - len = consume_count (args); - if (len == -1) - return 0; - if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') - { - ++*args; - return 1; - } - } - if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__tm__")) - || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__ps__")) - || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__"))) - { - int len; - *args = *anchor + 6; - len = consume_count (args); - if (len == -1) - return 0; - if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') - { - ++*args; - return 1; - } - } - else if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__S"))) - { - int len; - *args = *anchor + 3; - len = consume_count (args); - if (len == -1) - return 0; - if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') - { - ++*args; - return 1; - } - } - } - - return 0; -} - -static void -demangle_arm_hp_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - int n, string *declp) -{ - const char *p; - const char *args; - const char *e = *mangled + n; - string arg; - - /* Check for HP aCC template spec: classXt1t2 where t1, t2 are - template args */ - if (HP_DEMANGLING && ((*mangled)[n] == 'X')) - { - char *start_spec_args = NULL; - int hold_options; - - /* First check for and omit template specialization pseudo-arguments, - such as in "Spec<#1,#1.*>" */ - start_spec_args = strchr (*mangled, '<'); - if (start_spec_args && (start_spec_args - *mangled < n)) - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, start_spec_args - *mangled); - else - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); - (*mangled) += n + 1; - string_init (&arg); - if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call */ - work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b; - - /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in - template parameters. */ - hold_options = work->options; - work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS; - - string_append (declp, "<"); - while (1) - { - string_delete (&arg); - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'T': - /* 'T' signals a type parameter */ - (*mangled)++; - if (!do_type (work, mangled, &arg)) - goto hpacc_template_args_done; - break; - - case 'U': - case 'S': - /* 'U' or 'S' signals an integral value */ - if (!do_hpacc_template_const_value (work, mangled, &arg)) - goto hpacc_template_args_done; - break; - - case 'A': - /* 'A' signals a named constant expression (literal) */ - if (!do_hpacc_template_literal (work, mangled, &arg)) - goto hpacc_template_args_done; - break; - - default: - /* Today, 1997-09-03, we have only the above types - of template parameters */ - /* FIXME: maybe this should fail and return null */ - goto hpacc_template_args_done; - } - string_appends (declp, &arg); - /* Check if we're at the end of template args. - 0 if at end of static member of template class, - _ if done with template args for a function */ - if ((**mangled == '\000') || (**mangled == '_')) - break; - else - string_append (declp, ","); - } - hpacc_template_args_done: - string_append (declp, ">"); - string_delete (&arg); - if (**mangled == '_') - (*mangled)++; - work->options = hold_options; - return; - } - /* ARM template? (Also handles HP cfront extensions) */ - else if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args)) - { - int hold_options; - string type_str; - - string_init (&arg); - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled); - if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call */ - work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b; - - /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in - template parameters. */ - hold_options = work->options; - work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS; - - string_append (declp, "<"); - /* should do error checking here */ - while (args < e) { - string_delete (&arg); - - /* Check for type or literal here */ - switch (*args) - { - /* HP cfront extensions to ARM for template args */ - /* spec: Xt1Lv1 where t1 is a type, v1 is a literal value */ - /* FIXME: We handle only numeric literals for HP cfront */ - case 'X': - /* A typed constant value follows */ - args++; - if (!do_type (work, &args, &type_str)) - goto cfront_template_args_done; - string_append (&arg, "("); - string_appends (&arg, &type_str); - string_delete (&type_str); - string_append (&arg, ")"); - if (*args != 'L') - goto cfront_template_args_done; - args++; - /* Now snarf a literal value following 'L' */ - if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg)) - goto cfront_template_args_done; - break; - - case 'L': - /* Snarf a literal following 'L' */ - args++; - if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg)) - goto cfront_template_args_done; - break; - default: - /* Not handling other HP cfront stuff */ - { - const char* old_args = args; - if (!do_type (work, &args, &arg)) - goto cfront_template_args_done; - - /* Fail if we didn't make any progress: prevent infinite loop. */ - if (args == old_args) - { - work->options = hold_options; - return; - } - } - } - string_appends (declp, &arg); - string_append (declp, ","); - } - cfront_template_args_done: - string_delete (&arg); - if (args >= e) - --declp->p; /* remove extra comma */ - string_append (declp, ">"); - work->options = hold_options; - } - else if (n>10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0 - && (*mangled)[9] == 'N' - && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10] - && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8])) - { - /* A member of the anonymous namespace. */ - string_append (declp, "{anonymous}"); - } - else - { - if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call only */ - work->temp_start = 0; /* disable in recursive calls */ - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); - } - *mangled += n; -} - -/* Extract a class name, possibly a template with arguments, from the - mangled string; qualifiers, local class indicators, etc. have - already been dealt with */ - -static int -demangle_class_name (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp) -{ - int n; - int success = 0; - - n = consume_count (mangled); - if (n == -1) - return 0; - if ((int) strlen (*mangled) >= n) - { - demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, n, declp); - success = 1; - } - - return (success); -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - strint *declp) - -DESCRIPTION - - DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done. - - *MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled. On input, - it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.) - On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on - success, or the first unconsumed token on failure. - - If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then - we are demangling a constructor or destructor. In this case - we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP. - - Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP. - - Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been - "consumed". This allows demangle_class to be called later during - the same demangling, to do normal class demangling. - - Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise. - -*/ - -static int -demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *declp) -{ - int success = 0; - int btype; - string class_name; - char *save_class_name_end = 0; - - string_init (&class_name); - btype = register_Btype (work); - if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name)) - { - save_class_name_end = class_name.p; - if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)) - { - /* adjust so we don't include template args */ - if (work->temp_start && (work->temp_start != -1)) - { - class_name.p = class_name.b + work->temp_start; - } - string_prepends (declp, &class_name); - if (work -> destructor & 1) - { - string_prepend (declp, "~"); - work -> destructor -= 1; - } - else - { - work -> constructor -= 1; - } - } - class_name.p = save_class_name_end; - remember_Ktype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name)); - remember_Btype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name), btype); - string_prepend (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - string_prepends (declp, &class_name); - success = 1; - } - string_delete (&class_name); - return (success); -} - - -/* Called when there's a "__" in the mangled name, with `scan' pointing to - the rightmost guess. - - Find the correct "__"-sequence where the function name ends and the - signature starts, which is ambiguous with GNU mangling. - Call demangle_signature here, so we can make sure we found the right - one; *mangled will be consumed so caller will not make further calls to - demangle_signature. */ - -static int -iterate_demangle_function (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp, const char *scan) -{ - const char *mangle_init = *mangled; - int success = 0; - string decl_init; - struct work_stuff work_init; - - if (*(scan + 2) == '\0') - return 0; - - /* Do not iterate for some demangling modes, or if there's only one - "__"-sequence. This is the normal case. */ - if (ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING - || strstr (scan + 2, "__") == NULL) - return demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan); - - /* Save state so we can restart if the guess at the correct "__" was - wrong. */ - string_init (&decl_init); - string_appends (&decl_init, declp); - memset (&work_init, 0, sizeof work_init); - work_stuff_copy_to_from (&work_init, work); - - /* Iterate over occurrences of __, allowing names and types to have a - "__" sequence in them. We must start with the first (not the last) - occurrence, since "__" most often occur between independent mangled - parts, hence starting at the last occurence inside a signature - might get us a "successful" demangling of the signature. */ - - while (scan[2]) - { - if (demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan)) - { - success = demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp); - if (success) - break; - } - - /* Reset demangle state for the next round. */ - *mangled = mangle_init; - string_clear (declp); - string_appends (declp, &decl_init); - work_stuff_copy_to_from (work, &work_init); - - /* Leave this underscore-sequence. */ - scan += 2; - - /* Scan for the next "__" sequence. */ - while (*scan && (scan[0] != '_' || scan[1] != '_')) - scan++; - - /* Move to last "__" in this sequence. */ - while (*scan && *scan == '_') - scan++; - scan -= 2; - } - - /* Delete saved state. */ - delete_work_stuff (&work_init); - string_delete (&decl_init); - - return success; -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp); - -DESCRIPTION - - Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name. - While processing the function name root, arrange to call - demangle_signature if the root is ambiguous. - - DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is - placed. On entry, the buffer is empty. On exit it contains - the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some - special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result. - - MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name. As each - token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated. Upon entry - the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of - the mangled name. Upon exit, it should point to the first character - of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first - unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful. - - Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. - */ - -static int -demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp) -{ - int success = 1; - const char *scan; - int i; - - if (strlen(*mangled) > 6 - && (strncmp(*mangled, "_imp__", 6) == 0 - || strncmp(*mangled, "__imp_", 6) == 0)) - { - /* it's a symbol imported from a PE dynamic library. Check for both - new style prefix _imp__ and legacy __imp_ used by older versions - of dlltool. */ - (*mangled) += 6; - work->dllimported = 1; - } - else if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0) - { - char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]); - if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10]) - { - if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D') - { - /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */ - (*mangled) += 11; - work->destructor = 2; - if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)) - return success; - } - else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I') - { - /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */ - (*mangled) += 11; - work->constructor = 2; - if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)) - return success; - } - } - } - else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0) - { - /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */ - (*mangled) += 7; - work->destructor = 2; - } - else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0) - { - /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */ - (*mangled) += 7; - work->constructor = 2; - } - - /* This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization - of: - scan = strstr (*mangled, "__"); */ - - { - scan = *mangled; - - do { - scan = strchr (scan, '_'); - } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_'); - - if (scan != NULL) --scan; - } - - if (scan != NULL) - { - /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at - the last pair in the sequence. */ - i = strspn (scan, "_"); - if (i > 2) - { - scan += (i - 2); - } - } - - if (scan == NULL) - { - success = 0; - } - else if (work -> static_type) - { - if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't')) - { - success = 0; - } - } - else if ((scan == *mangled) - && (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q') - || (scan[2] == 't') || (scan[2] == 'K') || (scan[2] == 'H'))) - { - /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables. - But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __ - to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case. */ - if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING) - && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2])) - { - *mangled = scan + 2; - consume_count (mangled); - string_append (declp, *mangled); - *mangled += strlen (*mangled); - success = 1; - } - else - { - /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt]. But cfront uses - names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names. So don't accept - this style of constructor for cfront demangling. A GNU - style member-template constructor starts with 'H'. */ - if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)) - work -> constructor += 1; - *mangled = scan + 2; - } - } - else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't') - { - /* Cfront-style parameterized type. Handled later as a signature. */ - success = 1; - - /* ARM template? */ - demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp); - } - else if (EDG_DEMANGLING && ((scan[2] == 't' && scan[3] == 'm') - || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 's') - || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't'))) - { - /* EDG-style parameterized type. Handled later as a signature. */ - success = 1; - - /* EDG template? */ - demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp); - } - else if ((scan == *mangled) && !ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2]) - && (scan[2] != 't')) - { - /* Mangled name starts with "__". Skip over any leading '_' characters, - then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature. - */ - if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - || (arm_special (mangled, declp) == 0)) - { - while (*scan == '_') - { - scan++; - } - if ((scan = strstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0')) - { - /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature - (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */ - success = 0; - } - else - return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan); - } - } - else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0') - { - /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere - in there with non empty stuff after it. Looks like a global - function name. Iterate over all "__":s until the right - one is found. */ - return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan); - } - else - { - /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */ - success = 0; - } - - if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2)) - { - string_append (declp, *mangled); - *mangled += strlen (*mangled); - success = 1; - } - return (success); -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp); - - -DESCRIPTION - - Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit - the normal pattern. For example: - - _$_3foo (destructor for class foo) - _vt$foo (foo virtual table) - _vt$foo$bar (foo::bar virtual table) - __vt_foo (foo virtual table, new style with thunks) - _3foo$varname (static data member) - _Q22rs2tu$vw (static data member) - __t6vector1Zii (constructor with template) - __thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk) - */ - -static int -gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *declp) -{ - int n; - int success = 1; - const char *p; - - if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' - && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL - && (*mangled)[2] == '_') - { - /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "__" */ - (*mangled) += 3; - work -> destructor += 1; - } - else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' - && (((*mangled)[1] == '_' - && (*mangled)[2] == 'v' - && (*mangled)[3] == 't' - && (*mangled)[4] == '_') - || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v' - && (*mangled)[2] == 't' - && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL))) - { - /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt" - and create the decl. Note that we consume the entire mangled - input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work - to do. */ - if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v') - (*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */ - else - (*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt" */ - while (**mangled != '\0') - { - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'Q': - case 'K': - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); - break; - case 't': - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, - 1); - break; - default: - if (ISDIGIT((unsigned char)*mangled[0])) - { - n = consume_count(mangled); - /* We may be seeing a too-large size, or else a - "." indicating a static local symbol. In - any case, declare victory and move on; *don't* try - to use n to allocate. */ - if (n > (int) strlen (*mangled)) - { - success = 1; - break; - } - } - else - { - n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers); - } - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); - (*mangled) += n; - } - - p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers); - if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled))) - { - if (p != NULL) - { - string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - (*mangled)++; - } - } - else - { - success = 0; - break; - } - } - if (success) - string_append (declp, " virtual table"); - } - else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' - && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL) - && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL) - { - /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */ - (*mangled)++; - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'Q': - case 'K': - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); - break; - case 't': - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1); - break; - default: - n = consume_count (mangled); - if (n < 0 || n > (long) strlen (*mangled)) - { - success = 0; - break; - } - - if (n > 10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0 - && (*mangled)[9] == 'N' - && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10] - && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8])) - { - /* A member of the anonymous namespace. There's information - about what identifier or filename it was keyed to, but - it's just there to make the mangled name unique; we just - step over it. */ - string_append (declp, "{anonymous}"); - (*mangled) += n; - - /* Now p points to the marker before the N, so we need to - update it to the first marker after what we consumed. */ - p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers); - break; - } - - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); - (*mangled) += n; - } - if (success && (p == *mangled)) - { - /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the - variable name. */ - (*mangled)++; - string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - n = strlen (*mangled); - string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); - (*mangled) += n; - } - else - { - success = 0; - } - } - else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0) - { - int delta; - - (*mangled) += 8; - delta = consume_count (mangled); - if (delta == -1) - success = 0; - else - { - char *method = internal_cplus_demangle (work, ++*mangled); - - if (method) - { - char buf[50]; - sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta); - string_append (declp, buf); - string_append (declp, method); - free (method); - n = strlen (*mangled); - (*mangled) += n; - } - else - { - success = 0; - } - } - } - else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__t", 3) == 0 - && ((*mangled)[3] == 'i' || (*mangled)[3] == 'f')) - { - p = (*mangled)[3] == 'i' ? " type_info node" : " type_info function"; - (*mangled) += 4; - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'Q': - case 'K': - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); - break; - case 't': - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1); - break; - default: - success = do_type (work, mangled, declp); - break; - } - if (success && **mangled != '\0') - success = 0; - if (success) - string_append (declp, p); - } - else - { - success = 0; - } - return (success); -} - -static void -recursively_demangle(struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *result, int namelength) -{ - char * recurse = (char *)NULL; - char * recurse_dem = (char *)NULL; - - recurse = XNEWVEC (char, namelength + 1); - memcpy (recurse, *mangled, namelength); - recurse[namelength] = '\000'; - - recurse_dem = cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options); - - if (recurse_dem) - { - string_append (result, recurse_dem); - free (recurse_dem); - } - else - { - string_appendn (result, *mangled, namelength); - } - free (recurse); - *mangled += namelength; -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - arm_special (const char **mangled, - string *declp); - - -DESCRIPTION - - Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit - the normal pattern. For example: - - __vtbl__3foo (foo virtual table) - __vtbl__3foo__3bar (bar::foo virtual table) - - */ - -static int -arm_special (const char **mangled, string *declp) -{ - int n; - int success = 1; - const char *scan; - - if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0) - { - /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING - and create the decl. Note that we consume the entire mangled - input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work - to do. */ - scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN; - while (*scan != '\0') /* first check it can be demangled */ - { - n = consume_count (&scan); - if (n == -1) - { - return (0); /* no good */ - } - scan += n; - if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_') - { - scan += 2; - } - } - (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN; - while (**mangled != '\0') - { - n = consume_count (mangled); - if (n == -1 - || n > (long) strlen (*mangled)) - return 0; - string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n); - (*mangled) += n; - if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_') - { - string_prepend (declp, "::"); - (*mangled) += 2; - } - } - string_append (declp, " virtual table"); - } - else - { - success = 0; - } - return (success); -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled, - string *result, int isfuncname, int append); - -DESCRIPTION - - Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is - the mangled form of "Outer::Inner". The demangled output is - prepended or appended to the result string according to the - state of the append flag. - - If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building - is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a - constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate - constructor or destructor name. I.E. for the above example, - the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner" - and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner". - -BUGS - - Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME). - - */ - -static int -demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *result, int isfuncname, int append) -{ - int qualifiers = 0; - int success = 1; - char num[2]; - string temp; - string last_name; - int bindex = register_Btype (work); - - /* We only make use of ISFUNCNAME if the entity is a constructor or - destructor. */ - isfuncname = (isfuncname - && ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))); - - string_init (&temp); - string_init (&last_name); - - if ((*mangled)[0] == 'K') - { - /* Squangling qualified name reuse */ - int idx; - (*mangled)++; - idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - if (idx == -1 || idx >= work -> numk) - success = 0; - else - string_append (&temp, work -> ktypevec[idx]); - } - else - switch ((*mangled)[1]) - { - case '_': - /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes. The count is preceded - by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed - by an underscore. */ - (*mangled)++; - qualifiers = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - if (qualifiers == -1) - success = 0; - break; - - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - /* The count is in a single digit. */ - num[0] = (*mangled)[1]; - num[1] = '\0'; - qualifiers = atoi (num); - - /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it. This is - said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no - mention of such an underscore. Perhaps cfront uses one. */ - if ((*mangled)[2] == '_') - { - (*mangled)++; - } - (*mangled) += 2; - break; - - case '0': - default: - success = 0; - } - - if (!success) - return success; - - /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order - in which they are found, separated by '::'. */ - - while (qualifiers-- > 0) - { - int remember_K = 1; - string_clear (&last_name); - - if (*mangled[0] == '_') - (*mangled)++; - - if (*mangled[0] == 't') - { - /* Here we always append to TEMP since we will want to use - the template name without the template parameters as a - constructor or destructor name. The appropriate - (parameter-less) value is returned by demangle_template - in LAST_NAME. We do not remember the template type here, - in order to match the G++ mangling algorithm. */ - success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp, - &last_name, 1, 0); - if (!success) - break; - } - else if (*mangled[0] == 'K') - { - int idx; - (*mangled)++; - idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - if (idx == -1 || idx >= work->numk) - success = 0; - else - string_append (&temp, work->ktypevec[idx]); - remember_K = 0; - - if (!success) break; - } - else - { - if (EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - int namelength; - /* Now recursively demangle the qualifier - * This is necessary to deal with templates in - * mangling styles like EDG */ - namelength = consume_count (mangled); - if (namelength == -1) - { - success = 0; - break; - } - recursively_demangle(work, mangled, &temp, namelength); - } - else - { - string_delete (&last_name); - success = do_type (work, mangled, &last_name); - if (!success) - break; - string_appends (&temp, &last_name); - } - } - - if (remember_K) - remember_Ktype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp)); - - if (qualifiers > 0) - string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - } - - remember_Btype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp), bindex); - - /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append - the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name. - We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where - we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name. */ - - if (isfuncname) - { - string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - if (work -> destructor & 1) - string_append (&temp, "~"); - string_appends (&temp, &last_name); - } - - /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it, - depending upon the state of the append flag. */ - - if (append) - string_appends (result, &temp); - else - { - if (!STRING_EMPTY (result)) - string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - string_prepends (result, &temp); - } - - string_delete (&last_name); - string_delete (&temp); - return (success); -} - -/* - -LOCAL FUNCTION - - get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens - -SYNOPSIS - - static int - get_count (const char **type, int *count) - -DESCRIPTION - - Assume that *type points at a count in a mangled name; set - *count to its value, and set *type to the next character after - the count. There are some weird rules in effect here. - - If *type does not point at a string of digits, return zero. - - If *type points at a string of digits followed by an - underscore, set *count to their value as an integer, advance - *type to point *after the underscore, and return 1. - - If *type points at a string of digits not followed by an - underscore, consume only the first digit. Set *count to its - value as an integer, leave *type pointing after that digit, - and return 1. - - The excuse for this odd behavior: in the ARM and HP demangling - styles, a type can be followed by a repeat count of the form - `Nxy', where: - - `x' is a single digit specifying how many additional copies - of the type to append to the argument list, and - - `y' is one or more digits, specifying the zero-based index of - the first repeated argument in the list. Yes, as you're - unmangling the name you can figure this out yourself, but - it's there anyway. - - So, for example, in `bar__3fooFPiN51', the first argument is a - pointer to an integer (`Pi'), and then the next five arguments - are the same (`N5'), and the first repeat is the function's - second argument (`1'). -*/ - -static int -get_count (const char **type, int *count) -{ - const char *p; - int n; - - if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) - return (0); - else - { - *count = **type - '0'; - (*type)++; - if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) - { - p = *type; - n = *count; - do - { - n *= 10; - n += *p - '0'; - p++; - } - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)*p)); - if (*p == '_') - { - *type = p + 1; - *count = n; - } - } - } - return (1); -} - -/* RESULT will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure. The - value returned is really a type_kind_t. */ - -static int -do_type (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *result) -{ - int n; - int done; - int success; - string decl; - const char *remembered_type; - int type_quals; - type_kind_t tk = tk_none; - - string_init (&decl); - string_init (result); - - done = 0; - success = 1; - while (success && !done) - { - int member; - switch (**mangled) - { - - /* A pointer type */ - case 'P': - case 'p': - (*mangled)++; - if (! (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA)) - string_prepend (&decl, "*"); - if (tk == tk_none) - tk = tk_pointer; - break; - - /* A reference type */ - case 'R': - (*mangled)++; - string_prepend (&decl, "&"); - if (tk == tk_none) - tk = tk_reference; - break; - - /* An array */ - case 'A': - { - ++(*mangled); - if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) - && (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&')) - { - string_prepend (&decl, "("); - string_append (&decl, ")"); - } - string_append (&decl, "["); - if (**mangled != '_') - success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, &decl, - tk_integral); - if (**mangled == '_') - ++(*mangled); - string_append (&decl, "]"); - break; - } - - /* A back reference to a previously seen type */ - case 'T': - (*mangled)++; - if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> ntypes) - { - success = 0; - } - else - { - remembered_type = work -> typevec[n]; - mangled = &remembered_type; - } - break; - - /* A function */ - case 'F': - (*mangled)++; - if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) - && (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&')) - { - string_prepend (&decl, "("); - string_append (&decl, ")"); - } - /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the - function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the - string. */ - if (!demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl) - || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0')) - { - success = 0; - break; - } - if (success && (**mangled == '_')) - (*mangled)++; - break; - - case 'M': - case 'O': - { - type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED; - - member = **mangled == 'M'; - (*mangled)++; - - string_append (&decl, ")"); - - /* We don't need to prepend `::' for a qualified name; - demangle_qualified will do that for us. */ - if (**mangled != 'Q') - string_prepend (&decl, SCOPE_STRING (work)); - - if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - { - n = consume_count (mangled); - if (n == -1 - || (int) strlen (*mangled) < n) - { - success = 0; - break; - } - string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n); - *mangled += n; - } - else if (**mangled == 'X' || **mangled == 'Y') - { - string temp; - do_type (work, mangled, &temp); - string_prepends (&decl, &temp); - string_delete (&temp); - } - else if (**mangled == 't') - { - string temp; - string_init (&temp); - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &temp, - NULL, 1, 1); - if (success) - { - string_prependn (&decl, temp.b, temp.p - temp.b); - string_delete (&temp); - } - else - break; - } - else if (**mangled == 'Q') - { - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, &decl, - /*isfuncnam=*/0, - /*append=*/0); - if (!success) - break; - } - else - { - success = 0; - break; - } - - string_prepend (&decl, "("); - if (member) - { - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'C': - case 'V': - case 'u': - type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled); - (*mangled)++; - break; - - default: - break; - } - - if (*(*mangled)++ != 'F') - { - success = 0; - break; - } - } - if ((member && !demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl)) - || **mangled != '_') - { - success = 0; - break; - } - (*mangled)++; - if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) - { - break; - } - if (type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED) - { - APPEND_BLANK (&decl); - string_append (&decl, qualifier_string (type_quals)); - } - break; - } - case 'G': - (*mangled)++; - break; - - case 'C': - case 'V': - case 'u': - if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) - { - if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)) - string_prepend (&decl, " "); - - string_prepend (&decl, demangle_qualifier (**mangled)); - } - (*mangled)++; - break; - /* - } - */ - - /* fall through */ - default: - done = 1; - break; - } - } - - if (success) switch (**mangled) - { - /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner". */ - case 'Q': - case 'K': - { - success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1); - break; - } - - /* A back reference to a previously seen squangled type */ - case 'B': - (*mangled)++; - if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> numb) - success = 0; - else - string_append (result, work->btypevec[n]); - break; - - case 'X': - case 'Y': - /* A template parm. We substitute the corresponding argument. */ - { - int idx; - - (*mangled)++; - idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); - - if (idx == -1 - || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args) - || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1) - { - success = 0; - break; - } - - if (work->tmpl_argvec) - string_append (result, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); - else - string_append_template_idx (result, idx); - - success = 1; - } - break; - - default: - success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result); - if (tk == tk_none) - tk = (type_kind_t) success; - break; - } - - if (success) - { - if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)) - { - string_append (result, " "); - string_appends (result, &decl); - } - } - else - string_delete (result); - string_delete (&decl); - - if (success) - /* Assume an integral type, if we're not sure. */ - return (int) ((tk == tk_none) ? tk_integral : tk); - else - return 0; -} - -/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type - argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the - string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and - the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result. - - For example: - - "Ci" => "const int" - "Sl" => "signed long" - "CUs" => "const unsigned short" - - The value returned is really a type_kind_t. */ - -static int -demangle_fund_type (struct work_stuff *work, - const char **mangled, string *result) -{ - int done = 0; - int success = 1; - char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 5 /* 'int%u_t' */]; - unsigned int dec = 0; - type_kind_t tk = tk_integral; - - /* First pick off any type qualifiers. There can be more than one. */ - - while (!done) - { - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'C': - case 'V': - case 'u': - if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) - { - if (!STRING_EMPTY (result)) - string_prepend (result, " "); - string_prepend (result, demangle_qualifier (**mangled)); - } - (*mangled)++; - break; - case 'U': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "unsigned"); - break; - case 'S': /* signed char only */ - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "signed"); - break; - case 'J': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "__complex"); - break; - default: - done = 1; - break; - } - } - - /* Now pick off the fundamental type. There can be only one. */ - - switch (**mangled) - { - case '\0': - case '_': - break; - case 'v': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "void"); - break; - case 'x': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "long long"); - break; - case 'l': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "long"); - break; - case 'i': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "int"); - break; - case 's': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "short"); - break; - case 'b': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "bool"); - tk = tk_bool; - break; - case 'c': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "char"); - tk = tk_char; - break; - case 'w': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "wchar_t"); - tk = tk_char; - break; - case 'r': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "long double"); - tk = tk_real; - break; - case 'd': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "double"); - tk = tk_real; - break; - case 'f': - (*mangled)++; - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, "float"); - tk = tk_real; - break; - case 'G': - (*mangled)++; - if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - { - success = 0; - break; - } - case 'I': - (*mangled)++; - if (**mangled == '_') - { - int i; - (*mangled)++; - for (i = 0; - i < (long) sizeof (buf) - 1 && **mangled && **mangled != '_'; - (*mangled)++, i++) - buf[i] = **mangled; - if (**mangled != '_') - { - success = 0; - break; - } - buf[i] = '\0'; - (*mangled)++; - } - else - { - strncpy (buf, *mangled, 2); - buf[2] = '\0'; - *mangled += min (strlen (*mangled), 2); - } - sscanf (buf, "%x", &dec); - sprintf (buf, "int%u_t", dec); - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_append (result, buf); - break; - - /* fall through */ - /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */ - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - { - int bindex = register_Btype (work); - string btype; - string_init (&btype); - if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &btype)) { - remember_Btype (work, btype.b, LEN_STRING (&btype), bindex); - APPEND_BLANK (result); - string_appends (result, &btype); - } - else - success = 0; - string_delete (&btype); - break; - } - case 't': - { - string btype; - string_init (&btype); - success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &btype, 0, 1, 1); - string_appends (result, &btype); - string_delete (&btype); - break; - } - default: - success = 0; - break; - } - - return success ? ((int) tk) : 0; -} - - -/* Handle a template's value parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM) - **mangled points to 'S' or 'U' */ - -static int -do_hpacc_template_const_value (struct work_stuff *work ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const char **mangled, string *result) -{ - int unsigned_const; - - if (**mangled != 'U' && **mangled != 'S') - return 0; - - unsigned_const = (**mangled == 'U'); - - (*mangled)++; - - switch (**mangled) - { - case 'N': - string_append (result, "-"); - /* fall through */ - case 'P': - (*mangled)++; - break; - case 'M': - /* special case for -2^31 */ - string_append (result, "-2147483648"); - (*mangled)++; - return 1; - default: - return 0; - } - - /* We have to be looking at an integer now */ - if (!(ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))) - return 0; - - /* We only deal with integral values for template - parameters -- so it's OK to look only for digits */ - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) - { - char_str[0] = **mangled; - string_append (result, char_str); - (*mangled)++; - } - - if (unsigned_const) - string_append (result, "U"); - - /* FIXME? Some day we may have 64-bit (or larger :-) ) constants - with L or LL suffixes. pai/1997-09-03 */ - - return 1; /* success */ -} - -/* Handle a template's literal parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM) - **mangled is pointing to the 'A' */ - -static int -do_hpacc_template_literal (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *result) -{ - int literal_len = 0; - char * recurse; - char * recurse_dem; - - if (**mangled != 'A') - return 0; - - (*mangled)++; - - literal_len = consume_count (mangled); - - if (literal_len <= 0) - return 0; - - /* Literal parameters are names of arrays, functions, etc. and the - canonical representation uses the address operator */ - string_append (result, "&"); - - /* Now recursively demangle the literal name */ - recurse = XNEWVEC (char, literal_len + 1); - memcpy (recurse, *mangled, literal_len); - recurse[literal_len] = '\000'; - - recurse_dem = cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options); - - if (recurse_dem) - { - string_append (result, recurse_dem); - free (recurse_dem); - } - else - { - string_appendn (result, *mangled, literal_len); - } - (*mangled) += literal_len; - free (recurse); - - return 1; -} - -static int -snarf_numeric_literal (const char **args, string *arg) -{ - if (**args == '-') - { - char_str[0] = '-'; - string_append (arg, char_str); - (*args)++; - } - else if (**args == '+') - (*args)++; - - if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**args)) - return 0; - - while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**args)) - { - char_str[0] = **args; - string_append (arg, char_str); - (*args)++; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Demangle the next argument, given by MANGLED into RESULT, which - *should be an uninitialized* string. It will be initialized here, - and free'd should anything go wrong. */ - -static int -do_arg (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *result) -{ - /* Remember where we started so that we can record the type, for - non-squangling type remembering. */ - const char *start = *mangled; - - string_init (result); - - if (work->nrepeats > 0) - { - --work->nrepeats; - - if (work->previous_argument == 0) - return 0; - - /* We want to reissue the previous type in this argument list. */ - string_appends (result, work->previous_argument); - return 1; - } - - if (**mangled == 'n') - { - /* A squangling-style repeat. */ - (*mangled)++; - work->nrepeats = consume_count(mangled); - - if (work->nrepeats <= 0) - /* This was not a repeat count after all. */ - return 0; - - if (work->nrepeats > 9) - { - if (**mangled != '_') - /* The repeat count should be followed by an '_' in this - case. */ - return 0; - else - (*mangled)++; - } - - /* Now, the repeat is all set up. */ - return do_arg (work, mangled, result); - } - - /* Save the result in WORK->previous_argument so that we can find it - if it's repeated. Note that saving START is not good enough: we - do not want to add additional types to the back-referenceable - type vector when processing a repeated type. */ - if (work->previous_argument) - string_delete (work->previous_argument); - else - work->previous_argument = XNEW (string); - - if (!do_type (work, mangled, work->previous_argument)) - return 0; - - string_appends (result, work->previous_argument); - - remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start); - return 1; -} - -static void -remember_type (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, int len) -{ - char *tem; - - if (work->forgetting_types) - return; - - if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size) - { - if (work -> typevec_size == 0) - { - work -> typevec_size = 3; - work -> typevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->typevec_size); - } - else - { - work -> typevec_size *= 2; - work -> typevec - = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->typevec, work->typevec_size); - } - } - tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); - memcpy (tem, start, len); - tem[len] = '\0'; - work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem; -} - - -/* Remember a K type class qualifier. */ -static void -remember_Ktype (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, int len) -{ - char *tem; - - if (work -> numk >= work -> ksize) - { - if (work -> ksize == 0) - { - work -> ksize = 5; - work -> ktypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->ksize); - } - else - { - work -> ksize *= 2; - work -> ktypevec - = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->ktypevec, work->ksize); - } - } - tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); - memcpy (tem, start, len); - tem[len] = '\0'; - work -> ktypevec[work -> numk++] = tem; -} - -/* Register a B code, and get an index for it. B codes are registered - as they are seen, rather than as they are completed, so map > - registers map > as B0, and temp as B1 */ - -static int -register_Btype (struct work_stuff *work) -{ - int ret; - - if (work -> numb >= work -> bsize) - { - if (work -> bsize == 0) - { - work -> bsize = 5; - work -> btypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->bsize); - } - else - { - work -> bsize *= 2; - work -> btypevec - = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->btypevec, work->bsize); - } - } - ret = work -> numb++; - work -> btypevec[ret] = NULL; - return(ret); -} - -/* Store a value into a previously registered B code type. */ - -static void -remember_Btype (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, - int len, int index) -{ - char *tem; - - tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); - memcpy (tem, start, len); - tem[len] = '\0'; - work -> btypevec[index] = tem; -} - -/* Lose all the info related to B and K type codes. */ -static void -forget_B_and_K_types (struct work_stuff *work) -{ - int i; - - while (work -> numk > 0) - { - i = --(work -> numk); - if (work -> ktypevec[i] != NULL) - { - free (work -> ktypevec[i]); - work -> ktypevec[i] = NULL; - } - } - - while (work -> numb > 0) - { - i = --(work -> numb); - if (work -> btypevec[i] != NULL) - { - free (work -> btypevec[i]); - work -> btypevec[i] = NULL; - } - } -} -/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself. */ - -static void -forget_types (struct work_stuff *work) -{ - int i; - - while (work -> ntypes > 0) - { - i = --(work -> ntypes); - if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL) - { - free (work -> typevec[i]); - work -> typevec[i] = NULL; - } - } -} - -/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec - has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any). For - example: - - "__als__3fooRT0" => process "RT0" - "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i" => process "PFPc_PFl_i" - - DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty. It won't be freed - on failure. - - Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling - with regards to references to previously seen types. For example, given - the source fragment: - - class foo { - public: - foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic); - }; - - foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; } - void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; } - - g++ produces the names: - - __3fooiRT0iT2iT2 - foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1 - - while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces: - - foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2 - __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2 - - Note that g++ bases its type numbers starting at zero and counts all - previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases its type numbers starting - at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character - indicating the start of the function args. For lucid/ARM style, we - account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when - we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number - reference. - - */ - -static int -demangle_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp) -{ - string arg; - int need_comma = 0; - int r; - int t; - const char *tem; - char temptype; - - if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - { - string_append (declp, "("); - if (**mangled == '\0') - { - string_append (declp, "void"); - } - } - - while ((**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e') - || work->nrepeats > 0) - { - if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T')) - { - temptype = *(*mangled)++; - - if (temptype == 'N') - { - if (!get_count (mangled, &r)) - { - return (0); - } - } - else - { - r = 1; - } - if ((HP_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && work -> ntypes >= 10) - { - /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit - index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This - will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a - count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly - anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1, - Pc, ...)" or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */ - if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) <= 0) - { - return (0); - } - } - else - { - if (!get_count (mangled, &t)) - { - return (0); - } - } - if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - t--; - } - /* Validate the type index. Protect against illegal indices from - malformed type strings. */ - if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes)) - { - return (0); - } - while (work->nrepeats > 0 || --r >= 0) - { - tem = work -> typevec[t]; - if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - { - string_append (declp, ", "); - } - if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg)) - { - return (0); - } - if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - { - string_appends (declp, &arg); - } - string_delete (&arg); - need_comma = 1; - } - } - else - { - if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - string_append (declp, ", "); - if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg)) - return (0); - if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - string_appends (declp, &arg); - string_delete (&arg); - need_comma = 1; - } - } - - if (**mangled == 'e') - { - (*mangled)++; - if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - { - if (need_comma) - { - string_append (declp, ","); - } - string_append (declp, "..."); - } - } - - if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) - { - string_append (declp, ")"); - } - return (1); -} - -/* Like demangle_args, but for demangling the argument lists of function - and method pointers or references, not top-level declarations. */ - -static int -demangle_nested_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp) -{ - string* saved_previous_argument; - int result; - int saved_nrepeats; - - /* The G++ name-mangling algorithm does not remember types on nested - argument lists, unless -fsquangling is used, and in that case the - type vector updated by remember_type is not used. So, we turn - off remembering of types here. */ - ++work->forgetting_types; - - /* For the repeat codes used with -fsquangling, we must keep track of - the last argument. */ - saved_previous_argument = work->previous_argument; - saved_nrepeats = work->nrepeats; - work->previous_argument = 0; - work->nrepeats = 0; - - /* Actually demangle the arguments. */ - result = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); - - /* Restore the previous_argument field. */ - if (work->previous_argument) - { - string_delete (work->previous_argument); - free ((char *) work->previous_argument); - } - work->previous_argument = saved_previous_argument; - --work->forgetting_types; - work->nrepeats = saved_nrepeats; - - return result; -} - -/* Returns 1 if a valid function name was found or 0 otherwise. */ - -static int -demangle_function_name (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, - string *declp, const char *scan) -{ - size_t i; - string type; - const char *tem; - - string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled)); - string_need (declp, 1); - *(declp -> p) = '\0'; - - /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name - from the signature. We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the - separator. */ - - (*mangled) = scan + 2; - /* We may be looking at an instantiation of a template function: - foo__Xt1t2_Ft3t4, where t1, t2, ... are template arguments and a - following _F marks the start of the function arguments. Handle - the template arguments first. */ - - if (HP_DEMANGLING && (**mangled == 'X')) - { - demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, 0, declp); - /* This leaves MANGLED pointing to the 'F' marking func args */ - } - - if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) - { - - /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator. - If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return. - We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later, - when we recover the class name from the signature. */ - - if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0) - { - work -> constructor += 1; - string_clear (declp); - return 1; - } - else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0) - { - work -> destructor += 1; - string_clear (declp); - return 1; - } - } - - if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3 - && declp->b[0] == 'o' - && declp->b[1] == 'p' - && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL) - { - /* see if it's an assignment expression */ - if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */ - && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0) - { - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - int len = declp->p - declp->b - 10; - if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len - && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0) - { - string_clear (declp); - string_append (declp, "operator"); - string_append (declp, optable[i].out); - string_append (declp, "="); - break; - } - } - } - else - { - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3; - if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len - && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0) - { - string_clear (declp); - string_append (declp, "operator"); - string_append (declp, optable[i].out); - break; - } - } - } - } - else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0 - && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL) - { - /* type conversion operator */ - tem = declp->b + 5; - if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) - { - string_clear (declp); - string_append (declp, "operator "); - string_appends (declp, &type); - string_delete (&type); - } - } - else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_' - && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p') - { - /* ANSI. */ - /* type conversion operator. */ - tem = declp->b + 4; - if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) - { - string_clear (declp); - string_append (declp, "operator "); - string_appends (declp, &type); - string_delete (&type); - } - } - else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_' - && ISLOWER((unsigned char)declp->b[2]) - && ISLOWER((unsigned char)declp->b[3])) - { - if (declp->b[4] == '\0') - { - /* Operator. */ - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2 - && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0) - { - string_clear (declp); - string_append (declp, "operator"); - string_append (declp, optable[i].out); - break; - } - } - } - else - { - if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0') - { - /* Assignment. */ - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) - { - if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3 - && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0) - { - string_clear (declp); - string_append (declp, "operator"); - string_append (declp, optable[i].out); - break; - } - } - } - } - } - - /* If a function name was obtained but it's not valid, we were not - successful. */ - if (LEN_STRING (declp) == 1 && declp->b[0] == '.') - return 0; - else - return 1; -} - -/* a mini string-handling package */ - -static void -string_need (string *s, int n) -{ - int tem; - - if (s->b == NULL) - { - if (n < 32) - { - n = 32; - } - s->p = s->b = XNEWVEC (char, n); - s->e = s->b + n; - } - else if (s->e - s->p < n) - { - tem = s->p - s->b; - n += tem; - n *= 2; - s->b = XRESIZEVEC (char, s->b, n); - s->p = s->b + tem; - s->e = s->b + n; - } -} - -static void -string_delete (string *s) -{ - if (s->b != NULL) - { - free (s->b); - s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL; - } -} - -static void -string_init (string *s) -{ - s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL; -} - -static void -string_clear (string *s) -{ - s->p = s->b; -} - -#if 0 - -static int -string_empty (string *s) -{ - return (s->b == s->p); -} - -#endif - -static void -string_append (string *p, const char *s) -{ - int n; - if (s == NULL || *s == '\0') - return; - n = strlen (s); - string_need (p, n); - memcpy (p->p, s, n); - p->p += n; -} - -static void -string_appends (string *p, string *s) -{ - int n; - - if (s->b != s->p) - { - n = s->p - s->b; - string_need (p, n); - memcpy (p->p, s->b, n); - p->p += n; - } -} - -static void -string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, int n) -{ - if (n != 0) - { - string_need (p, n); - memcpy (p->p, s, n); - p->p += n; - } -} - -static void -string_prepend (string *p, const char *s) -{ - if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') - { - string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s)); - } -} - -static void -string_prepends (string *p, string *s) -{ - if (s->b != s->p) - { - string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b); - } -} - -static void -string_prependn (string *p, const char *s, int n) -{ - char *q; - - if (n != 0) - { - string_need (p, n); - for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--) - { - q[n] = q[0]; - } - memcpy (p->b, s, n); - p->p += n; - } -} - -static void -string_append_template_idx (string *s, int idx) -{ - char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 1 /* 'T' */]; - sprintf(buf, "T%d", idx); - string_append (s, buf); -} - -static void -print_demangler_list (FILE *stream) -{ - const struct demangler_engine *demangler; - - fprintf (stream, "{%s", libiberty_demanglers->demangling_style_name); - - for (demangler = libiberty_demanglers + 1; - demangler->demangling_style != unknown_demangling; - ++demangler) - fprintf (stream, ",%s", demangler->demangling_style_name); - - fprintf (stream, "}"); -} - -static const char * demangler_list = NULL; - -/* The buffer should be big enough to hold the list. */ -static char demangler_list_buffer [128]; - -const char * -get_demangler_list () -{ - - enum demangling_styles i; - int start, len, left; - - if (!demangler_list) - { - demangler_list = demangler_list_buffer; - demangler_list_buffer [0] = '{'; - - start = 1; - left = sizeof (demangler_list_buffer) - start; - - for (i = 0; i < unknown_demangling && left > 0; i++) - { - strncpy (&demangler_list_buffer [start], - libiberty_demanglers [i].demangling_style_name, left); - len = (int)strlen (libiberty_demanglers [i].demangling_style_name); - start += len; - if (left > 0) - { - demangler_list_buffer [start] = ','; - start++; - left -= len + 1; - } - } - - if (left >= 0) - { - demangler_list_buffer [--start] = '}'; - } - } - - return demangler_list; -} - -/* To generate a standalone demangler program for testing purposes, - just compile and link this file with -DMAIN and libiberty.a. When - run, it demangles each command line arg, or each stdin string, and - prints the result on stdout. */ - -#ifdef MAIN_CPLUS_DEM - -#include "getopt.h" - -static const char *program_name; -static const char *program_version = "1";//TODO ???? VERSION; - -static void demangle_it PARAMS ((char *)); -static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; -static void fatal PARAMS ((const char *)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; - -int strip_underscore = 0; - -static int flags = DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_VERBOSE; - -static void -demangle_it (char *mangled_name) -{ - char *result; - unsigned int skip_first = 0; - - /* _ and $ are sometimes found at the start of function names - in assembler sources in order to distinguish them from other - names (eg register names). So skip them here. */ - if (mangled_name[0] == '.' || mangled_name[0] == '$') - ++skip_first; - if (strip_underscore && mangled_name[skip_first] == '_') - ++skip_first; - - result = cplus_demangle (mangled_name + skip_first, flags); - - if (result == NULL) - printf ("%s", mangled_name); - else - { - if (mangled_name[0] == '.') - putchar ('.'); - printf ("%s", result); - free (result); - } -} - -static void -usage (stream, status) - FILE *stream; - int status; -{ - - fprintf (stream, "\ - Usage: %s [options] [mangled names]\n", program_name); - fprintf (stream, "\ - Options are:\n\ - [-_|--strip-underscore] Ignore first leading underscore\n"); - fprintf (stream, "\ - [-n|--no-strip-underscore] Do not ignore a leading underscore\n"); - fprintf (stream, "\ - [-p|--no-params] Do not display function arguments\n\ - [-i|--no-verbose] Do not show implementation details (if any)\n\ - [-t|--types] Also attempt to demangle type encodings\n\ - [-s|--format "); - print_demangler_list (stream); - fprintf (stream, "]\n"); - - fprintf (stream, "\ - [@] Read extra options from \n\ - [-h|--help] Display this information\n\ - [-v|--version] Show the version information\n\ - Demangled names are displayed to stdout.\n\ - If a name cannot be demangled it is just echoed to stdout.\n\ - If no names are provided on the command line, stdin is read.\n"); - - exit(status); - -} - -static void -usage_old (stream, status) - FILE *stream; - int status; -{ - fprintf (stream, "\ -Usage: %s [-_] [-n] [--strip-underscores] [--no-strip-underscores] \n", - program_name); - - fprintf (stream, "\ - [-s|--format "); - print_demangler_list(stream); - fprintf (stream, " ]\n"); - - fprintf (stream, "\ - [--help] [--version] [arg...]\n"); - exit (status); -} - -#define MBUF_SIZE 32767 -char mbuffer[MBUF_SIZE]; - -/* Defined in the automatically-generated underscore.c. */ -int prepends_underscore = 0; - -static const struct option long_options[] = { - {"strip-underscore", no_argument, NULL, '_'}, - {"format", required_argument, NULL, 's'}, - {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'h'}, - {"no-params", no_argument, NULL, 'p'}, - {"no-strip-underscores", no_argument, NULL, 'n'}, - {"no-verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'i'}, - {"types", no_argument, NULL, 't'}, - {"version", no_argument, NULL, 'v'}, - {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} -}; - -/* More 'friendly' abort that prints the line and file. - config.h can #define abort fancy_abort if you like that sort of thing. */ - -void -fancy_abort () -{ - fatal ("Internal gcc abort."); -} - - -static const char * -standard_symbol_characters PARAMS ((void)); - -static const char * -hp_symbol_characters PARAMS ((void)); - -static const char * -gnu_v3_symbol_characters PARAMS ((void)); - -/* Return the string of non-alnum characters that may occur - as a valid symbol component, in the standard assembler symbol - syntax. */ - -static const char * -standard_symbol_characters () -{ - return "_$."; -} - - -/* Return the string of non-alnum characters that may occur - as a valid symbol name component in an HP object file. - - Note that, since HP's compiler generates object code straight from - C++ source, without going through an assembler, its mangled - identifiers can use all sorts of characters that no assembler would - tolerate, so the alphabet this function creates is a little odd. - Here are some sample mangled identifiers offered by HP: - - typeid*__XT24AddressIndExpClassMember_ - [Vftptr]key:__dt__32OrdinaryCompareIndExpClassMemberFv - __ct__Q2_9Elf64_Dyn18{unnamed.union.#1}Fv - - This still seems really weird to me, since nowhere else in this - file is there anything to recognize curly brackets, parens, etc. - I've talked with Srikanth , and he assures me - this is right, but I still strongly suspect that there's a - misunderstanding here. - - If we decide it's better for c++filt to use HP's assembler syntax - to scrape identifiers out of its input, here's the definition of - the symbol name syntax from the HP assembler manual: - - Symbols are composed of uppercase and lowercase letters, decimal - digits, dollar symbol, period (.), ampersand (&), pound sign(#) and - underscore (_). A symbol can begin with a letter, digit underscore or - dollar sign. If a symbol begins with a digit, it must contain a - non-digit character. - - So have fun. */ -static const char * -hp_symbol_characters () -{ - return "_$.<>#,*&[]:(){}"; -} - - -/* Return the string of non-alnum characters that may occur - as a valid symbol component in the GNU C++ V3 ABI mangling - scheme. */ - -static const char * -gnu_v3_symbol_characters () -{ - return "_$."; -} - - -extern int main PARAMS ((int, char **)); - -int main (int argc, char ** argv) { - int c; - const char *valid_symbols; - const char *demangler = NULL; - const char *options = NULL; - - program_name = argv[0]; - - strip_underscore = prepends_underscore; - - expandargv (&argc, &argv); - - while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "_hinps:tv", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF) - { - switch (c) - { - case '?': - usage (stderr, 1); - break; - case 'h': - usage (stdout, 0); - case 'n': - strip_underscore = 0; - break; - case 'p': - flags &= ~ DMGL_PARAMS; - break; - case 't': - flags |= DMGL_TYPES; - break; - case 'i': - flags &= ~ DMGL_VERBOSE; - break; - case 'v': - printf ("GNU %s (C++ demangler), version %s\n", program_name, program_version); - return 0; - case '_': - strip_underscore = 1; - break; - case 's': - current_demangling_style - = cplus_demangle_name_to_style (optarg); - if (current_demangling_style == unknown_demangling) - { - fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown demangling style `%s'\n", - program_name, optarg); - return (1); - } - break; - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - for ( ; optind < argc; optind++) - { - demangle_it (argv[optind]); - putchar ('\n'); - } - } - else - { - switch (current_demangling_style) - { - case gnu_demangling: - case lucid_demangling: - case arm_demangling: - case java_demangling: - case edg_demangling: - case gnat_demangling: - case auto_demangling: - valid_symbols = standard_symbol_characters (); - break; - case hp_demangling: - valid_symbols = hp_symbol_characters (); - break; - case gnu_v3_demangling: - valid_symbols = gnu_v3_symbol_characters (); - break; - default: - /* Folks should explicitly indicate the appropriate alphabet for - each demangling. Providing a default would allow the - question to go unconsidered. */ - abort (); - } - - for (;;) - { - int i = 0; - c = getchar (); - /* Try to read a label. */ - while (c != EOF && (ISALNUM (c) || strchr (valid_symbols, c))) - { - if (i >= MBUF_SIZE-1) - break; - mbuffer[i++] = c; - c = getchar (); - } - if (i > 0) - { - int skip_first = 0; - - if (mbuffer[0] == '.' || mbuffer[0] == '$') - ++skip_first; - if (strip_underscore && mbuffer[skip_first] == '_') - ++skip_first; - - if (skip_first > i) - skip_first = i; - - mbuffer[i] = 0; - demangle_it (mbuffer + skip_first); - - fflush (stdout); - } - if (c == EOF) - break; - putchar (c); - if (c == '\n') - fflush (stdout); - } - } - - return (0); -} - -static void -fatal (str) - const char *str; -{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", program_name, str); - exit (1); -} - -PTR -xmalloc (size) - size_t size; -{ - register PTR value = (PTR) malloc (size); - if (value == 0) - fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); - return value; -} - -PTR -xrealloc (ptr, size) - PTR ptr; - size_t size; -{ - register PTR value = (PTR) realloc (ptr, size); - if (value == 0) - fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); - return value; -} -#endif /* main */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/d-demangle.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/d-demangle.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95477dc890 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/d-demangle.c @@ -0,0 +1,1664 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB + */ +/* Demangler for the D programming language + Copyright (C) 2014-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Iain Buclaw (ibuclaw@gdcproject.org) + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public +License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission +to link the compiled version of this file into combinations with other +programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction +coming from the use of this file. (The Library Public License +restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover +modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a +combined executable.) + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. +If not, see . */ + +/* This file exports one function; dlang_demangle. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include "safe-ctype.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#endif + +#include +#include "libiberty.h" + +/* A mini string-handling package */ + +typedef struct string /* Beware: these aren't required to be */ +{ /* '\0' terminated. */ + char *b; /* pointer to start of string */ + char *p; /* pointer after last character */ + char *e; /* pointer after end of allocated space */ +} string; + +static void +string_need (string *s, int n) +{ + int tem; + + if (s->b == NULL) + { + if (n < 32) + { + n = 32; + } + s->p = s->b = XNEWVEC (char, n); + s->e = s->b + n; + } + else if (s->e - s->p < n) + { + tem = s->p - s->b; + n += tem; + n *= 2; + s->b = XRESIZEVEC (char, s->b, n); + s->p = s->b + tem; + s->e = s->b + n; + } +} + +static void +string_delete (string *s) +{ + if (s->b != NULL) + { + XDELETEVEC (s->b); + s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL; + } +} + +static void +string_init (string *s) +{ + s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL; +} + +static int +string_length (string *s) +{ + if (s->p == s->b) + { + return 0; + } + return s->p - s->b; +} + +static void +string_setlength (string *s, int n) +{ + if (n - string_length (s) < 0) + { + s->p = s->b + n; + } +} + +static void +string_append (string *p, const char *s) +{ + int n = strlen (s); + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s, n); + p->p += n; +} + +static void +string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, int n) +{ + if (n != 0) + { + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_prependn (string *p, const char *s, int n) +{ + char *q; + + if (n != 0) + { + string_need (p, n); + for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--) + { + q[n] = q[0]; + } + memcpy (p->b, s, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_prepend (string *p, const char *s) +{ + if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') + { + string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s)); + } +} + +/* What kinds of symbol we could be parsing. */ +enum dlang_symbol_kinds +{ + /* Top-level symbol, needs it's type checked. */ + dlang_top_level, + /* Function symbol, needs it's type checked. */ + dlang_function, + /* Strongly typed name, such as for classes, structs and enums. */ + dlang_type_name, + /* Template identifier. */ + dlang_template_ident, + /* Template symbol parameter. */ + dlang_template_param +}; + +/* Prototypes for forward referenced functions */ +static const char *dlang_function_args (string *, const char *); + +static const char *dlang_type (string *, const char *); + +static const char *dlang_value (string *, const char *, const char *, char); + +static const char *dlang_parse_qualified (string *, const char *, + enum dlang_symbol_kinds); + +static const char *dlang_parse_mangle (string *, const char *, + enum dlang_symbol_kinds); + +static const char *dlang_parse_tuple (string *, const char *); + +static const char *dlang_parse_template (string *, const char *, long); + + +/* Extract the number from MANGLED, and assign the result to RET. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_number (const char *mangled, long *ret) +{ + /* Return NULL if trying to extract something that isn't a digit. */ + if (mangled == NULL || !ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + return NULL; + + (*ret) = 0; + + while (ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + { + (*ret) *= 10; + + /* If an overflow occured when multiplying by ten, the result + will not be a multiple of ten. */ + if ((*ret % 10) != 0) + return NULL; + + (*ret) += mangled[0] - '0'; + mangled++; + } + + if (*mangled == '\0' || *ret < 0) + return NULL; + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the hex-digit from MANGLED, and assign the result to RET. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_hexdigit (const char *mangled, char *ret) +{ + char c; + + /* Return NULL if trying to extract something that isn't a hexdigit. */ + if (mangled == NULL || !ISXDIGIT (mangled[0]) || !ISXDIGIT (mangled[1])) + return NULL; + + c = mangled[0]; + if (!ISDIGIT (c)) + (*ret) = (c - (ISUPPER (c) ? 'A' : 'a') + 10); + else + (*ret) = (c - '0'); + + c = mangled[1]; + if (!ISDIGIT (c)) + (*ret) = (*ret << 4) | (c - (ISUPPER (c) ? 'A' : 'a') + 10); + else + (*ret) = (*ret << 4) | (c - '0'); + + mangled += 2; + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the function calling convention from MANGLED and + return 1 on success or 0 on failure. */ +static int +dlang_call_convention_p (const char *mangled) +{ + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'F': case 'U': case 'V': + case 'W': case 'R': case 'Y': + return 1; + + default: + return 0; + } +} + +/* Demangle the calling convention from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_call_convention (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'F': /* (D) */ + mangled++; + break; + case 'U': /* (C) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "extern(C) "); + break; + case 'W': /* (Windows) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "extern(Windows) "); + break; + case 'V': /* (Pascal) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "extern(Pascal) "); + break; + case 'R': /* (C++) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "extern(C++) "); + break; + case 'Y': /* (Objective-C) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "extern(Objective-C) "); + break; + default: + return NULL; + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the type modifiers from MANGLED and append them to DECL. + Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_type_modifiers (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'x': /* const */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, " const"); + return mangled; + case 'y': /* immutable */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, " immutable"); + return mangled; + case 'O': /* shared */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, " shared"); + return dlang_type_modifiers (decl, mangled); + case 'N': + mangled++; + if (*mangled == 'g') /* wild */ + { + mangled++; + string_append (decl, " inout"); + return dlang_type_modifiers (decl, mangled); + } + else + return NULL; + + default: + return mangled; + } +} + +/* Demangle the D function attributes from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_attributes (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + while (*mangled == 'N') + { + mangled++; + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'a': /* pure */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "pure "); + continue; + case 'b': /* nothrow */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "nothrow "); + continue; + case 'c': /* ref */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ref "); + continue; + case 'd': /* @property */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "@property "); + continue; + case 'e': /* @trusted */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "@trusted "); + continue; + case 'f': /* @safe */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "@safe "); + continue; + case 'g': + case 'h': + case 'k': + /* inout parameter is represented as 'Ng'. + vector parameter is represented as 'Nh'. + return paramenter is represented as 'Nk'. + If we see this, then we know we're really in the + parameter list. Rewind and break. */ + mangled--; + break; + case 'i': /* @nogc */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "@nogc "); + continue; + case 'j': /* return */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "return "); + continue; + case 'l': /* scope */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "scope "); + continue; + + default: /* unknown attribute */ + return NULL; + } + break; + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Demangle the function type from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_function_type (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + string attr, args, type; + size_t szattr, szargs, sztype; + + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + /* The order of the mangled string is: + CallConvention FuncAttrs Arguments ArgClose Type + + The demangled string is re-ordered as: + CallConvention Type Arguments FuncAttrs + */ + string_init (&attr); + string_init (&args); + string_init (&type); + + /* Function call convention. */ + mangled = dlang_call_convention (decl, mangled); + + /* Function attributes. */ + mangled = dlang_attributes (&attr, mangled); + szattr = string_length (&attr); + + /* Function arguments. */ + mangled = dlang_function_args (&args, mangled); + szargs = string_length (&args); + + /* Function return type. */ + mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled); + sztype = string_length (&type); + + /* Append to decl in order. */ + string_appendn (decl, type.b, sztype); + string_append (decl, "("); + string_appendn (decl, args.b, szargs); + string_append (decl, ") "); + string_appendn (decl, attr.b, szattr); + + string_delete (&attr); + string_delete (&args); + string_delete (&type); + return mangled; +} + +/* Demangle the argument list from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_function_args (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + size_t n = 0; + + while (mangled && *mangled != '\0') + { + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'X': /* (variadic T t...) style. */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "..."); + return mangled; + case 'Y': /* (variadic T t, ...) style. */ + mangled++; + if (n != 0) + string_append (decl, ", "); + string_append (decl, "..."); + return mangled; + case 'Z': /* Normal function. */ + mangled++; + return mangled; + } + + if (n++) + string_append (decl, ", "); + + if (*mangled == 'M') /* scope(T) */ + { + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "scope "); + } + + if (mangled[0] == 'N' && mangled[1] == 'k') /* return(T) */ + { + mangled += 2; + string_append (decl, "return "); + } + + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'J': /* out(T) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "out "); + break; + case 'K': /* ref(T) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ref "); + break; + case 'L': /* lazy(T) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "lazy "); + break; + } + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Demangle the type from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'O': /* shared(T) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "shared("); + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; + case 'x': /* const(T) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "const("); + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; + case 'y': /* immutable(T) */ + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "immutable("); + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; + case 'N': + mangled++; + if (*mangled == 'g') /* wild(T) */ + { + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "inout("); + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; + } + else if (*mangled == 'h') /* vector(T) */ + { + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "__vector("); + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; + } + else + return NULL; + case 'A': /* dynamic array (T[]) */ + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "[]"); + return mangled; + case 'G': /* static array (T[N]) */ + { + const char *numptr; + size_t num = 0; + mangled++; + + numptr = mangled; + while (ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + { + num++; + mangled++; + } + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "["); + string_appendn (decl, numptr, num); + string_append (decl, "]"); + return mangled; + } + case 'H': /* associative array (T[T]) */ + { + string type; + size_t sztype; + mangled++; + + string_init (&type); + mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled); + sztype = string_length (&type); + + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "["); + string_appendn (decl, type.b, sztype); + string_append (decl, "]"); + + string_delete (&type); + return mangled; + } + case 'P': /* pointer (T*) */ + mangled++; + if (!dlang_call_convention_p (mangled)) + { + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "*"); + return mangled; + } + /* Fall through */ + case 'F': /* function T (D) */ + case 'U': /* function T (C) */ + case 'W': /* function T (Windows) */ + case 'V': /* function T (Pascal) */ + case 'R': /* function T (C++) */ + case 'Y': /* function T (Objective-C) */ + /* Function pointer types don't include the trailing asterisk. */ + mangled = dlang_function_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "function"); + return mangled; + case 'I': /* ident T */ + case 'C': /* class T */ + case 'S': /* struct T */ + case 'E': /* enum T */ + case 'T': /* typedef T */ + mangled++; + return dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, dlang_type_name); + case 'D': /* delegate T */ + { + string mods; + size_t szmods; + mangled++; + + string_init (&mods); + mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (&mods, mangled); + szmods = string_length (&mods); + + mangled = dlang_function_type (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "delegate"); + string_appendn (decl, mods.b, szmods); + + string_delete (&mods); + return mangled; + } + case 'B': /* tuple T */ + mangled++; + return dlang_parse_tuple (decl, mangled); + + /* Basic types */ + case 'n': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "none"); + return mangled; + case 'v': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "void"); + return mangled; + case 'g': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "byte"); + return mangled; + case 'h': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ubyte"); + return mangled; + case 's': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "short"); + return mangled; + case 't': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ushort"); + return mangled; + case 'i': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "int"); + return mangled; + case 'k': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "uint"); + return mangled; + case 'l': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "long"); + return mangled; + case 'm': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ulong"); + return mangled; + case 'f': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "float"); + return mangled; + case 'd': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "double"); + return mangled; + case 'e': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "real"); + return mangled; + + /* Imaginary and Complex types */ + case 'o': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ifloat"); + return mangled; + case 'p': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "idouble"); + return mangled; + case 'j': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ireal"); + return mangled; + case 'q': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "cfloat"); + return mangled; + case 'r': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "cdouble"); + return mangled; + case 'c': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "creal"); + return mangled; + + /* Other types */ + case 'b': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "bool"); + return mangled; + case 'a': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "char"); + return mangled; + case 'u': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "wchar"); + return mangled; + case 'w': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "dchar"); + return mangled; + case 'z': + mangled++; + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'i': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "cent"); + return mangled; + case 'k': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "ucent"); + return mangled; + } + return NULL; + + default: /* unhandled */ + return NULL; + } +} + +/* Extract the identifier from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_identifier (string *decl, const char *mangled, + enum dlang_symbol_kinds kind) +{ + long len; + const char *endptr = dlang_number (mangled, &len); + + if (endptr == NULL || len == 0) + return NULL; + + /* In template parameter symbols, the first character of the mangled + name can be a digit. This causes ambiguity issues because the + digits of the two numbers are adjacent. */ + if (kind == dlang_template_param) + { + long psize = len; + const char *pend; + int saved = string_length (decl); + + /* Work backwards until a match is found. */ + for (pend = endptr; endptr != NULL; pend--) + { + mangled = pend; + + /* Reached the beginning of the pointer to the name length, + try parsing the entire symbol. */ + if (psize == 0) + { + psize = len; + pend = endptr; + endptr = NULL; + } + + /* Check whether template parameter is a function with a valid + return type or an untyped identifier. */ + if (ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + mangled = dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, + dlang_template_ident); + else if (strncmp (mangled, "_D", 2) == 0) + mangled = dlang_parse_mangle (decl, mangled, dlang_function); + + /* Check for name length mismatch. */ + if (mangled && (mangled - pend) == psize) + return mangled; + + psize /= 10; + string_setlength (decl, saved); + } + + /* No match on any combinations. */ + return NULL; + } + else + { + if (strlen (endptr) < (size_t) len) + return NULL; + + mangled = endptr; + + /* May be a template instance. */ + if (len >= 5 && mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == '_' + && (mangled[2] == 'T' || mangled[2] == 'U')) + return dlang_parse_template (decl, mangled, len); + + switch (len) + { + case 6: + if (strncmp (mangled, "__ctor", len) == 0) + { + /* Constructor symbol for a class/struct. */ + string_append (decl, "this"); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + else if (strncmp (mangled, "__dtor", len) == 0) + { + /* Destructor symbol for a class/struct. */ + string_append (decl, "~this"); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + else if (strncmp (mangled, "__initZ", len+1) == 0) + { + /* The static initialiser for a given symbol. */ + string_prepend (decl, "initializer for "); + string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + else if (strncmp (mangled, "__vtblZ", len+1) == 0) + { + /* The vtable symbol for a given class. */ + string_prepend (decl, "vtable for "); + string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + break; + + case 7: + if (strncmp (mangled, "__ClassZ", len+1) == 0) + { + /* The classinfo symbol for a given class. */ + string_prepend (decl, "ClassInfo for "); + string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + break; + + case 10: + if (strncmp (mangled, "__postblitMFZ", len+3) == 0) + { + /* Postblit symbol for a struct. */ + string_append (decl, "this(this)"); + mangled += len + 3; + return mangled; + } + break; + + case 11: + if (strncmp (mangled, "__InterfaceZ", len+1) == 0) + { + /* The interface symbol for a given class. */ + string_prepend (decl, "Interface for "); + string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + break; + + case 12: + if (strncmp (mangled, "__ModuleInfoZ", len+1) == 0) + { + /* The ModuleInfo symbol for a given module. */ + string_prepend (decl, "ModuleInfo for "); + string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1); + mangled += len; + return mangled; + } + break; + } + + string_appendn (decl, mangled, len); + mangled += len; + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the integer value from MANGLED and append it to DECL, + where TYPE is the type it should be represented as. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_integer (string *decl, const char *mangled, char type) +{ + if (type == 'a' || type == 'u' || type == 'w') + { + /* Parse character value. */ + char value[20]; + int pos = sizeof(value); + int width = 0; + long val; + + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &val); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, "'"); + + if (type == 'a' && val >= 0x20 && val < 0x7F) + { + /* Represent as a character literal. */ + char c = (char) val; + string_appendn (decl, &c, 1); + } + else + { + /* Represent as a hexadecimal value. */ + switch (type) + { + case 'a': /* char */ + string_append (decl, "\\x"); + width = 2; + break; + case 'u': /* wchar */ + string_append (decl, "\\u"); + width = 4; + break; + case 'w': /* dchar */ + string_append (decl, "\\U"); + width = 8; + break; + } + + while (val > 0) + { + int digit = val % 16; + + if (digit < 10) + value[--pos] = (char)(digit + '0'); + else + value[--pos] = (char)((digit - 10) + 'a'); + + val /= 16; + width--; + } + + for (; width > 0; width--) + value[--pos] = '0'; + + string_appendn (decl, &(value[pos]), sizeof(value) - pos); + } + string_append (decl, "'"); + } + else if (type == 'b') + { + /* Parse boolean value. */ + long val; + + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &val); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, val ? "true" : "false"); + } + else + { + /* Parse integer value. */ + const char *numptr = mangled; + size_t num = 0; + + if (! ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + return NULL; + + while (ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + { + num++; + mangled++; + } + string_appendn (decl, numptr, num); + + /* Append suffix. */ + switch (type) + { + case 'h': /* ubyte */ + case 't': /* ushort */ + case 'k': /* uint */ + string_append (decl, "u"); + break; + case 'l': /* long */ + string_append (decl, "L"); + break; + case 'm': /* ulong */ + string_append (decl, "uL"); + break; + } + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the floating-point value from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_real (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + /* Handle NAN and +-INF. */ + if (strncmp (mangled, "NAN", 3) == 0) + { + string_append (decl, "NaN"); + mangled += 3; + return mangled; + } + else if (strncmp (mangled, "INF", 3) == 0) + { + string_append (decl, "Inf"); + mangled += 3; + return mangled; + } + else if (strncmp (mangled, "NINF", 4) == 0) + { + string_append (decl, "-Inf"); + mangled += 4; + return mangled; + } + + /* Hexadecimal prefix and leading bit. */ + if (*mangled == 'N') + { + string_append (decl, "-"); + mangled++; + } + + if (!ISXDIGIT (*mangled)) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, "0x"); + string_appendn (decl, mangled, 1); + string_append (decl, "."); + mangled++; + + /* Significand. */ + while (ISXDIGIT (*mangled)) + { + string_appendn (decl, mangled, 1); + mangled++; + } + + /* Exponent. */ + if (*mangled != 'P') + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, "p"); + mangled++; + + if (*mangled == 'N') + { + string_append (decl, "-"); + mangled++; + } + + while (ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + { + string_appendn (decl, mangled, 1); + mangled++; + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the string value from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_string (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + char type = *mangled; + long len; + + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &len); + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled != '_') + return NULL; + + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "\""); + while (len--) + { + char val; + const char *endptr = dlang_hexdigit (mangled, &val); + + if (endptr == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Sanitize white and non-printable characters. */ + switch (val) + { + case ' ': + string_append (decl, " "); + break; + case '\t': + string_append (decl, "\\t"); + break; + case '\n': + string_append (decl, "\\n"); + break; + case '\r': + string_append (decl, "\\r"); + break; + case '\f': + string_append (decl, "\\f"); + break; + case '\v': + string_append (decl, "\\v"); + break; + + default: + if (ISPRINT (val)) + string_appendn (decl, &val, 1); + else + { + string_append (decl, "\\x"); + string_appendn (decl, mangled, 2); + } + } + + mangled = endptr; + } + string_append (decl, "\""); + + if (type != 'a') + string_appendn (decl, &type, 1); + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the static array value from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_arrayliteral (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + long elements; + + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &elements); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, "["); + while (elements--) + { + mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0'); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (elements != 0) + string_append (decl, ", "); + } + + string_append (decl, "]"); + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the associative array value from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_assocarray (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + long elements; + + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &elements); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, "["); + while (elements--) + { + mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0'); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, ":"); + mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0'); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (elements != 0) + string_append (decl, ", "); + } + + string_append (decl, "]"); + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the struct literal value for NAME from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_structlit (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name) +{ + long args; + + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &args); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (name != NULL) + string_append (decl, name); + + string_append (decl, "("); + while (args--) + { + mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0'); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (args != 0) + string_append (decl, ", "); + } + + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract the value from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_value (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name, char type) +{ + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + switch (*mangled) + { + /* Null value. */ + case 'n': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "null"); + break; + + /* Integral values. */ + case 'N': + mangled++; + string_append (decl, "-"); + mangled = dlang_parse_integer (decl, mangled, type); + break; + + case 'i': + mangled++; + /* Fall through */ + + /* There really should always be an `i' before encoded numbers, but there + wasn't in early versions of D2, so this case range must remain for + backwards compatibility. */ + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + mangled = dlang_parse_integer (decl, mangled, type); + break; + + /* Real value. */ + case 'e': + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_parse_real (decl, mangled); + break; + + /* Complex value. */ + case 'c': + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_parse_real (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "+"); + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled != 'c') + return NULL; + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_parse_real (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, "i"); + break; + + /* String values. */ + case 'a': /* UTF8 */ + case 'w': /* UTF16 */ + case 'd': /* UTF32 */ + mangled = dlang_parse_string (decl, mangled); + break; + + /* Array values. */ + case 'A': + mangled++; + if (type == 'H') + mangled = dlang_parse_assocarray (decl, mangled); + else + mangled = dlang_parse_arrayliteral (decl, mangled); + break; + + /* Struct values. */ + case 'S': + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_parse_structlit (decl, mangled, name); + break; + + default: + return NULL; + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract and demangle the symbol in MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_mangle (string *decl, const char *mangled, + enum dlang_symbol_kinds kind) +{ + /* A D mangled symbol is comprised of both scope and type information. + + MangleName: + _D QualifiedName Type + _D QualifiedName M Type + _D QualifiedName Z + ^ + The caller should have guaranteed that the start pointer is at the + above location. + */ + mangled += 2; + + mangled = dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, dlang_top_level); + + if (mangled != NULL) + { + /* Artificial symbols end with 'Z' and have no type. */ + if (*mangled == 'Z') + mangled++; + else + { + string mods; + int saved; + + /* Skip over 'this' parameter. */ + if (*mangled == 'M') + mangled++; + + /* Save the type modifiers for appending at the end if needed. */ + string_init (&mods); + mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (&mods, mangled); + + if (mangled && dlang_call_convention_p (mangled)) + { + /* Skip over calling convention and attributes. */ + saved = string_length (decl); + mangled = dlang_call_convention (decl, mangled); + mangled = dlang_attributes (decl, mangled); + string_setlength (decl, saved); + + string_append (decl, "("); + mangled = dlang_function_args (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + + /* Add any const/immutable/shared modifier. */ + string_appendn (decl, mods.b, string_length (&mods)); + } + + /* Consume the decl type of symbol. */ + saved = string_length (decl); + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + string_setlength (decl, saved); + + string_delete (&mods); + } + } + + /* Check that the entire symbol was successfully demangled. */ + if (kind == dlang_top_level) + { + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled != '\0') + return NULL; + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract and demangle the qualified symbol in MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_qualified (string *decl, const char *mangled, + enum dlang_symbol_kinds kind) +{ + /* Qualified names are identifiers separated by their encoded length. + Nested functions also encode their argument types without specifying + what they return. + + QualifiedName: + SymbolName + SymbolName QualifiedName + SymbolName TypeFunctionNoReturn QualifiedName + SymbolName M TypeModifiers TypeFunctionNoReturn QualifiedName + ^ + The start pointer should be at the above location. + */ + size_t n = 0; + do + { + if (n++) + string_append (decl, "."); + + /* Skip over anonymous symbols. */ + while (*mangled == '0') + mangled++; + + mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, kind); + + /* Consume the encoded arguments. However if this is not followed by the + next encoded length, then this is not a continuation of a qualified + name, in which case we backtrack and return the current unconsumed + position of the mangled decl. */ + if (mangled && (*mangled == 'M' || dlang_call_convention_p (mangled))) + { + const char *start = mangled; + int saved = string_length (decl); + + /* Skip over 'this' parameter and type modifiers. */ + if (*mangled == 'M') + { + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (decl, mangled); + string_setlength (decl, saved); + } + + /* The rule we expect to match in the mangled string is: + + TypeFunctionNoReturn: + CallConvention FuncAttrs Arguments ArgClose + + The calling convention and function attributes are not included + in the demangled string. */ + mangled = dlang_call_convention (decl, mangled); + mangled = dlang_attributes (decl, mangled); + string_setlength (decl, saved); + + string_append (decl, "("); + mangled = dlang_function_args (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + + if (mangled == NULL || !ISDIGIT (*mangled)) + { + /* Did not match the rule we were looking for. */ + mangled = start; + string_setlength (decl, saved); + } + } + } + while (mangled && ISDIGIT (*mangled)); + + return mangled; +} + +/* Demangle the tuple from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_tuple (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + long elements; + + mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &elements); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + string_append (decl, "Tuple!("); + + while (elements--) + { + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + if (mangled == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (elements != 0) + string_append (decl, ", "); + } + + string_append (decl, ")"); + return mangled; +} + +/* Demangle the argument list from MANGLED and append it to DECL. + Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_template_args (string *decl, const char *mangled) +{ + size_t n = 0; + + while (mangled && *mangled != '\0') + { + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'Z': /* End of parameter list. */ + mangled++; + return mangled; + } + + if (n++) + string_append (decl, ", "); + + /* Skip over specialised template prefix. */ + if (*mangled == 'H') + mangled++; + + switch (*mangled) + { + case 'S': /* Symbol parameter. */ + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, dlang_template_param); + break; + case 'T': /* Type parameter. */ + mangled++; + mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled); + break; + case 'V': /* Value parameter. */ + { + string name; + char type; + + /* Peek at the type. */ + mangled++; + type = *mangled; + + /* In the few instances where the type is actually desired in + the output, it should precede the value from dlang_value. */ + string_init (&name); + mangled = dlang_type (&name, mangled); + string_need (&name, 1); + *(name.p) = '\0'; + + mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, name.b, type); + string_delete (&name); + break; + } + + default: + return NULL; + } + } + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract and demangle the template symbol in MANGLED, expected to + be made up of LEN characters, and append it to DECL. + Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure. */ +static const char * +dlang_parse_template (string *decl, const char *mangled, long len) +{ + const char *start = mangled; + + /* Template instance names have the types and values of its parameters + encoded into it. + + TemplateInstanceName: + Number __T LName TemplateArgs Z + Number __U LName TemplateArgs Z + ^ + The start pointer should be at the above location, and LEN should be + the value of the decoded number. + */ + + /* Template symbol. */ + if (!ISDIGIT (mangled[3]) || mangled[3] == '0') + return NULL; + + mangled += 3; + + /* Template identifier. */ + mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, dlang_template_ident); + + /* Template arguments. */ + string_append (decl, "!("); + mangled = dlang_template_args (decl, mangled); + string_append (decl, ")"); + + /* Check for template name length mismatch. */ + if (mangled && (mangled - start) != len) + return NULL; + + return mangled; +} + +/* Extract and demangle the symbol in MANGLED. Returns the demangled + signature on success or NULL on failure. */ + +char * +dlang_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + string decl; + char *demangled = NULL; + + if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0') + return NULL; + + if (strncmp (mangled, "_D", 2) != 0) + return NULL; + + string_init (&decl); + + if (strcmp (mangled, "_Dmain") == 0) + { + string_append (&decl, "D main"); + } + else + { + if (dlang_parse_mangle (&decl, mangled, dlang_top_level) == NULL) + string_delete (&decl); + } + + if (string_length (&decl) > 0) + { + string_need (&decl, 1); + *(decl.p) = '\0'; + demangled = decl.b; + } + + return demangled; +} + diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/dyn-string.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/dyn-string.c index 52eee35f7e..b8944e7d1a 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/dyn-string.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/dyn-string.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 Linking Permitted - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING3 */ /* An abstract string datatype. - Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1998-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com). This file is part of GNU CC. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt.c index f1e84b9439..bcc37ae794 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt.c @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING3 */ /* Getopt for GNU. NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org before changing it! - Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, - 1996, 1997, 1998, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1987-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: This source is derived from an old version taken from the GNU C Library (glibc). diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt1.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt1.c index b4cec8162c..eeb180525f 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt1.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/getopt1.c @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING3 */ /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. - Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1987-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: This source is derived from an old version taken from the GNU C Library (glibc). diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/missing.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/missing.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c67f09c97d --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/missing.c @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: Code copied from older version of cplus-dem.c that Ghidra had modified + */ +/* + Copyright (C) 2003-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file exists to provide code missing from sibling files in this directory. + + In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public + License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission + to link the compiled version of this file into combinations with other + programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction + coming from the use of this file. (The Library Public License + restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover + modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a + combined executable.) + + Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If + not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + + CHANGE NOTICE: + This file was created on January 22nd, 2020: + -This code was copied and modified from a previous version of libiberty + +*/ + +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#else +void * malloc (); +void * realloc (); +#endif + + +static void +fatal (str) + const char *str; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", str); + exit (1); +} + + +void * +xmalloc (size) + size_t size; +{ + register void * value = malloc (size); + if (value == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + return value; +} + +void * +xrealloc (ptr, size) + + size_t size; +{ + register void * value = realloc (ptr, size); + if (value == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + return value; +} diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/rust-demangle.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/rust-demangle.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..951791bad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/rust-demangle.c @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB + */ +/* Demangler for the Rust programming language + Copyright (C) 2016-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by David Tolnay (dtolnay@gmail.com). + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public +License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission +to link the compiled version of this file into combinations with other +programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction +coming from the use of this file. (The Library Public License +restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover +modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a +combined executable.) + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. +If not, see . */ + + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include "safe-ctype.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +#include +#else +extern size_t strlen(const char *s); +extern int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n); +extern void *memset(void *s, int c, size_t n); +#endif + +#include +#include "libiberty.h" +#include "rust-demangle.h" + + +/* Mangled Rust symbols look like this: + _$LT$std..sys..fd..FileDesc$u20$as$u20$core..ops..Drop$GT$::drop::hc68340e1baa4987a + + The original symbol is: + ::drop + + The last component of the path is a 64-bit hash in lowercase hex, + prefixed with "h". Rust does not have a global namespace between + crates, an illusion which Rust maintains by using the hash to + distinguish things that would otherwise have the same symbol. + + Any path component not starting with a XID_Start character is + prefixed with "_". + + The following escape sequences are used: + + "," => $C$ + "@" => $SP$ + "*" => $BP$ + "&" => $RF$ + "<" => $LT$ + ">" => $GT$ + "(" => $LP$ + ")" => $RP$ + " " => $u20$ + "\"" => $u22$ + "'" => $u27$ + "+" => $u2b$ + ";" => $u3b$ + "[" => $u5b$ + "]" => $u5d$ + "{" => $u7b$ + "}" => $u7d$ + "~" => $u7e$ + + A double ".." means "::" and a single "." means "-". + + The only characters allowed in the mangled symbol are a-zA-Z0-9 and _.:$ */ + +static const char *hash_prefix = "::h"; +static const size_t hash_prefix_len = 3; +static const size_t hash_len = 16; + +static int is_prefixed_hash (const char *start); +static int looks_like_rust (const char *sym, size_t len); +static int unescape (const char **in, char **out, const char *seq, char value); + +/* INPUT: sym: symbol that has been through C++ (gnu v3) demangling + + This function looks for the following indicators: + + 1. The hash must consist of "h" followed by 16 lowercase hex digits. + + 2. As a sanity check, the hash must use between 5 and 15 of the 16 + possible hex digits. This is true of 99.9998% of hashes so once + in your life you may see a false negative. The point is to + notice path components that could be Rust hashes but are + probably not, like "haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa". In this case a false + positive (non-Rust symbol has an important path component + removed because it looks like a Rust hash) is worse than a false + negative (the rare Rust symbol is not demangled) so this sets + the balance in favor of false negatives. + + 3. There must be no characters other than a-zA-Z0-9 and _.:$ + + 4. There must be no unrecognized $-sign sequences. + + 5. There must be no sequence of three or more dots in a row ("..."). */ + +int +rust_is_mangled (const char *sym) +{ + size_t len, len_without_hash; + + if (!sym) + return 0; + + len = strlen (sym); + if (len <= hash_prefix_len + hash_len) + /* Not long enough to contain "::h" + hash + something else */ + return 0; + + len_without_hash = len - (hash_prefix_len + hash_len); + if (!is_prefixed_hash (sym + len_without_hash)) + return 0; + + return looks_like_rust (sym, len_without_hash); +} + +/* A hash is the prefix "::h" followed by 16 lowercase hex digits. The + hex digits must comprise between 5 and 15 (inclusive) distinct + digits. */ + +static int +is_prefixed_hash (const char *str) +{ + const char *end; + char seen[16]; + size_t i; + int count; + + if (strncmp (str, hash_prefix, hash_prefix_len)) + return 0; + str += hash_prefix_len; + + memset (seen, 0, sizeof(seen)); + for (end = str + hash_len; str < end; str++) + if (*str >= '0' && *str <= '9') + seen[*str - '0'] = 1; + else if (*str >= 'a' && *str <= 'f') + seen[*str - 'a' + 10] = 1; + else + return 0; + + /* Count how many distinct digits seen */ + count = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) + if (seen[i]) + count++; + + return count >= 5 && count <= 15; +} + +static int +looks_like_rust (const char *str, size_t len) +{ + const char *end = str + len; + + while (str < end) + switch (*str) + { + case '$': + if (!strncmp (str, "$C$", 3)) + str += 3; + else if (!strncmp (str, "$SP$", 4) + || !strncmp (str, "$BP$", 4) + || !strncmp (str, "$RF$", 4) + || !strncmp (str, "$LT$", 4) + || !strncmp (str, "$GT$", 4) + || !strncmp (str, "$LP$", 4) + || !strncmp (str, "$RP$", 4)) + str += 4; + else if (!strncmp (str, "$u20$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u22$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u27$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u2b$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u3b$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u5b$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u5d$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u7b$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u7d$", 5) + || !strncmp (str, "$u7e$", 5)) + str += 5; + else + return 0; + break; + case '.': + /* Do not allow three or more consecutive dots */ + if (!strncmp (str, "...", 3)) + return 0; + /* Fall through */ + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case '_': + case ':': + str++; + break; + default: + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +/* + INPUT: sym: symbol for which rust_is_mangled(sym) returned 1. + + The input is demangled in-place because the mangled name is always + longer than the demangled one. */ + +void +rust_demangle_sym (char *sym) +{ + const char *in; + char *out; + const char *end; + + if (!sym) + return; + + in = sym; + out = sym; + end = sym + strlen (sym) - (hash_prefix_len + hash_len); + + while (in < end) + switch (*in) + { + case '$': + if (!(unescape (&in, &out, "$C$", ',') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$SP$", '@') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$BP$", '*') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$RF$", '&') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$LT$", '<') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$GT$", '>') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$LP$", '(') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$RP$", ')') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u20$", ' ') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u22$", '\"') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u27$", '\'') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u2b$", '+') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u3b$", ';') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u5b$", '[') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u5d$", ']') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u7b$", '{') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u7d$", '}') + || unescape (&in, &out, "$u7e$", '~'))) { + /* unexpected escape sequence, not looks_like_rust. */ + goto fail; + } + break; + case '_': + /* If this is the start of a path component and the next + character is an escape sequence, ignore the underscore. The + mangler inserts an underscore to make sure the path + component begins with a XID_Start character. */ + if ((in == sym || in[-1] == ':') && in[1] == '$') + in++; + else + *out++ = *in++; + break; + case '.': + if (in[1] == '.') + { + /* ".." becomes "::" */ + *out++ = ':'; + *out++ = ':'; + in += 2; + } + else + { + /* "." becomes "-" */ + *out++ = '-'; + in++; + } + break; + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': + case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': + case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': + case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': + case 'y': case 'z': + case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': + case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': + case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': + case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': + case 'Y': case 'Z': + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': + case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case ':': + *out++ = *in++; + break; + default: + /* unexpected character in symbol, not looks_like_rust. */ + goto fail; + } + goto done; + +fail: + *out++ = '?'; /* This is pretty lame, but it's hard to do better. */ +done: + *out = '\0'; +} + +static int +unescape (const char **in, char **out, const char *seq, char value) +{ + size_t len = strlen (seq); + + if (strncmp (*in, seq, len)) + return 0; + + **out = value; + + *in += len; + *out += 1; + + return 1; +} diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/safe-ctype.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/safe-ctype.c index 4730e4ad39..38815a628a 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/safe-ctype.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/safe-ctype.c @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ /* ### * IP: LGPL 2.1 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING */ /* replacement macros. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, - 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Zack Weinberg . This file is part of the libiberty library. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xexit.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xexit.c index 4b4189c303..8b41bb3e85 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xexit.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xexit.c @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: LGPL 2.1 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB */ /* xexit.c -- Run any exit handlers, then exit. - Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the libiberty library. Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xstrdup.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xstrdup.c index 898b2f3571..7a65ba7f0d 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xstrdup.c +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/c/xstrdup.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ /* ### - * IP: LGPL 2.1 - * REVIEWED: YES - * NOTE: license is not in file, but in the directory from whence it came: binutils-2.24/libiberty/COPYING.LIB + * IP: Public Domain */ /* xstrdup.c -- Duplicate a string in memory, using xmalloc. This trivial function is in the public domain. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/ansidecl.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/ansidecl.h index 72a82f9389..7119fb8abf 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/ansidecl.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/ansidecl.h @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ /* ### - * IP: GPL 3 - * REVIEWED: YES + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING */ /* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros - Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, - 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -28,93 +26,16 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Macro ANSI C definition Traditional C definition ----- ---- - ---------- ----------- - ---------- - ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 not defined PTR `void *' `char *' - PTRCONST `void *const' `char *' - LONG_DOUBLE `long double' `double' const not defined `' volatile not defined `' signed not defined `' - VA_START(ap, var) va_start(ap, var) va_start(ap) - - Note that it is safe to write "void foo();" indicating a function - with no return value, in all K+R compilers we have been able to test. - - For declaring functions with prototypes, we also provide these: - - PARAMS ((prototype)) - -- for functions which take a fixed number of arguments. Use this - when declaring the function. When defining the function, write a - K+R style argument list. For example: - - char *strcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, char *source)); - ... - char * - strcpy (dest, source) - char *dest; - char *source; - { ... } - - - VPARAMS ((prototype, ...)) - -- for functions which take a variable number of arguments. Use - PARAMS to declare the function, VPARAMS to define it. For example: - - int printf PARAMS ((const char *format, ...)); - ... - int - printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...)) - { - ... - } - - For writing functions which take variable numbers of arguments, we - also provide the VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE, and VA_FIXEDARG macros. These - hide the differences between K+R and C89 more - thoroughly than the simple VA_START() macro mentioned above. - - VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are used *instead of* va_start and va_end. - Immediately after VA_OPEN, put a sequence of VA_FIXEDARG calls - corresponding to the list of fixed arguments. Then use va_arg - normally to get the variable arguments, or pass your va_list object - around. You do not declare the va_list yourself; VA_OPEN does it - for you. - - Here is a complete example: - - int - printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...)) - { - int result; - - VA_OPEN (ap, format); - VA_FIXEDARG (ap, const char *, format); - - result = vfprintf (stdout, format, ap); - VA_CLOSE (ap); - - return result; - } - - - You can declare variables either before or after the VA_OPEN, - VA_FIXEDARG sequence. Also, VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are the beginning - and end of a block. They must appear at the same nesting level, - and any variables declared after VA_OPEN go out of scope at - VA_CLOSE. Unfortunately, with a K+R compiler, that includes the - argument list. You can have multiple instances of VA_OPEN/VA_CLOSE - pairs in a single function in case you need to traverse the - argument list more than once. For ease of writing code which uses GCC extensions but needs to be portable to other compilers, we provide the GCC_VERSION macro that simplifies testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__ together, and various wrappers around __attribute__. Also, __extension__ will be #defined - to nothing if it doesn't work. See below. - - This header also defines a lot of obsolete macros: - CONST, VOLATILE, SIGNED, PROTO, EXFUN, DEFUN, DEFUN_VOID, - AND, DOTS, NOARGS. Don't use them. */ + to nothing if it doesn't work. See below. */ #ifndef _ANSIDECL_H #define _ANSIDECL_H 1 @@ -153,28 +74,8 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ C++ compilers, does not define __STDC__, though it acts as if this was so. (Verified versions: 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5) */ -#define ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 #define PTR void * -#define PTRCONST void *const -#define LONG_DOUBLE long double -/* PARAMS is often defined elsewhere (e.g. by libintl.h), so wrap it in - a #ifndef. */ -#ifndef PARAMS -#define PARAMS(ARGS) ARGS -#endif - -#define VPARAMS(ARGS) ARGS -#define VA_START(VA_LIST, VAR) va_start(VA_LIST, VAR) - -/* variadic function helper macros */ -/* "struct Qdmy" swallows the semicolon after VA_OPEN/VA_FIXEDARG's - use without inhibiting further decls and without declaring an - actual variable. */ -#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP, VAR); { struct Qdmy -#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); } -#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, T, N) struct Qdmy - #undef const #undef volatile #undef signed @@ -192,35 +93,9 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ # endif #endif -/* These are obsolete. Do not use. */ -#ifndef IN_GCC -#define CONST const -#define VOLATILE volatile -#define SIGNED signed - -#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name arglist -#define EXFUN(name, proto) name proto -#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name(args) -#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name(void) -#define AND , -#define DOTS , ... -#define NOARGS void -#endif /* ! IN_GCC */ - #else /* Not ANSI C. */ -#undef ANSI_PROTOTYPES #define PTR char * -#define PTRCONST PTR -#define LONG_DOUBLE double - -#define PARAMS(args) () -#define VPARAMS(args) (va_alist) va_dcl -#define VA_START(va_list, var) va_start(va_list) - -#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP); { struct Qdmy -#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); } -#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, TYPE, NAME) TYPE NAME = va_arg(AP, TYPE) /* some systems define these in header files for non-ansi mode */ #undef const @@ -232,20 +107,6 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ #define signed #define inline -#ifndef IN_GCC -#define CONST -#define VOLATILE -#define SIGNED - -#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name () -#define EXFUN(name, proto) name() -#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name arglist args; -#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name() -#define AND ; -#define DOTS -#define NOARGS -#endif /* ! IN_GCC */ - #endif /* ANSI C. */ /* Define macros for some gcc attributes. This permits us to use the @@ -315,6 +176,15 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ # endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */ #endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL */ +/* Attribute `returns_nonnull' was valid as of gcc 4.9. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4009) +# define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL +# endif /* GNUC >= 4.9 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL */ + /* Attribute `pure' was valid as of gcc 3.0. */ #ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PURE # if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000) @@ -386,7 +256,7 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ # endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */ #endif /* ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF */ -/* Useful for structures whose layout must much some binary specification +/* Useful for structures whose layout must match some binary specification regardless of the alignment and padding qualities of the compiler. */ #ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED # define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed)) @@ -408,6 +278,24 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ # endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */ #endif /* ATTRIBUTE_HOT */ +/* Attribute 'no_sanitize_undefined' was valid as of gcc 4.9. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4009) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED __attribute__ ((no_sanitize_undefined)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED +# endif /* GNUC >= 4.9 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NO_SANITIZE_UNDEFINED */ + +/* Attribute 'nonstring' was valid as of gcc 8. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING +# if GCC_VERSION >= 8000 +# define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING __attribute__ ((__nonstring__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING +# endif +#endif + /* We use __extension__ in some places to suppress -pedantic warnings about GCC extensions. This feature didn't work properly before gcc 2.8. */ @@ -438,6 +326,79 @@ So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ #define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) unsigned int #endif +#if __cpp_constexpr >= 200704 +#define CONSTEXPR constexpr +#else +#define CONSTEXPR +#endif + +/* C++11 adds the ability to add "override" after an implementation of a + virtual function in a subclass, to: + (A) document that this is an override of a virtual function + (B) allow the compiler to issue a warning if it isn't (e.g. a mismatch + of the type signature). + + Similarly, it allows us to add a "final" to indicate that no subclass + may subsequently override the vfunc. + + Provide OVERRIDE and FINAL as macros, allowing us to get these benefits + when compiling with C++11 support, but without requiring C++11. + + For gcc, use "-std=c++11" to enable C++11 support; gcc 6 onwards enables + this by default (actually GNU++14). */ + +#if defined __cplusplus +# if __cplusplus >= 201103 + /* C++11 claims to be available: use it. Final/override were only + implemented in 4.7, though. */ +# if GCC_VERSION < 4007 +# define OVERRIDE +# define FINAL +# else +# define OVERRIDE override +# define FINAL final +# endif +# elif GCC_VERSION >= 4007 + /* G++ 4.7 supports __final in C++98. */ +# define OVERRIDE +# define FINAL __final +# else + /* No C++11 support; leave the macros empty. */ +# define OVERRIDE +# define FINAL +# endif +#else + /* No C++11 support; leave the macros empty. */ +# define OVERRIDE +# define FINAL +#endif + +/* A macro to disable the copy constructor and assignment operator. + When building with C++11 and above, the methods are explicitly + deleted, causing a compile-time error if something tries to copy. + For C++03, this just declares the methods, causing a link-time + error if the methods end up called (assuming you don't + define them). For C++03, for best results, place the macro + under the private: access specifier, like this, + + class name_lookup + { + private: + DISABLE_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (name_lookup); + }; + + so that most attempts at copy are caught at compile-time. */ + +#if __cplusplus >= 201103 +#define DISABLE_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TYPE) \ + TYPE (const TYPE&) = delete; \ + void operator= (const TYPE &) = delete + #else +#define DISABLE_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TYPE) \ + TYPE (const TYPE&); \ + void operator= (const TYPE &) +#endif /* __cplusplus >= 201103 */ + #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/cp-demangle.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/cp-demangle.h index 0062ee2aa7..8b2545e6f1 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/cp-demangle.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/cp-demangle.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 Linking Permitted + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB; Used GPL 3 from this file's header */ /* Internal demangler interface for g++ V3 ABI. - Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2010 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2003-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ian Lance Taylor . This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC. @@ -115,16 +115,20 @@ struct d_info int next_sub; /* The number of available entries in the subs array. */ int num_subs; - /* The number of substitutions which we actually made from the subs - array, plus the number of template parameter references we - saw. */ - int did_subs; /* The last name we saw, for constructors and destructors. */ struct demangle_component *last_name; /* A running total of the length of large expansions from the mangled name to the demangled name, such as standard substitutions and builtin types. */ int expansion; + /* Non-zero if we are parsing an expression. */ + int is_expression; + /* Non-zero if we are parsing the type operand of a conversion + operator, but not when in an expression. */ + int is_conversion; + /* If DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT is not active then this is set to + the current recursion level. */ + unsigned int recursion_level; }; /* To avoid running past the ending '\0', don't: @@ -133,12 +137,37 @@ struct d_info - call d_check_char(di, '\0') Everything else is safe. */ #define d_peek_char(di) (*((di)->n)) -#define d_peek_next_char(di) ((di)->n[1]) -#define d_advance(di, i) ((di)->n += (i)) +#ifndef CHECK_DEMANGLER +# define d_peek_next_char(di) ((di)->n[1]) +# define d_advance(di, i) ((di)->n += (i)) +#endif #define d_check_char(di, c) (d_peek_char(di) == c ? ((di)->n++, 1) : 0) #define d_next_char(di) (d_peek_char(di) == '\0' ? '\0' : *((di)->n++)) #define d_str(di) ((di)->n) +#ifdef CHECK_DEMANGLER +static inline char +d_peek_next_char (const struct d_info *di) +{ + if (!di->n[0]) + abort (); + return di->n[1]; +} + +static inline void +d_advance (struct d_info *di, int i) +{ + if (i < 0) + abort (); + while (i--) + { + if (!di->n[0]) + abort (); + di->n++; + } +} +#endif + /* Functions and arrays in cp-demangle.c which are referenced by functions in cp-demint.c. */ #ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/demangle.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/demangle.h index 1f6e9ea880..03fec28933 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/demangle.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/demangle.h @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ /* ### - * IP: LGPL 3.0 - * REVIEWED: YES + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING */ /* Defs for interface to demanglers. - Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, - 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - + Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or @@ -58,19 +57,25 @@ extern "C" { */ #define DMGL_AUTO (1 << 8) -#define DMGL_GNU (1 << 9) -#define DMGL_LUCID (1 << 10) -#define DMGL_ARM (1 << 11) -#define DMGL_HP (1 << 12) /* For the HP aCC compiler; - same as ARM except for - template arguments, etc. */ -#define DMGL_EDG (1 << 13) #define DMGL_GNU_V3 (1 << 14) #define DMGL_GNAT (1 << 15) +#define DMGL_DLANG (1 << 16) +#define DMGL_RUST (1 << 17) /* Rust wraps GNU_V3 style mangling. */ /* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */ -#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM|DMGL_HP|DMGL_EDG|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT) +#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT|DMGL_DLANG|DMGL_RUST) +/* Disable a limit on the depth of recursion in mangled strings. + Note if this limit is disabled then stack exhaustion is possible when + demangling pathologically complicated strings. Bug reports about stack + exhaustion when the option is enabled will be rejected. */ +#define DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT (1 << 18) + +/* If DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT is not enabled, then this is the value used as + the maximum depth of recursion allowed. It should be enough for any + real-world mangled name. */ +#define DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT 2048 + /* Enumeration of possible demangling styles. Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though @@ -84,41 +89,32 @@ extern enum demangling_styles no_demangling = -1, unknown_demangling = 0, auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO, - gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU, - lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID, - arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM, - hp_demangling = DMGL_HP, - edg_demangling = DMGL_EDG, gnu_v3_demangling = DMGL_GNU_V3, java_demangling = DMGL_JAVA, - gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT + gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT, + dlang_demangling = DMGL_DLANG, + rust_demangling = DMGL_RUST } current_demangling_style; /* Define string names for the various demangling styles. */ #define NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "none" #define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "auto" -#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu" -#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "lucid" -#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "arm" -#define HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "hp" -#define EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "edg" #define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu-v3" #define JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "java" #define GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnat" +#define DLANG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "dlang" +#define RUST_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "rust" /* Some macros to test what demangling style is active. */ #define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style #define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO) -#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU) -#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID) -#define ARM_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_ARM) -#define HP_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_HP) -#define EDG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_EDG) #define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU_V3) #define JAVA_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_JAVA) #define GNAT_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNAT) +#define DLANG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_DLANG) +#define RUST_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_RUST) /* Provide information about the available demangle styles. This code is pulled from gdb into libiberty because it is useful to binutils also. */ @@ -133,21 +129,12 @@ extern const struct demangler_engine extern char * cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); -extern int -cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options); - -extern const char * -cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options); - /* Note: This sets global state. FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */ -extern void -set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch); - -extern enum demangling_styles +extern enum demangling_styles cplus_demangle_set_style (enum demangling_styles style); -extern enum demangling_styles +extern enum demangling_styles cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name); /* Callback typedef for allocation-less demangler interfaces. */ @@ -173,10 +160,38 @@ java_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled); char * ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); +extern char * +dlang_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); + +/* Returns non-zero iff MANGLED is a rust mangled symbol. MANGLED must + already have been demangled through cplus_demangle_v3. If this function + returns non-zero then MANGLED can be demangled (in-place) using + RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM. */ +extern int +rust_is_mangled (const char *mangled); + +/* Demangles SYM (in-place) if RUST_IS_MANGLED returned non-zero for SYM. + If RUST_IS_MANGLED returned zero for SYM then RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM might + replace characters that cannot be demangled with '?' and might truncate + SYM. After calling RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM SYM might be shorter, but never + larger. */ +extern void +rust_demangle_sym (char *sym); + +/* Demangles MANGLED if it was GNU_V3 and then RUST mangled, otherwise + returns NULL. Uses CPLUS_DEMANGLE_V3, RUST_IS_MANGLED and + RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM. Returns a new string that is owned by the caller. */ +extern char * +rust_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds { gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor = 1, gnu_v3_base_object_ctor, gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor, + /* These are not part of the V3 ABI. Unified constructors are generated + as a speed-for-space optimization when the -fdeclone-ctor-dtor option + is used, and are always internal symbols. */ + gnu_v3_unified_ctor, gnu_v3_object_ctor_group }; @@ -192,6 +207,10 @@ enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds { gnu_v3_deleting_dtor = 1, gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor, gnu_v3_base_object_dtor, + /* These are not part of the V3 ABI. Unified destructors are generated + as a speed-for-space optimization when the -fdeclone-ctor-dtor option + is used, and are always internal symbols. */ + gnu_v3_unified_dtor, gnu_v3_object_dtor_group }; @@ -357,6 +376,9 @@ enum demangle_component_type template argument, and the right subtree is either NULL or another TEMPLATE_ARGLIST node. */ DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST, + /* A template parameter object (C++20). The left subtree is the + corresponding template argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ, /* An initializer list. The left subtree is either an explicit type or NULL, and the right subtree is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST. */ DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST, @@ -369,6 +391,10 @@ enum demangle_component_type /* A typecast, represented as a unary operator. The one subtree is the type to which the argument should be cast. */ DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST, + /* A conversion operator, represented as a unary operator. The one + subtree is the type to which the argument should be converted + to. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION, /* A nullary expression. The left subtree is the operator. */ DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY, /* A unary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the @@ -432,8 +458,12 @@ enum demangle_component_type DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION, /* A name with an ABI tag. */ DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME, + /* A transaction-safe function type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE, /* A cloned function. */ - DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC }; /* Types which are only used internally. */ @@ -451,6 +481,11 @@ struct demangle_component /* The type of this component. */ enum demangle_component_type type; + /* Guard against recursive component printing. + Initialize to zero. Private to d_print_comp. + All other fields are final after initialization. */ + int d_printing; + union { /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */ @@ -645,7 +680,7 @@ cplus_demangle_v3_components (const char *mangled, int options, void **mem); extern char * cplus_demangle_print (int options, - const struct demangle_component *tree, + struct demangle_component *tree, int estimated_length, size_t *p_allocated_size); @@ -665,7 +700,7 @@ cplus_demangle_print (int options, extern int cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options, - const struct demangle_component *tree, + struct demangle_component *tree, demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/dyn-string.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/dyn-string.h index 7b5171a0a0..1c7c61ea03 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/dyn-string.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/dyn-string.h @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING3 */ /* An abstract string datatype. - Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2009 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1998-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com). This file is part of GCC. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/getopt.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/getopt.h index d7853e47f5..24c199c1a5 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/getopt.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/getopt.h @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING3 */ /* Declarations for getopt. - Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, - 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1989-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/libiberty.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/libiberty.h index 17c89c00a6..c64f913da7 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/libiberty.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/libiberty.h @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ /* ### * IP: GPL 3 - * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING3 */ /* Function declarations for libiberty. - Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, - 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Note - certain prototypes declared in this header file are for functions whoes implementation copyright does not belong to the @@ -85,19 +84,19 @@ extern void freeargv (char **); /* Duplicate an argument vector. Allocates memory using malloc. Use freeargv to free the vector. */ -extern char **dupargv (char **) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern char **dupargv (char * const *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; /* Expand "@file" arguments in argv. */ -extern void expandargv PARAMS ((int *, char ***)); +extern void expandargv (int *, char ***); /* Write argv to an @-file, inserting necessary quoting. */ -extern int writeargv PARAMS ((char **, FILE *)); +extern int writeargv (char * const *, FILE *); /* Return the number of elements in argv. */ -extern int countargv (char**); +extern int countargv (char * const *); /* Return the last component of a path name. Note that we can't use a prototype here because the parameter is declared inconsistently @@ -110,8 +109,11 @@ extern int countargv (char**); to find the declaration so provide a fully prototyped one. If it is 1, we found it so don't provide any declaration at all. */ #if !HAVE_DECL_BASENAME -#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__ ) || defined (__linux__) || defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) || defined (__CYGWIN32__) || defined (__MINGW32__) || defined (HAVE_DECL_BASENAME) -extern char *basename (const char *); +#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__ ) || defined (__linux__) \ + || defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) \ + || defined (__CYGWIN__) || defined (__CYGWIN32__) || defined (__MINGW32__) \ + || defined (__DragonFly__) || defined (HAVE_DECL_BASENAME) +extern char *basename (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(1); #else /* Do not allow basename to be used if there is no prototype seen. We either need to use the above prototype or have one from @@ -122,18 +124,18 @@ extern char *basename (const char *); /* A well-defined basename () that is always compiled in. */ -extern const char *lbasename (const char *); +extern const char *lbasename (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(1); /* Same, but assumes DOS semantics (drive name, backslash is also a dir separator) regardless of host. */ -extern const char *dos_lbasename (const char *); +extern const char *dos_lbasename (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(1); /* Same, but assumes Unix semantics (absolute paths always start with a slash, only forward slash is accepted as dir separator) regardless of host. */ -extern const char *unix_lbasename (const char *); +extern const char *unix_lbasename (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(1); /* A well-defined realpath () that is always compiled in. */ @@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ extern char *lrealpath (const char *); the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of strings. Allocates memory using xmalloc. */ -extern char *concat (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; +extern char *concat (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; /* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of @@ -152,7 +154,7 @@ extern char *concat (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; pointer to be freed after the new string is created, similar to the way xrealloc works. */ -extern char *reconcat (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; +extern char *reconcat (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; /* Determine the length of concatenating an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, @@ -165,14 +167,14 @@ extern unsigned long concat_length (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; to terminate the list of strings. The supplied memory is assumed to be large enough. */ -extern char *concat_copy (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; +extern char *concat_copy (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(1) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; /* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings into a GLOBAL area of memory. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of strings. The supplied memory is assumed to be large enough. */ -extern char *concat_copy2 (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; +extern char *concat_copy2 (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; /* This is the global area used by concat_copy2. */ @@ -228,14 +230,24 @@ extern char *make_relative_prefix (const char *, const char *, extern char *make_relative_prefix_ignore_links (const char *, const char *, const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +/* Returns a pointer to a directory path suitable for creating temporary + files in. */ + +extern const char *choose_tmpdir (void) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; + /* Choose a temporary directory to use for scratch files. */ -extern char *choose_temp_base (void) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern char *choose_temp_base (void) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Return a temporary file name or NULL if unable to create one. */ extern char *make_temp_file (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +/* Return a temporary file name with given PREFIX and SUFFIX + or NULL if unable to create one. */ + +extern char *make_temp_file_with_prefix (const char *, const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + /* Remove a link to a file unless it is special. */ extern int unlink_if_ordinary (const char *); @@ -260,7 +272,7 @@ extern int strtoerrno (const char *); /* ANSI's strerror(), but more robust. */ -extern char *xstrerror (int); +extern char *xstrerror (int) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Return the maximum signal number for which strsignal will return a string. */ @@ -302,30 +314,30 @@ extern void xmalloc_failed (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; message to stderr (using the name set by xmalloc_set_program_name, if any) and then call xexit. */ -extern void *xmalloc (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern void *xmalloc (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Reallocate memory without fail. This works like xmalloc. Note, realloc type functions are not suitable for attribute malloc since they may return the same address across multiple calls. */ -extern void *xrealloc (void *, size_t); +extern void *xrealloc (void *, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Allocate memory without fail and set it to zero. This works like xmalloc. */ -extern void *xcalloc (size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern void *xcalloc (size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Copy a string into a memory buffer without fail. */ -extern char *xstrdup (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern char *xstrdup (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Copy at most N characters from string into a buffer without fail. */ -extern char *xstrndup (const char *, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern char *xstrndup (const char *, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Copy an existing memory buffer to a new memory buffer without fail. */ -extern void *xmemdup (const void *, size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +extern void *xmemdup (const void *, size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Physical memory routines. Return values are in BYTES. */ extern double physmem_total (void); @@ -394,6 +406,17 @@ extern void hex_init (void); /* Save files used for communication between processes. */ #define PEX_SAVE_TEMPS 0x4 +/* Max number of alloca bytes per call before we must switch to malloc. + + ?? Swiped from gnulib's regex_internal.h header. Is this actually + the case? This number seems arbitrary, though sane. + + The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack, + and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely + allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes. Also care for the possibility + of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */ +#define MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE 4032 + /* Prepare to execute one or more programs, with standard output of each program fed to standard input of the next. FLAGS As above. @@ -403,7 +426,7 @@ extern void hex_init (void); Returns NULL on error. */ extern struct pex_obj *pex_init (int flags, const char *pname, - const char *tempbase); + const char *tempbase) ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL; /* Flags for pex_run. These are bits to be or'ed together. */ @@ -446,6 +469,11 @@ extern struct pex_obj *pex_init (int flags, const char *pname, on Unix. */ #define PEX_BINARY_ERROR 0x80 +/* Append stdout to existing file instead of truncating it. */ +#define PEX_STDOUT_APPEND 0x100 + +/* Thes same as PEX_STDOUT_APPEND, but for STDERR. */ +#define PEX_STDERR_APPEND 0x200 /* Execute one program. Returns NULL on success. On error returns an error string (typically just the name of a system call); the error @@ -534,7 +562,7 @@ extern FILE *pex_input_file (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, extern FILE *pex_input_pipe (struct pex_obj *obj, int binary); /* Read the standard output of the last program to be executed. - pex_run can not be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if + pex_run cannot be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if the file should be opened in binary mode; this is ignored on Unix. Returns NULL on error. Don't call fclose on the returned FILE; it will be closed by pex_free. */ @@ -542,7 +570,7 @@ extern FILE *pex_input_pipe (struct pex_obj *obj, int binary); extern FILE *pex_read_output (struct pex_obj *, int binary); /* Read the standard error of the last program to be executed. - pex_run can not be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if + pex_run cannot be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if the file should be opened in binary mode; this is ignored on Unix. Returns NULL on error. Don't call fclose on the returned FILE; it will be closed by pex_free. */ @@ -613,13 +641,18 @@ extern int pexecute (const char *, char * const *, const char *, extern int pwait (int, int *, int); -#if !HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF) && !HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF /* Like sprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must be freed by the caller. */ extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; #endif +/* Like asprintf but allocates memory without fail. This works like + xmalloc. */ + +extern char *xasprintf (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1; + #if !HAVE_DECL_VASPRINTF /* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must be freed by the caller. */ @@ -627,6 +660,11 @@ extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,0); #endif +/* Like vasprintf but allocates memory without fail. This works like + xmalloc. */ + +extern char *xvasprintf (const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1,0); + #if defined(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF) && !HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF /* Like sprintf but prints at most N characters. */ extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3; @@ -637,6 +675,37 @@ extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3; extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3,0); #endif +#if defined (HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN) && !HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN +extern size_t strnlen (const char *, size_t); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP) && !HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP +/* Compare version strings. */ +extern int strverscmp (const char *, const char *); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_STRTOL) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL +extern long int strtol (const char *nptr, + char **endptr, int base); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL +extern unsigned long int strtoul (const char *nptr, + char **endptr, int base); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG) && defined(HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL +__extension__ +extern long long int strtoll (const char *nptr, + char **endptr, int base); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG) && defined(HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL +__extension__ +extern unsigned long long int strtoull (const char *nptr, + char **endptr, int base); +#endif + #if defined(HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP) && !HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP /* Compare version strings. */ extern int strverscmp (const char *, const char *); @@ -664,7 +733,7 @@ extern void *C_alloca (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; # define ASTRDUP(X) \ (__extension__ ({ const char *const libiberty_optr = (X); \ const unsigned long libiberty_len = strlen (libiberty_optr) + 1; \ - char *const libiberty_nptr = (char *const) alloca (libiberty_len); \ + char *const libiberty_nptr = (char *) alloca (libiberty_len); \ (char *) memcpy (libiberty_nptr, libiberty_optr, libiberty_len); })) #else # define alloca(x) C_alloca(x) diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/rust-demangle.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/rust-demangle.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1cd4aa916 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/rust-demangle.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/libiberty/COPYING.LIB + */ +/* Internal demangler interface for the Rust programming language. + Copyright (C) 2016-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by David Tolnay (dtolnay@gmail.com). + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public +License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission +to link the compiled version of this file into combinations with other +programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction +coming from the use of this file. (The Library Public License +restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover +modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a +combined executable.) + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. +If not, see . */ + +/* This file provides some definitions shared by cplus-dem.c and + rust-demangle.c. It should not be included by any other files. */ + +/* Returns non-zero iff MANGLED is a rust mangled symbol. MANGLED must + already have been demangled through cplus_demangle_v3. If this function + returns non-zero then MANGLED can be demangled (in-place) using + RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM. */ +extern int +rust_is_mangled (const char *mangled); + +/* Demangles SYM (in-place) if RUST_IS_MANGLED returned non-zero for SYM. + If RUST_IS_MANGLED returned zero for SYM then RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM might + replace characters that cannot be demangled with '?' and might truncate + SYM. After calling RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM SYM might be shorter, but never + larger. */ +extern void +rust_demangle_sym (char *sym); diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/safe-ctype.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/safe-ctype.h index 25f9459915..eb216a1729 100644 --- a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/safe-ctype.h +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu/headers/safe-ctype.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /* ### - * IP: LGPL 3.0 - * REVIEWED: YES + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * NOTE: See binutils/include/COPYING */ /* replacement macros. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Zack Weinberg . This file is part of the libiberty library. diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/README.txt b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9fc62be06 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +PURPOSE + +This is a readme file to note the changes made to the binutils-2.24 source +code in order for Ghidra to build its GNU demangler. + + + + +COPIED SOURCE CODE / BUILDING RESTRICTIONS + +Most of the files used to build the Ghidra GNU demangler are copied from binutils and have +not been changed. Further, the files in this directory are a small subset of the files used to +build the binutils suite. By copying specific files we are able to use Make and Visual Studio +to build a stand alone demangler without having to perform the more complicated build needed +to build binutils. Specifically, we do not have to run the configure utility that is +provided by binutils. This is critical, as we are using Visual Studio to build on Windows, +which does not have the configure utility support. If we ever wished to build the entire +binutils suite on Windows, then we would most likely need to use a GNU environment made for +Windows, such as MinGW. + + + + +CHANGES TO BINUTILS SOURCE + +cplus-dem.c + +To this file was added about 400 lines of source code. Previously, this file contained a +main method that we used to build our stand alone demangler. The current version of +binutils does not have this main method. Instead, binutils has only a main method in +cp-demangle.c for building the stand alone demangler. The c++filt utility is created using +a main method inside of cxxfilt.c. We could not build that utility without using the +more complicated build system mentioned above. + +In order to gain full functionality contained in the c++filt utility, we copied the main +method from cxxfilt.c and placed it, along with supporting methods, into cplus-dem.c. This +allows us to perform a simple build of the stand alone demangler, with less source files +required. + +cp-demangle.c * + +This file contains a small, two-line change to send a newline character ('\n') along with +a flush to the output stream. Without this change, the program, when called repeatedly from +Ghidra would eventually hang. This is due to the nature of how Ghidra reads results in a +line-oriented fashion. + +*This change is no longer used, as we do not use the main method inside of this file, but have +switched to the main method we made and placed into cplus-dem.c. + + + + +UPDATING + +If we ever wish to update to a newer version of binutils, then we will need to re-copy the files +in this directory and then rebuild the main method we created inside of cplus-dem.c. That is, +unless at least one of the following changes happens: + +1) the stand alone demangler in cp-demangle has full c++filt support, or +2) binutils has put the main method back inside cplus-dem.c, or +3) building a stand alone c++filt is simple enough that we can do it on each platform, or +4) we decide to build the entire binutils suite and use the full c++filt binary. + + + + +SOURCE FILES NEEDED BY OS + + +*nix / Mac + +ansidecl.h +argv.c +cp-demangle.c +cp-demangle.h +cplus-dem.c +demangle.h +dyn-string.c +dyn-string.h +getopt.c +getopt.h +libiberty.h +safe-ctype.c +safe-ctype.h +xexit.c +xstrdup.c + +WINDOWS + + + +alloca.c +getopt1.c + diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/alloca.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/alloca.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9255e4f14b --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/alloca.c @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: license is not in file, but in the directory from whence it came: binutils-2.24/libiberty/COPYING.LIB + */ +/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory + (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn + + This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, + which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so + that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, + was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. + J.Otto Tennant contributed the Cray support. + + There are some preprocessor constants that can + be defined when compiling for your specific system, for + improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. + + The general concept of this implementation is to keep + track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any + that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current + invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as + soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. + + As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without + allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in + your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ + +/* + +@deftypefn Replacement void* alloca (size_t @var{size}) + +This function allocates memory which will be automatically reclaimed +after the procedure exits. The @libib{} implementation does not free +the memory immediately but will do so eventually during subsequent +calls to this function. Memory is allocated using @code{xmalloc} under +normal circumstances. + +The header file @file{alloca-conf.h} can be used in conjunction with the +GNU Autoconf test @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} to test for and properly make +available this function. The @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} test requires that +client code use a block of preprocessor code to be safe (see the Autoconf +manual for more); this header incorporates that logic and more, including +the possibility of a GCC built-in function. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#endif + +/* These variables are used by the ASTRDUP implementation that relies + on C_alloca. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +const char *libiberty_optr; +char *libiberty_nptr; +unsigned long libiberty_len; +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to + provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ + +#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) +static long i00afunc (); +#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) +#else +#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack + growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically + deduced at run-time. + + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ + +#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ +#endif + +#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 + +#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ + +#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ + +static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ +#define STACK_DIR stack_dir + +static void +find_stack_direction (void) +{ + static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ + auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ + + if (addr == NULL) + { /* Initial entry. */ + addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); + + find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ + } + else + { + /* Second entry. */ + if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) + stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ + else + stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ + } +} + +#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ + +/* An "alloca header" is used to: + (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; + (b) keep track of stack depth. + + It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc + alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ + +#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE +#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) +#endif + +typedef union hdr +{ + char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ + struct + { + union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ + char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ + } h; +} header; + +static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ + +/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, + which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from + the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space + was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the + caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some + implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ + +/* @undocumented C_alloca */ + +PTR +C_alloca (size_t size) +{ + auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ + register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); + +#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 + if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ + find_stack_direction (); +#endif + + /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that + was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ + + { + register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ + + for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) + if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) + || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) + { + register header *np = hp->h.next; + + free ((PTR) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ + + hp = np; /* -> next header. */ + } + else + break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ + + last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ + } + + if (size == 0) + return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ + + /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ + + { + register void *new_storage = XNEWVEC (char, sizeof (header) + size); + /* Address of header. */ + + if (new_storage == 0) + abort(); + + ((header *) new_storage)->h.next = last_alloca_header; + ((header *) new_storage)->h.deep = depth; + + last_alloca_header = (header *) new_storage; + + /* User storage begins just after header. */ + + return (PTR) ((char *) new_storage + sizeof (header)); + } +} + +#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) + +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC +#include +#endif + +#ifndef CRAY_STACK +#define CRAY_STACK +#ifndef CRAY2 +/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ +struct stack_control_header + { + long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ + long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ + long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ + long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ + }; + +/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at + the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack + grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial + part of the stack segment linkage control information is + 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage + for the routine which overflows the stack. */ + +struct stack_segment_linkage + { + long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ + long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ + long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ + long:32; + long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous + segment of stack. */ + long:32; + long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ + long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for + microtasking. */ + long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ + long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ + long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ + long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ + long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ + long ssa0; + long ssa1; + long ssa2; + long ssa3; + long ssa4; + long ssa5; + long ssa6; + long ssa7; + long sss0; + long sss1; + long sss2; + long sss3; + long sss4; + long sss5; + long sss6; + long sss7; + }; + +#else /* CRAY2 */ +/* The following structure defines the vector of words + returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ +struct stk_stat + { + long now; /* Current total stack size. */ + long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would + be required to satisfy the maximum + stack demand to date. */ + long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ + long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ + long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ + long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ + long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ + long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ + long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ + long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ + long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ + long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ + long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ + long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ + long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This + number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to + include the fifteen word trailer area. */ + long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ + long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ + }; + +/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails + any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is + out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ + +struct stk_trailer + { + long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ + long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include + this trailer). */ + long unknown2; + long unknown3; + long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous + segment. */ + long unknown5; + long unknown6; + long unknown7; + long unknown8; + long unknown9; + long unknown10; + long unknown11; + long unknown12; + long unknown13; + long unknown14; + }; + +#endif /* CRAY2 */ +#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ + +#ifdef CRAY2 +/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. + I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long *address) +{ + struct stk_stat status; + struct stk_trailer *trailer; + long *block, size; + long result = 0; + + /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first + step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this + more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the + $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ + + STKSTAT (&status); + + /* Set up the iteration. */ + + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address + + status.current_size + - 15); + + /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is + a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ + + if (trailer == 0) + abort (); + + /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ + + while (trailer != 0) + { + block = (long *) trailer->this_address; + size = trailer->this_size; + if (block == 0 || size == 0) + abort (); + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) + break; + } + + /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes + of all predecessor segments. */ + + result = address - block; + + if (trailer == 0) + { + return result; + } + + do + { + if (trailer->this_size <= 0) + abort (); + result += trailer->this_size; + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + } + while (trailer != 0); + + /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one + not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed + from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably + not what you want. */ + + return (result); +} + +#else /* not CRAY2 */ +/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. + Determine the number of the cell within the stack, + given the address of the cell. The purpose of this + routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses + for alloca. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long address) +{ + long stkl = 0; + + long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; + long result = 0; + + struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; + + /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the + current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store + your registers on the stack and find that you are past + the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. + + B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control + area, which is what we are really interested in. */ + + stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + + /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, + one has the address of the first word of the segment. + + If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be + nonzero. */ + + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + size = ssptr->sssize; + + this_segment = stkl - size; + + /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused + a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not + contain the target address. */ + + while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); +#endif + if (pseg == 0) + break; + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + this_segment = stkl - size; + } + + result = address - this_segment; + + /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, + you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. + This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save + a cycle somewhere. */ + + while (pseg != 0) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); +#endif + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + result += size; + } + return (result); +} + +#endif /* not CRAY2 */ +#endif /* CRAY */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/argv.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/argv.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b01d0b8de --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/argv.c @@ -0,0 +1,545 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: from binutils 2.24 + */ +/* Create and destroy argument vectors (argv's) + Copyright (C) 1992, 2001, 2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + + +/* Create and destroy argument vectors. An argument vector is simply an + array of string pointers, terminated by a NULL pointer. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" +#include "safe-ctype.h" + +/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +#ifndef EOS +#define EOS '\0' +#endif + +#define INITIAL_MAXARGC 8 /* Number of args + NULL in initial argv */ + + +/* + +@deftypefn Extension char** dupargv (char **@var{vector}) + +Duplicate an argument vector. Simply scans through @var{vector}, +duplicating each argument until the terminating @code{NULL} is found. +Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful. Returns +@code{NULL} if there is insufficient memory to complete building the +argument vector. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +char ** +dupargv (char **argv) +{ + int argc; + char **copy; + + if (argv == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* the vector */ + for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++); + copy = (char **) xmalloc ((argc + 1) * sizeof (char *)); + + /* the strings */ + for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) + { + int len = strlen (argv[argc]); + copy[argc] = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1); + strcpy (copy[argc], argv[argc]); + } + copy[argc] = NULL; + return copy; +} + +/* + +@deftypefn Extension void freeargv (char **@var{vector}) + +Free an argument vector that was built using @code{buildargv}. Simply +scans through @var{vector}, freeing the memory for each argument until +the terminating @code{NULL} is found, and then frees @var{vector} +itself. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +void freeargv (char **vector) +{ + register char **scan; + + if (vector != NULL) + { + for (scan = vector; *scan != NULL; scan++) + { + free (*scan); + } + free (vector); + } +} + +static void +consume_whitespace (const char **input) +{ + while (ISSPACE (**input)) + { + (*input)++; + } +} + +static int +only_whitespace (const char* input) +{ + while (*input != EOS && ISSPACE (*input)) + input++; + + return (*input == EOS); +} + +/* + +@deftypefn Extension char** buildargv (char *@var{sp}) + +Given a pointer to a string, parse the string extracting fields +separated by whitespace and optionally enclosed within either single +or double quotes (which are stripped off), and build a vector of +pointers to copies of the string for each field. The input string +remains unchanged. The last element of the vector is followed by a +@code{NULL} element. + +All of the memory for the pointer array and copies of the string +is obtained from @code{xmalloc}. All of the memory can be returned to the +system with the single function call @code{freeargv}, which takes the +returned result of @code{buildargv}, as it's argument. + +Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful. Returns +@code{NULL} if @var{sp} is @code{NULL} or if there is insufficient +memory to complete building the argument vector. + +If the input is a null string (as opposed to a @code{NULL} pointer), +then buildarg returns an argument vector that has one arg, a null +string. + +@end deftypefn + +The memory for the argv array is dynamically expanded as necessary. + +In order to provide a working buffer for extracting arguments into, +with appropriate stripping of quotes and translation of backslash +sequences, we allocate a working buffer at least as long as the input +string. This ensures that we always have enough space in which to +work, since the extracted arg is never larger than the input string. + +The argument vector is always kept terminated with a @code{NULL} arg +pointer, so it can be passed to @code{freeargv} at any time, or +returned, as appropriate. + +*/ + +char **buildargv (const char *input) +{ + char *arg; + char *copybuf; + int squote = 0; + int dquote = 0; + int bsquote = 0; + int argc = 0; + int maxargc = 0; + char **argv = NULL; + char **nargv; + + if (input != NULL) + { + copybuf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (input) + 1); + /* Is a do{}while to always execute the loop once. Always return an + argv, even for null strings. See NOTES above, test case below. */ + do + { + /* Pick off argv[argc] */ + consume_whitespace (&input); + + if ((maxargc == 0) || (argc >= (maxargc - 1))) + { + /* argv needs initialization, or expansion */ + if (argv == NULL) + { + maxargc = INITIAL_MAXARGC; + nargv = (char **) xmalloc (maxargc * sizeof (char *)); + } + else + { + maxargc *= 2; + nargv = (char **) xrealloc (argv, maxargc * sizeof (char *)); + } + argv = nargv; + argv[argc] = NULL; + } + /* Begin scanning arg */ + arg = copybuf; + while (*input != EOS) + { + if (ISSPACE (*input) && !squote && !dquote && !bsquote) + { + break; + } + else + { + if (bsquote) + { + bsquote = 0; + *arg++ = *input; + } + else if (*input == '\\') + { + bsquote = 1; + } + else if (squote) + { + if (*input == '\'') + { + squote = 0; + } + else + { + *arg++ = *input; + } + } + else if (dquote) + { + if (*input == '"') + { + dquote = 0; + } + else + { + *arg++ = *input; + } + } + else + { + if (*input == '\'') + { + squote = 1; + } + else if (*input == '"') + { + dquote = 1; + } + else + { + *arg++ = *input; + } + } + input++; + } + } + *arg = EOS; + argv[argc] = xstrdup (copybuf); + argc++; + argv[argc] = NULL; + + consume_whitespace (&input); + } + while (*input != EOS); + + free (copybuf); + } + return (argv); +} + +/* + +@deftypefn Extension int writeargv (const char **@var{argv}, FILE *@var{file}) + +Write each member of ARGV, handling all necessary quoting, to the file +named by FILE, separated by whitespace. Return 0 on success, non-zero +if an error occurred while writing to FILE. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +int +writeargv (char **argv, FILE *f) +{ + int status = 0; + + if (f == NULL) + return 1; + + while (*argv != NULL) + { + const char *arg = *argv; + + while (*arg != EOS) + { + char c = *arg; + + if (ISSPACE(c) || c == '\\' || c == '\'' || c == '"') + if (EOF == fputc ('\\', f)) + { + status = 1; + goto done; + } + + if (EOF == fputc (c, f)) + { + status = 1; + goto done; + } + arg++; + } + + if (EOF == fputc ('\n', f)) + { + status = 1; + goto done; + } + argv++; + } + + done: + return status; +} + +/* + +@deftypefn Extension void expandargv (int *@var{argcp}, char ***@var{argvp}) + +The @var{argcp} and @code{argvp} arguments are pointers to the usual +@code{argc} and @code{argv} arguments to @code{main}. This function +looks for arguments that begin with the character @samp{@@}. Any such +arguments are interpreted as ``response files''. The contents of the +response file are interpreted as additional command line options. In +particular, the file is separated into whitespace-separated strings; +each such string is taken as a command-line option. The new options +are inserted in place of the option naming the response file, and +@code{*argcp} and @code{*argvp} will be updated. If the value of +@code{*argvp} is modified by this function, then the new value has +been dynamically allocated and can be deallocated by the caller with +@code{freeargv}. However, most callers will simply call +@code{expandargv} near the beginning of @code{main} and allow the +operating system to free the memory when the program exits. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +void +expandargv (int *argcp, char ***argvp) +{ + /* The argument we are currently processing. */ + int i = 0; + /* Non-zero if ***argvp has been dynamically allocated. */ + int argv_dynamic = 0; + /* Limit the number of response files that we parse in order + to prevent infinite recursion. */ + unsigned int iteration_limit = 2000; + /* Loop over the arguments, handling response files. We always skip + ARGVP[0], as that is the name of the program being run. */ + while (++i < *argcp) + { + /* The name of the response file. */ + const char *filename; + /* The response file. */ + FILE *f; + /* An upper bound on the number of characters in the response + file. */ + long pos; + /* The number of characters in the response file, when actually + read. */ + size_t len; + /* A dynamically allocated buffer used to hold options read from a + response file. */ + char *buffer; + /* Dynamically allocated storage for the options read from the + response file. */ + char **file_argv; + /* The number of options read from the response file, if any. */ + size_t file_argc; + /* We are only interested in options of the form "@file". */ + filename = (*argvp)[i]; + if (filename[0] != '@') + continue; + /* If we have iterated too many times then stop. */ + if (-- iteration_limit == 0) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: error: too many @-files encountered\n", (*argvp)[0]); + xexit (1); + } + /* Read the contents of the file. */ + f = fopen (++filename, "r"); + if (!f) + continue; + if (fseek (f, 0L, SEEK_END) == -1) + goto error; + pos = ftell (f); + if (pos == -1) + goto error; + if (fseek (f, 0L, SEEK_SET) == -1) + goto error; + buffer = (char *) xmalloc (pos * sizeof (char) + 1); + len = fread (buffer, sizeof (char), pos, f); + if (len != (size_t) pos + /* On Windows, fread may return a value smaller than POS, + due to CR/LF->CR translation when reading text files. + That does not in-and-of itself indicate failure. */ + && ferror (f)) + goto error; + /* Add a NUL terminator. */ + buffer[len] = '\0'; + /* If the file is empty or contains only whitespace, buildargv would + return a single empty argument. In this context we want no arguments, + instead. */ + if (only_whitespace (buffer)) + { + file_argv = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *)); + file_argv[0] = NULL; + } + else + /* Parse the string. */ + file_argv = buildargv (buffer); + /* If *ARGVP is not already dynamically allocated, copy it. */ + if (!argv_dynamic) + *argvp = dupargv (*argvp); + /* Count the number of arguments. */ + file_argc = 0; + while (file_argv[file_argc]) + ++file_argc; + /* Now, insert FILE_ARGV into ARGV. The "+1" below handles the + NULL terminator at the end of ARGV. */ + *argvp = ((char **) + xrealloc (*argvp, + (*argcp + file_argc + 1) * sizeof (char *))); + memmove (*argvp + i + file_argc, *argvp + i + 1, + (*argcp - i) * sizeof (char *)); + memcpy (*argvp + i, file_argv, file_argc * sizeof (char *)); + /* The original option has been replaced by all the new + options. */ + *argcp += file_argc - 1; + /* Free up memory allocated to process the response file. We do + not use freeargv because the individual options in FILE_ARGV + are now in the main ARGV. */ + free (file_argv); + free (buffer); + /* Rescan all of the arguments just read to support response + files that include other response files. */ + --i; + error: + /* We're all done with the file now. */ + fclose (f); + } +} + +/* + +@deftypefn Extension int countargv (char **@var{argv}) + +Return the number of elements in @var{argv}. +Returns zero if @var{argv} is NULL. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +int +countargv (char **argv) +{ + int argc; + + if (argv == NULL) + return 0; + for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) + continue; + return argc; +} + +#ifdef MAIN + +/* Simple little test driver. */ + +static const char *const tests[] = +{ + "a simple command line", + "arg 'foo' is single quoted", + "arg \"bar\" is double quoted", + "arg \"foo bar\" has embedded whitespace", + "arg 'Jack said \\'hi\\'' has single quotes", + "arg 'Jack said \\\"hi\\\"' has double quotes", + "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9", + + /* This should be expanded into only one argument. */ + "trailing-whitespace ", + + "", + NULL +}; + +int +main (void) +{ + char **argv; + const char *const *test; + char **targs; + + for (test = tests; *test != NULL; test++) + { + printf ("buildargv(\"%s\")\n", *test); + if ((argv = buildargv (*test)) == NULL) + { + printf ("failed!\n\n"); + } + else + { + for (targs = argv; *targs != NULL; targs++) + { + printf ("\t\"%s\"\n", *targs); + } + printf ("\n"); + } + freeargv (argv); + } + + return 0; +} + +#endif /* MAIN */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cp-demangle.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cp-demangle.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b3db471ac --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cp-demangle.c @@ -0,0 +1,5955 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + */ +/* Demangler for g++ V3 ABI. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ian Lance Taylor . + + This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC. + + This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the + Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link the + compiled version of this file into combinations with other programs, + and to distribute those combinations without any restriction coming + from the use of this file. (The General Public License restrictions + do apply in other respects; for example, they cover modification of + the file, and distribution when not linked into a combined + executable.) + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + + CHANGE NOTICE: +This file was changed on July 1st, 2014. + + CHANGE NOTICE: +This file was changed on July 4th, 2019. +*/ + +/* This code implements a demangler for the g++ V3 ABI. The ABI is + described on this web page: + http://www.codesourcery.com/cxx-abi/abi.html#mangling + + This code was written while looking at the demangler written by + Alex Samuel . + + This code first pulls the mangled name apart into a list of + components, and then walks the list generating the demangled + name. + + This file will normally define the following functions, q.v.: + char *cplus_demangle_v3(const char *mangled, int options) + char *java_demangle_v3(const char *mangled) + int cplus_demangle_v3_callback(const char *mangled, int options, + demangle_callbackref callback) + int java_demangle_v3_callback(const char *mangled, + demangle_callbackref callback) + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (const char *name) + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (const char *name) + + Also, the interface to the component list is public, and defined in + demangle.h. The interface consists of these types, which are + defined in demangle.h: + enum demangle_component_type + struct demangle_component + demangle_callbackref + and these functions defined in this file: + cplus_demangle_fill_name + cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator + cplus_demangle_fill_ctor + cplus_demangle_fill_dtor + cplus_demangle_print + cplus_demangle_print_callback + and other functions defined in the file cp-demint.c. + + This file also defines some other functions and variables which are + only to be used by the file cp-demint.c. + + Preprocessor macros you can define while compiling this file: + + IN_LIBGCC2 + If defined, this file defines the following functions, q.v.: + char *__cxa_demangle (const char *mangled, char *buf, size_t *len, + int *status) + int __gcclibcxx_demangle_callback (const char *, + void (*) + (const char *, size_t, void *), + void *) + instead of cplus_demangle_v3[_callback]() and + java_demangle_v3[_callback](). + + IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + If defined, this file defines only __cxa_demangle() and + __gcclibcxx_demangle_callback(), and no other publically visible + functions or variables. + + STANDALONE_DEMANGLER + If defined, this file defines a main() function which demangles + any arguments, or, if none, demangles stdin. + + CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG + If defined, turns on debugging mode, which prints information on + stdout about the mangled string. This is not generally useful. +*/ + +#if defined (_AIX) && !defined (__GNUC__) + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H +# include +#else +# ifndef alloca +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# else +extern char *alloca (); +# endif /* __GNUC__ */ +# endif /* alloca */ +#endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" +#include "demangle.h" +#include "cp-demangle.h" + +/* If IN_GLIBCPP_V3 is defined, some functions are made static. We + also rename them via #define to avoid compiler errors when the + static definition conflicts with the extern declaration in a header + file. */ +#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + +#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 static + +#define cplus_demangle_fill_name d_fill_name +static int d_fill_name (struct demangle_component *, const char *, int); + +#define cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator d_fill_extended_operator +static int +d_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *, int, + struct demangle_component *); + +#define cplus_demangle_fill_ctor d_fill_ctor +static int +d_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *, enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds, + struct demangle_component *); + +#define cplus_demangle_fill_dtor d_fill_dtor +static int +d_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds, + struct demangle_component *); + +#define cplus_demangle_mangled_name d_mangled_name +static struct demangle_component *d_mangled_name (struct d_info *, int); + +#define cplus_demangle_type d_type +static struct demangle_component *d_type (struct d_info *); + +#define cplus_demangle_print d_print +static char *d_print (int, const struct demangle_component *, int, size_t *); + +#define cplus_demangle_print_callback d_print_callback +static int d_print_callback (int, const struct demangle_component *, + demangle_callbackref, void *); + +#define cplus_demangle_init_info d_init_info +static void d_init_info (const char *, int, size_t, struct d_info *); + +#else /* ! defined(IN_GLIBCPP_V3) */ +#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +#endif /* ! defined(IN_GLIBCPP_V3) */ + +/* See if the compiler supports dynamic arrays. */ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS +#else +#ifdef __STDC__ +#ifdef __STDC_VERSION__ +#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L +#define CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS +#endif /* __STDC__VERSION >= 199901L */ +#endif /* defined (__STDC_VERSION__) */ +#endif /* defined (__STDC__) */ +#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */ + +/* We avoid pulling in the ctype tables, to prevent pulling in + additional unresolved symbols when this code is used in a library. + FIXME: Is this really a valid reason? This comes from the original + V3 demangler code. + + As of this writing this file has the following undefined references + when compiled with -DIN_GLIBCPP_V3: realloc, free, memcpy, strcpy, + strcat, strlen. */ + +#define IS_DIGIT(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9') +#define IS_UPPER(c) ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'Z') +#define IS_LOWER(c) ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'z') + +/* The prefix prepended by GCC to an identifier represnting the + anonymous namespace. */ +#define ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX "_GLOBAL_" +#define ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN \ + (sizeof (ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX) - 1) + +/* Information we keep for the standard substitutions. */ + +struct d_standard_sub_info +{ + /* The code for this substitution. */ + char code; + /* The simple string it expands to. */ + const char *simple_expansion; + /* The length of the simple expansion. */ + int simple_len; + /* The results of a full, verbose, expansion. This is used when + qualifying a constructor/destructor, or when in verbose mode. */ + const char *full_expansion; + /* The length of the full expansion. */ + int full_len; + /* What to set the last_name field of d_info to; NULL if we should + not set it. This is only relevant when qualifying a + constructor/destructor. */ + const char *set_last_name; + /* The length of set_last_name. */ + int set_last_name_len; +}; + +/* Accessors for subtrees of struct demangle_component. */ + +#define d_left(dc) ((dc)->u.s_binary.left) +#define d_right(dc) ((dc)->u.s_binary.right) + +/* A list of templates. This is used while printing. */ + +struct d_print_template +{ + /* Next template on the list. */ + struct d_print_template *next; + /* This template. */ + const struct demangle_component *template_decl; +}; + +/* A list of type modifiers. This is used while printing. */ + +struct d_print_mod +{ + /* Next modifier on the list. These are in the reverse of the order + in which they appeared in the mangled string. */ + struct d_print_mod *next; + /* The modifier. */ + const struct demangle_component *mod; + /* Whether this modifier was printed. */ + int printed; + /* The list of templates which applies to this modifier. */ + struct d_print_template *templates; +}; + +/* We use these structures to hold information during printing. */ + +struct d_growable_string +{ + /* Buffer holding the result. */ + char *buf; + /* Current length of data in buffer. */ + size_t len; + /* Allocated size of buffer. */ + size_t alc; + /* Set to 1 if we had a memory allocation failure. */ + int allocation_failure; +}; + +enum { D_PRINT_BUFFER_LENGTH = 256 }; +struct d_print_info +{ + /* Fixed-length allocated buffer for demangled data, flushed to the + callback with a NUL termination once full. */ + char buf[D_PRINT_BUFFER_LENGTH]; + /* Current length of data in buffer. */ + size_t len; + /* The last character printed, saved individually so that it survives + any buffer flush. */ + char last_char; + /* Callback function to handle demangled buffer flush. */ + demangle_callbackref callback; + /* Opaque callback argument. */ + void *opaque; + /* The current list of templates, if any. */ + struct d_print_template *templates; + /* The current list of modifiers (e.g., pointer, reference, etc.), + if any. */ + struct d_print_mod *modifiers; + /* Set to 1 if we saw a demangling error. */ + int demangle_failure; + /* The current index into any template argument packs we are using + for printing. */ + int pack_index; + /* Number of d_print_flush calls so far. */ + unsigned long int flush_count; +}; + +#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG +static void d_dump (struct demangle_component *, int); +#endif + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_empty (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_comp (struct d_info *, enum demangle_component_type, + struct demangle_component *, + struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_name (struct d_info *, const char *, int); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_demangle_mangled_name (struct d_info *, const char *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_builtin_type (struct d_info *, + const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_operator (struct d_info *, + const struct demangle_operator_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_extended_operator (struct d_info *, int, + struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_ctor (struct d_info *, enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds, + struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_dtor (struct d_info *, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds, + struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_template_param (struct d_info *, long); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_sub (struct d_info *, const char *, int); + +static int +has_return_type (struct demangle_component *); + +static int +is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_encoding (struct d_info *, int); + +static struct demangle_component *d_name (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_nested_name (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_prefix (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_source_name (struct d_info *); + +static long d_number (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_identifier (struct d_info *, int); + +static struct demangle_component *d_operator_name (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_special_name (struct d_info *); + +static int d_call_offset (struct d_info *, int); + +static struct demangle_component *d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component ** +d_cv_qualifiers (struct d_info *, struct demangle_component **, int); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_ref_qualifier (struct d_info *, struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_function_type (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_bare_function_type (struct d_info *, int); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_class_enum_type (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_array_type (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_vector_type (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_pointer_to_member_type (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_template_param (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_template_args (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_template_arg (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_expression (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_expr_primary (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_local_name (struct d_info *); + +static int d_discriminator (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_lambda (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_unnamed_type (struct d_info *); + +static struct demangle_component * +d_clone_suffix (struct d_info *, struct demangle_component *); + +static int +d_add_substitution (struct d_info *, struct demangle_component *); + +static struct demangle_component *d_substitution (struct d_info *, int); + +static void d_growable_string_init (struct d_growable_string *, size_t); + +static inline void +d_growable_string_resize (struct d_growable_string *, size_t); + +static inline void +d_growable_string_append_buffer (struct d_growable_string *, + const char *, size_t); +static void +d_growable_string_callback_adapter (const char *, size_t, void *); + +static void +d_print_init (struct d_print_info *, demangle_callbackref, void *); + +static inline void d_print_error (struct d_print_info *); + +static inline int d_print_saw_error (struct d_print_info *); + +static inline void d_print_flush (struct d_print_info *); + +static inline void d_append_char (struct d_print_info *, char); + +static inline void d_append_buffer (struct d_print_info *, + const char *, size_t); + +static inline void d_append_string (struct d_print_info *, const char *); + +static inline char d_last_char (struct d_print_info *); + +static void +d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); + +static void +d_print_java_identifier (struct d_print_info *, const char *, int); + +static void +d_print_mod_list (struct d_print_info *, int, struct d_print_mod *, int); + +static void +d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); + +static void +d_print_function_type (struct d_print_info *, int, + const struct demangle_component *, + struct d_print_mod *); + +static void +d_print_array_type (struct d_print_info *, int, + const struct demangle_component *, + struct d_print_mod *); + +static void +d_print_expr_op (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); + +static void +d_print_cast (struct d_print_info *, int, const struct demangle_component *); + +static int d_demangle_callback (const char *, int, + demangle_callbackref, void *); +static char *d_demangle (const char *, int, size_t *); + +#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG + +static void +d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent) +{ + int i; + + if (dc == NULL) + { + if (indent == 0) + printf ("failed demangling\n"); + return; + } + + for (i = 0; i < indent; ++i) + putchar (' '); + + switch (dc->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME: + printf ("name '%.*s'\n", dc->u.s_name.len, dc->u.s_name.s); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME: + printf ("tagged name\n"); + d_dump (dc->u.s_binary.left, indent + 2); + d_dump (dc->u.s_binary.right, indent + 2); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM: + printf ("template parameter %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: + printf ("constructor %d\n", (int) dc->u.s_ctor.kind); + d_dump (dc->u.s_ctor.name, indent + 2); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: + printf ("destructor %d\n", (int) dc->u.s_dtor.kind); + d_dump (dc->u.s_dtor.name, indent + 2); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD: + printf ("standard substitution %s\n", dc->u.s_string.string); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE: + printf ("builtin type %s\n", dc->u.s_builtin.type->name); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR: + printf ("operator %s\n", dc->u.s_operator.op->name); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR: + printf ("extended operator with %d args\n", + dc->u.s_extended_operator.args); + d_dump (dc->u.s_extended_operator.name, indent + 2); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME: + printf ("qualified name\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + printf ("local name\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME: + printf ("typed name\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: + printf ("template\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE: + printf ("vtable\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT: + printf ("VTT\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE: + printf ("construction vtable\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO: + printf ("typeinfo\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME: + printf ("typeinfo name\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN: + printf ("typeinfo function\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK: + printf ("thunk\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK: + printf ("virtual thunk\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK: + printf ("covariant thunk\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS: + printf ("java class\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD: + printf ("guard\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP: + printf ("reference temporary\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS: + printf ("hidden alias\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE: + printf ("transaction clone\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE: + printf ("non-transaction clone\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + printf ("restrict\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + printf ("volatile\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + printf ("const\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + printf ("restrict this\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + printf ("volatile this\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + printf ("const this\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + printf ("reference this\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + printf ("rvalue reference this\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: + printf ("vendor type qualifier\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: + printf ("pointer\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: + printf ("reference\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: + printf ("rvalue reference\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: + printf ("complex\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + printf ("imaginary\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE: + printf ("vendor type\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE: + printf ("function type\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE: + printf ("array type\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE: + printf ("pointer to member type\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE: + printf ("fixed-point type\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST: + printf ("argument list\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST: + printf ("template argument list\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST: + printf ("initializer list\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + printf ("cast\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: + printf ("nullary operator\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY: + printf ("unary operator\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY: + printf ("binary operator\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS: + printf ("binary operator arguments\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY: + printf ("trinary operator\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1: + printf ("trinary operator arguments 1\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2: + printf ("trinary operator arguments 1\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL: + printf ("literal\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG: + printf ("negative literal\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE: + printf ("java resource\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME: + printf ("compound name\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER: + printf ("character '%c'\n", dc->u.s_character.character); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE: + printf ("decltype\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION: + printf ("pack expansion\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT: + printf ("tls init function\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER: + printf ("tls wrapper function\n"); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG: + printf ("default argument %d\n", dc->u.s_unary_num.num); + d_dump (dc->u.s_unary_num.sub, indent+2); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: + printf ("lambda %d\n", dc->u.s_unary_num.num); + d_dump (dc->u.s_unary_num.sub, indent+2); + return; + } + + d_dump (d_left (dc), indent + 2); + d_dump (d_right (dc), indent + 2); +} + +#endif /* CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG */ + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +int +cplus_demangle_fill_name (struct demangle_component *p, const char *s, int len) +{ + if (p == NULL || s == NULL || len == 0) + return 0; + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME; + p->u.s_name.s = s; + p->u.s_name.len = len; + return 1; +} + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +int +cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *p, int args, + struct demangle_component *name) +{ + if (p == NULL || args < 0 || name == NULL) + return 0; + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR; + p->u.s_extended_operator.args = args; + p->u.s_extended_operator.name = name; + return 1; +} + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +int +cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *p, + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name) +{ + if (p == NULL + || name == NULL + || (int) kind < gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor + || (int) kind > gnu_v3_object_ctor_group) + return 0; + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR; + p->u.s_ctor.kind = kind; + p->u.s_ctor.name = name; + return 1; +} + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +int +cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *p, + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name) +{ + if (p == NULL + || name == NULL + || (int) kind < gnu_v3_deleting_dtor + || (int) kind > gnu_v3_object_dtor_group) + return 0; + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR; + p->u.s_dtor.kind = kind; + p->u.s_dtor.name = name; + return 1; +} + +/* Add a new component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_empty (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + if (di->next_comp >= di->num_comps) + return NULL; + p = &di->comps[di->next_comp]; + ++di->next_comp; + return p; +} + +/* Add a new generic component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type, + struct demangle_component *left, + struct demangle_component *right) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + /* We check for errors here. A typical error would be a NULL return + from a subroutine. We catch those here, and return NULL + upward. */ + switch (type) + { + /* These types require two parameters. */ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE: + if (left == NULL || right == NULL) + return NULL; + break; + + /* These types only require one parameter. */ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2: + if (left == NULL) + return NULL; + break; + + /* This needs a right parameter, but the left parameter can be + empty. */ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST: + if (right == NULL) + return NULL; + break; + + /* These are allowed to have no parameters--in some cases they + will be filled in later. */ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST: + break; + + /* Other types should not be seen here. */ + default: + return NULL; + } + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = type; + p->u.s_binary.left = left; + p->u.s_binary.right = right; + } + return p; +} + +/* Add a new demangle mangled name component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_demangle_mangled_name (struct d_info *di, const char *s) +{ + if (d_peek_char (di) != '_' || d_peek_next_char (di) != 'Z') + return d_make_name (di, s, strlen (s)); + d_advance (di, 2); + return d_encoding (di, 0); +} + +/* Add a new name component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_name (struct d_info *di, const char *s, int len) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (! cplus_demangle_fill_name (p, s, len)) + return NULL; + return p; +} + +/* Add a new builtin type component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_builtin_type (struct d_info *di, + const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + if (type == NULL) + return NULL; + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE; + p->u.s_builtin.type = type; + } + return p; +} + +/* Add a new operator component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_operator (struct d_info *di, const struct demangle_operator_info *op) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR; + p->u.s_operator.op = op; + } + return p; +} + +/* Add a new extended operator component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_extended_operator (struct d_info *di, int args, + struct demangle_component *name) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (! cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (p, args, name)) + return NULL; + return p; +} + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_default_arg (struct d_info *di, int num, + struct demangle_component *sub) +{ + struct demangle_component *p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG; + p->u.s_unary_num.num = num; + p->u.s_unary_num.sub = sub; + } + return p; +} + +/* Add a new constructor component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_ctor (struct d_info *di, enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (! cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (p, kind, name)) + return NULL; + return p; +} + +/* Add a new destructor component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_dtor (struct d_info *di, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (! cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (p, kind, name)) + return NULL; + return p; +} + +/* Add a new template parameter. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_template_param (struct d_info *di, long i) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM; + p->u.s_number.number = i; + } + return p; +} + +/* Add a new function parameter. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_function_param (struct d_info *di, long i) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM; + p->u.s_number.number = i; + } + return p; +} + +/* Add a new standard substitution component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_sub (struct d_info *di, const char *name, int len) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD; + p->u.s_string.string = name; + p->u.s_string.len = len; + } + return p; +} + +/* ::= _Z []* + + TOP_LEVEL is non-zero when called at the top level. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +struct demangle_component * +cplus_demangle_mangled_name (struct d_info *di, int top_level) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + + if (! d_check_char (di, '_') + /* Allow missing _ if not at toplevel to work around a + bug in G++ abi-version=2 mangling; see the comment in + write_template_arg. */ + && top_level) + return NULL; + if (! d_check_char (di, 'Z')) + return NULL; + p = d_encoding (di, top_level); + + /* If at top level and parsing parameters, check for a clone + suffix. */ + if (top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) != 0) + while (d_peek_char (di) == '.' + && (IS_LOWER (d_peek_next_char (di)) + || d_peek_next_char (di) == '_' + || IS_DIGIT (d_peek_next_char (di)))) + p = d_clone_suffix (di, p); + + return p; +} + +/* Return whether a function should have a return type. The argument + is the function name, which may be qualified in various ways. The + rules are that template functions have return types with some + exceptions, function types which are not part of a function name + mangling have return types with some exceptions, and non-template + function names do not have return types. The exceptions are that + constructors, destructors, and conversion operators do not have + return types. */ + +static int +has_return_type (struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (dc == NULL) + return 0; + switch (dc->type) + { + default: + return 0; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: + return ! is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_left (dc)); + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + return has_return_type (d_left (dc)); + } +} + +/* Return whether a name is a constructor, a destructor, or a + conversion operator. */ + +static int +is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (dc == NULL) + return 0; + switch (dc->type) + { + default: + return 0; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + return is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_right (dc)); + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + return 1; + } +} + +/* ::= <(function) name> + ::= <(data) name> + ::= + + TOP_LEVEL is non-zero when called at the top level, in which case + if DMGL_PARAMS is not set we do not demangle the function + parameters. We only set this at the top level, because otherwise + we would not correctly demangle names in local scopes. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_encoding (struct d_info *di, int top_level) +{ + char peek = d_peek_char (di); + + if (peek == 'G' || peek == 'T') + return d_special_name (di); + else + { + struct demangle_component *dc; + + dc = d_name (di); + + if (dc != NULL && top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) == 0) + { + /* Strip off any initial CV-qualifiers, as they really apply + to the `this' parameter, and they were not output by the + v2 demangler without DMGL_PARAMS. */ + while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS) + dc = d_left (dc); + + /* If the top level is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then + there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which + really apply here; this happens when parsing a class + which is local to a function. */ + if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME) + { + struct demangle_component *dcr; + + dcr = d_right (dc); + while (dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS + || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS) + dcr = d_left (dcr); + dc->u.s_binary.right = dcr; + } + + return dc; + } + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (dc == NULL || peek == '\0' || peek == 'E') + return dc; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, dc, + d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type (dc))); + } +} + +/* ::= B */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_abi_tags (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + char peek; + while (peek = d_peek_char (di), + peek == 'B') + { + struct demangle_component *tag; + d_advance (di, 1); + tag = d_source_name (di); + dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME, dc, tag); + } + return dc; +} + +/* ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + + ::= + ::= St + + ::= + ::= +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + char peek = d_peek_char (di); + struct demangle_component *dc; + + switch (peek) + { + case 'N': + return d_nested_name (di); + + case 'Z': + return d_local_name (di); + + case 'L': + case 'U': + return d_unqualified_name (di); + + case 'S': + { + int subst; + + if (d_peek_next_char (di) != 't') + { + dc = d_substitution (di, 0); + subst = 1; + } + else + { + d_advance (di, 2); + dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, + d_make_name (di, "std", 3), + d_unqualified_name (di)); + di->expansion += 3; + subst = 0; + } + + if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I') + { + /* The grammar does not permit this case to occur if we + called d_substitution() above (i.e., subst == 1). We + don't bother to check. */ + } + else + { + /* This is , which means that we just saw + , which is a substitution + candidate if we didn't just get it from a + substitution. */ + if (! subst) + { + if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc)) + return NULL; + } + dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, dc, + d_template_args (di)); + } + + return dc; + } + + default: + dc = d_unqualified_name (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + { + /* This is , which means that we just saw + , which is a substitution + candidate. */ + if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc)) + return NULL; + dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, dc, + d_template_args (di)); + } + return dc; + } +} + +/* ::= N [] [] E + ::= N [] [] E +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_nested_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + struct demangle_component **pret; + struct demangle_component *rqual; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'N')) + return NULL; + + pret = d_cv_qualifiers (di, &ret, 1); + if (pret == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Parse the ref-qualifier now and then attach it + once we have something to attach it to. */ + rqual = d_ref_qualifier (di, NULL); + + *pret = d_prefix (di); + if (*pret == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (rqual) + { + d_left (rqual) = ret; + ret = rqual; + } + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + + return ret; +} + +/* ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + + ::= <(template) unqualified-name> + ::= + ::= +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_prefix (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret = NULL; + + while (1) + { + char peek; + enum demangle_component_type comb_type; + struct demangle_component *dc; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == '\0') + return NULL; + + /* The older code accepts a here, but I don't see + that in the grammar. The older code does not accept a + here. */ + + comb_type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME; + if (peek == 'D') + { + char peek2 = d_peek_next_char (di); + if (peek2 == 'T' || peek2 == 't') + /* Decltype. */ + dc = cplus_demangle_type (di); + else + /* Destructor name. */ + dc = d_unqualified_name (di); + } + else if (IS_DIGIT (peek) + || IS_LOWER (peek) + || peek == 'C' + || peek == 'U' + || peek == 'L') + dc = d_unqualified_name (di); + else if (peek == 'S') + dc = d_substitution (di, 1); + else if (peek == 'I') + { + if (ret == NULL) + return NULL; + comb_type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE; + dc = d_template_args (di); + } + else if (peek == 'T') + dc = d_template_param (di); + else if (peek == 'E') + return ret; + else if (peek == 'M') + { + /* Initializer scope for a lambda. We don't need to represent + this; the normal code will just treat the variable as a type + scope, which gives appropriate output. */ + if (ret == NULL) + return NULL; + d_advance (di, 1); + continue; + } + else + return NULL; + + if (ret == NULL) + ret = dc; + else + ret = d_make_comp (di, comb_type, ret, dc); + + if (peek != 'S' && d_peek_char (di) != 'E') + { + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + } + } +} + +/* ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + + ::= L +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + char peek; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (IS_DIGIT (peek)) + ret = d_source_name (di); + else if (IS_LOWER (peek)) + { + ret = d_operator_name (di); + if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR) + { + di->expansion += sizeof "operator" + ret->u.s_operator.op->len - 2; + if (!strcmp (ret->u.s_operator.op->code, "li")) + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, ret, + d_source_name (di)); + } + } + else if (peek == 'C' || peek == 'D') + ret = d_ctor_dtor_name (di); + else if (peek == 'L') + { + d_advance (di, 1); + + ret = d_source_name (di); + if (ret == NULL) + return NULL; + if (! d_discriminator (di)) + return NULL; + } + else if (peek == 'U') + { + switch (d_peek_next_char (di)) + { + case 'l': + ret = d_lambda (di); + break; + case 't': + ret = d_unnamed_type (di); + break; + default: + return NULL; + } + } + else + return NULL; + + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'B') + ret = d_abi_tags (di, ret); + return ret; +} + +/* ::= <(positive length) number> */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_source_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + long len; + struct demangle_component *ret; + + len = d_number (di); + if (len <= 0) + return NULL; + ret = d_identifier (di, len); + di->last_name = ret; + return ret; +} + +/* number ::= [n] <(non-negative decimal integer)> */ + +static long +d_number (struct d_info *di) +{ + int negative; + char peek; + long ret; + + negative = 0; + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'n') + { + negative = 1; + d_advance (di, 1); + peek = d_peek_char (di); + } + + ret = 0; + while (1) + { + if (! IS_DIGIT (peek)) + { + if (negative) + ret = - ret; + return ret; + } + ret = ret * 10 + peek - '0'; + d_advance (di, 1); + peek = d_peek_char (di); + } +} + +/* Like d_number, but returns a demangle_component. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_number_component (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret = d_make_empty (di); + if (ret) + { + ret->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER; + ret->u.s_number.number = d_number (di); + } + return ret; +} + +/* identifier ::= <(unqualified source code identifier)> */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_identifier (struct d_info *di, int len) +{ + const char *name; + + name = d_str (di); + + if (di->send - name < len) + return NULL; + + d_advance (di, len); + + /* A Java mangled name may have a trailing '$' if it is a C++ + keyword. This '$' is not included in the length count. We just + ignore the '$'. */ + if ((di->options & DMGL_JAVA) != 0 + && d_peek_char (di) == '$') + d_advance (di, 1); + + /* Look for something which looks like a gcc encoding of an + anonymous namespace, and replace it with a more user friendly + name. */ + if (len >= (int) ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN + 2 + && memcmp (name, ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX, + ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN) == 0) + { + const char *s; + + s = name + ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN; + if ((*s == '.' || *s == '_' || *s == '$') + && s[1] == 'N') + { + di->expansion -= len - sizeof "(anonymous namespace)"; + return d_make_name (di, "(anonymous namespace)", + sizeof "(anonymous namespace)" - 1); + } + } + + return d_make_name (di, name, len); +} + +/* operator_name ::= many different two character encodings. + ::= cv + ::= v + + This list is sorted for binary search. */ + +#define NL(s) s, (sizeof s) - 1 + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] = +{ + { "aN", NL ("&="), 2 }, + { "aS", NL ("="), 2 }, + { "aa", NL ("&&"), 2 }, + { "ad", NL ("&"), 1 }, + { "an", NL ("&"), 2 }, + { "at", NL ("alignof "), 1 }, + { "az", NL ("alignof "), 1 }, + { "cc", NL ("const_cast"), 2 }, + { "cl", NL ("()"), 2 }, + { "cm", NL (","), 2 }, + { "co", NL ("~"), 1 }, + { "dV", NL ("/="), 2 }, + { "da", NL ("delete[] "), 1 }, + { "dc", NL ("dynamic_cast"), 2 }, + { "de", NL ("*"), 1 }, + { "dl", NL ("delete "), 1 }, + { "ds", NL (".*"), 2 }, + { "dt", NL ("."), 2 }, + { "dv", NL ("/"), 2 }, + { "eO", NL ("^="), 2 }, + { "eo", NL ("^"), 2 }, + { "eq", NL ("=="), 2 }, + { "ge", NL (">="), 2 }, + { "gs", NL ("::"), 1 }, + { "gt", NL (">"), 2 }, + { "ix", NL ("[]"), 2 }, + { "lS", NL ("<<="), 2 }, + { "le", NL ("<="), 2 }, + { "li", NL ("operator\"\" "), 1 }, + { "ls", NL ("<<"), 2 }, + { "lt", NL ("<"), 2 }, + { "mI", NL ("-="), 2 }, + { "mL", NL ("*="), 2 }, + { "mi", NL ("-"), 2 }, + { "ml", NL ("*"), 2 }, + { "mm", NL ("--"), 1 }, + { "na", NL ("new[]"), 3 }, + { "ne", NL ("!="), 2 }, + { "ng", NL ("-"), 1 }, + { "nt", NL ("!"), 1 }, + { "nw", NL ("new"), 3 }, + { "oR", NL ("|="), 2 }, + { "oo", NL ("||"), 2 }, + { "or", NL ("|"), 2 }, + { "pL", NL ("+="), 2 }, + { "pl", NL ("+"), 2 }, + { "pm", NL ("->*"), 2 }, + { "pp", NL ("++"), 1 }, + { "ps", NL ("+"), 1 }, + { "pt", NL ("->"), 2 }, + { "qu", NL ("?"), 3 }, + { "rM", NL ("%="), 2 }, + { "rS", NL (">>="), 2 }, + { "rc", NL ("reinterpret_cast"), 2 }, + { "rm", NL ("%"), 2 }, + { "rs", NL (">>"), 2 }, + { "sc", NL ("static_cast"), 2 }, + { "st", NL ("sizeof "), 1 }, + { "sz", NL ("sizeof "), 1 }, + { "tr", NL ("throw"), 0 }, + { "tw", NL ("throw "), 1 }, + { NULL, NULL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static struct demangle_component * +d_operator_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + char c1; + char c2; + + c1 = d_next_char (di); + c2 = d_next_char (di); + if (c1 == 'v' && IS_DIGIT (c2)) + return d_make_extended_operator (di, c2 - '0', d_source_name (di)); + else if (c1 == 'c' && c2 == 'v') + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + else + { + /* LOW is the inclusive lower bound. */ + int low = 0; + /* HIGH is the exclusive upper bound. We subtract one to ignore + the sentinel at the end of the array. */ + int high = ((sizeof (cplus_demangle_operators) + / sizeof (cplus_demangle_operators[0])) + - 1); + + while (1) + { + int i; + const struct demangle_operator_info *p; + + i = low + (high - low) / 2; + p = cplus_demangle_operators + i; + + if (c1 == p->code[0] && c2 == p->code[1]) + return d_make_operator (di, p); + + if (c1 < p->code[0] || (c1 == p->code[0] && c2 < p->code[1])) + high = i; + else + low = i + 1; + if (low == high) + return NULL; + } + } +} + +static struct demangle_component * +d_make_character (struct d_info *di, int c) +{ + struct demangle_component *p; + p = d_make_empty (di); + if (p != NULL) + { + p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER; + p->u.s_character.character = c; + } + return p; +} + +static struct demangle_component * +d_java_resource (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *p = NULL; + struct demangle_component *next = NULL; + long len, i; + char c; + const char *str; + + len = d_number (di); + if (len <= 1) + return NULL; + + /* Eat the leading '_'. */ + if (d_next_char (di) != '_') + return NULL; + len--; + + str = d_str (di); + i = 0; + + while (len > 0) + { + c = str[i]; + if (!c) + return NULL; + + /* Each chunk is either a '$' escape... */ + if (c == '$') + { + i++; + switch (str[i++]) + { + case 'S': + c = '/'; + break; + case '_': + c = '.'; + break; + case '$': + c = '$'; + break; + default: + return NULL; + } + next = d_make_character (di, c); + d_advance (di, i); + str = d_str (di); + len -= i; + i = 0; + if (next == NULL) + return NULL; + } + /* ... or a sequence of characters. */ + else + { + while (i < len && str[i] && str[i] != '$') + i++; + + next = d_make_name (di, str, i); + d_advance (di, i); + str = d_str (di); + len -= i; + i = 0; + if (next == NULL) + return NULL; + } + + if (p == NULL) + p = next; + else + { + p = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME, p, next); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + } + } + + p = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE, p, NULL); + + return p; +} + +/* ::= TV + ::= TT + ::= TI + ::= TS + ::= GV <(object) name> + ::= T <(base) encoding> + ::= Tc <(base) encoding> + Also g++ extensions: + ::= TC <(offset) number> _ <(base) type> + ::= TF + ::= TJ + ::= GR + ::= GA + ::= Gr + ::= GTt + ::= GTn +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_special_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + di->expansion += 20; + if (d_check_char (di, 'T')) + { + switch (d_next_char (di)) + { + case 'V': + di->expansion -= 5; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + case 'T': + di->expansion -= 10; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + case 'I': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + case 'S': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + + case 'h': + if (! d_call_offset (di, 'h')) + return NULL; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK, + d_encoding (di, 0), NULL); + + case 'v': + if (! d_call_offset (di, 'v')) + return NULL; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK, + d_encoding (di, 0), NULL); + + case 'c': + if (! d_call_offset (di, '\0')) + return NULL; + if (! d_call_offset (di, '\0')) + return NULL; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK, + d_encoding (di, 0), NULL); + + case 'C': + { + struct demangle_component *derived_type; + long offset; + struct demangle_component *base_type; + + derived_type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + offset = d_number (di); + if (offset < 0) + return NULL; + if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + return NULL; + base_type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + /* We don't display the offset. FIXME: We should display + it in verbose mode. */ + di->expansion += 5; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE, + base_type, derived_type); + } + + case 'F': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + case 'J': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + + case 'H': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT, + d_name (di), NULL); + + case 'W': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER, + d_name (di), NULL); + + default: + return NULL; + } + } + else if (d_check_char (di, 'G')) + { + switch (d_next_char (di)) + { + case 'V': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, d_name (di), NULL); + + case 'R': + { + struct demangle_component *name = d_name (di); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP, name, + d_number_component (di)); + } + + case 'A': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS, + d_encoding (di, 0), NULL); + + case 'T': + switch (d_next_char (di)) + { + case 'n': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE, + d_encoding (di, 0), NULL); + default: + /* ??? The proposal is that other letters (such as 'h') stand + for different variants of transaction cloning, such as + compiling directly for hardware transaction support. But + they still should all be transactional clones of some sort + so go ahead and call them that. */ + case 't': + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE, + d_encoding (di, 0), NULL); + } + + case 'r': + return d_java_resource (di); + + default: + return NULL; + } + } + else + return NULL; +} + +/* ::= h _ + ::= v _ + + ::= <(offset) number> + + ::= <(offset) number> _ <(virtual offset) number> + + The C parameter, if not '\0', is a character we just read which is + the start of the . + + We don't display the offset information anywhere. FIXME: We should + display it in verbose mode. */ + +static int +d_call_offset (struct d_info *di, int c) +{ + if (c == '\0') + c = d_next_char (di); + + if (c == 'h') + d_number (di); + else if (c == 'v') + { + d_number (di); + if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + return 0; + d_number (di); + } + else + return 0; + + if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + +/* ::= C1 + ::= C2 + ::= C3 + ::= D0 + ::= D1 + ::= D2 +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_ctor_dtor_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + if (di->last_name != NULL) + { + if (di->last_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME) + di->expansion += di->last_name->u.s_name.len; + else if (di->last_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD) + di->expansion += di->last_name->u.s_string.len; + } + switch (d_peek_char (di)) + { + case 'C': + { + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind; + + switch (d_peek_next_char (di)) + { + case '1': + kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor; + break; + case '2': + kind = gnu_v3_base_object_ctor; + break; + case '3': + kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor; + break; + case '5': + kind = gnu_v3_object_ctor_group; + break; + default: + return NULL; + } + d_advance (di, 2); + return d_make_ctor (di, kind, di->last_name); + } + + case 'D': + { + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind; + + switch (d_peek_next_char (di)) + { + case '0': + kind = gnu_v3_deleting_dtor; + break; + case '1': + kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor; + break; + case '2': + kind = gnu_v3_base_object_dtor; + break; + case '5': + kind = gnu_v3_object_dtor_group; + break; + default: + return NULL; + } + d_advance (di, 2); + return d_make_dtor (di, kind, di->last_name); + } + + default: + return NULL; + } +} + +/* ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= + ::= P + ::= R + ::= O (C++0x) + ::= C + ::= G + ::= U + + ::= various one letter codes + ::= u +*/ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +const struct demangle_builtin_type_info +cplus_demangle_builtin_types[D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT] = +{ + /* a */ { NL ("signed char"), NL ("signed char"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* b */ { NL ("bool"), NL ("boolean"), D_PRINT_BOOL }, + /* c */ { NL ("char"), NL ("byte"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* d */ { NL ("double"), NL ("double"), D_PRINT_FLOAT }, + /* e */ { NL ("long double"), NL ("long double"), D_PRINT_FLOAT }, + /* f */ { NL ("float"), NL ("float"), D_PRINT_FLOAT }, + /* g */ { NL ("__float128"), NL ("__float128"), D_PRINT_FLOAT }, + /* h */ { NL ("unsigned char"), NL ("unsigned char"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* i */ { NL ("int"), NL ("int"), D_PRINT_INT }, + /* j */ { NL ("unsigned int"), NL ("unsigned"), D_PRINT_UNSIGNED }, + /* k */ { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* l */ { NL ("long"), NL ("long"), D_PRINT_LONG }, + /* m */ { NL ("unsigned long"), NL ("unsigned long"), D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG }, + /* n */ { NL ("__int128"), NL ("__int128"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* o */ { NL ("unsigned __int128"), NL ("unsigned __int128"), + D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* p */ { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* q */ { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* r */ { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* s */ { NL ("short"), NL ("short"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* t */ { NL ("unsigned short"), NL ("unsigned short"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* u */ { NULL, 0, NULL, 0, D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* v */ { NL ("void"), NL ("void"), D_PRINT_VOID }, + /* w */ { NL ("wchar_t"), NL ("char"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* x */ { NL ("long long"), NL ("long"), D_PRINT_LONG_LONG }, + /* y */ { NL ("unsigned long long"), NL ("unsigned long long"), + D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG }, + /* z */ { NL ("..."), NL ("..."), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 26 */ { NL ("decimal32"), NL ("decimal32"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 27 */ { NL ("decimal64"), NL ("decimal64"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 28 */ { NL ("decimal128"), NL ("decimal128"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 29 */ { NL ("half"), NL ("half"), D_PRINT_FLOAT }, + /* 30 */ { NL ("char8_t"), NL ("char8_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 31 */ { NL ("char16_t"), NL ("char16_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 32 */ { NL ("char32_t"), NL ("char32_t"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, + /* 33 */ { NL ("decltype(nullptr)"), NL ("decltype(nullptr)"), + D_PRINT_DEFAULT }, +}; + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +struct demangle_component * +cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + char peek; + struct demangle_component *ret; + int can_subst; + + /* The ABI specifies that when CV-qualifiers are used, the base type + is substitutable, and the fully qualified type is substitutable, + but the base type with a strict subset of the CV-qualifiers is + not substitutable. The natural recursive implementation of the + CV-qualifiers would cause subsets to be substitutable, so instead + we pull them all off now. + + FIXME: The ABI says that order-insensitive vendor qualifiers + should be handled in the same way, but we have no way to tell + which vendor qualifiers are order-insensitive and which are + order-sensitive. So we just assume that they are all + order-sensitive. g++ 3.4 supports only one vendor qualifier, + __vector, and it treats it as order-sensitive when mangling + names. */ + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K') + { + struct demangle_component **pret; + + pret = d_cv_qualifiers (di, &ret, 0); + if (pret == NULL) + return NULL; + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'F') + { + /* cv-qualifiers before a function type apply to 'this', + so avoid adding the unqualified function type to + the substitution list. */ + *pret = d_function_type (di); + } + else + *pret = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (!*pret) + return NULL; + if ((*pret)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS + || (*pret)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS) + { + /* Move the ref-qualifier outside the cv-qualifiers so that + they are printed in the right order. */ + struct demangle_component *fn = d_left (*pret); + d_left (*pret) = ret; + ret = *pret; + *pret = fn; + } + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + return ret; + } + + can_subst = 1; + + switch (peek) + { + case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': + case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': + case 'o': case 's': case 't': + case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z': + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, + &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[peek - 'a']); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + can_subst = 0; + d_advance (di, 1); + break; + + case 'u': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE, + d_source_name (di), NULL); + break; + + case 'F': + ret = d_function_type (di); + break; + + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case 'N': + case 'Z': + ret = d_class_enum_type (di); + break; + + case 'A': + ret = d_array_type (di); + break; + + case 'M': + ret = d_pointer_to_member_type (di); + break; + + case 'T': + ret = d_template_param (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + { + /* This is . The + part is a substitution + candidate. */ + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, + d_template_args (di)); + } + break; + + case 'S': + /* If this is a special substitution, then it is the start of + . */ + { + char peek_next; + + peek_next = d_peek_next_char (di); + if (IS_DIGIT (peek_next) + || peek_next == '_' + || IS_UPPER (peek_next)) + { + ret = d_substitution (di, 0); + /* The substituted name may have been a template name and + may be followed by tepmlate args. */ + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, + d_template_args (di)); + else + can_subst = 0; + } + else + { + ret = d_class_enum_type (di); + /* If the substitution was a complete type, then it is not + a new substitution candidate. However, if the + substitution was followed by template arguments, then + the whole thing is a substitution candidate. */ + if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD) + can_subst = 0; + } + } + break; + + case 'O': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + break; + + case 'P': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + break; + + case 'R': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + break; + + case 'C': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + break; + + case 'G': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + break; + + case 'U': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_source_name (di); + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL, + cplus_demangle_type (di), ret); + break; + + case 'D': + can_subst = 0; + d_advance (di, 1); + peek = d_next_char (di); + switch (peek) + { + case 'T': + case 't': + /* decltype (expression) */ + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE, + d_expression (di), NULL); + if (ret && d_next_char (di) != 'E') + ret = NULL; + can_subst = 1; + break; + + case 'p': + /* Pack expansion. */ + ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION, + cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL); + can_subst = 1; + break; + + case 'a': + /* auto */ + ret = d_make_name (di, "auto", 4); + break; + + case 'f': + /* 32-bit decimal floating point */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[26]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + case 'd': + /* 64-bit DFP */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[27]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + case 'e': + /* 128-bit DFP */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[28]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + case 'h': + /* 16-bit half-precision FP */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[29]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + case 'u': + /* char8_t */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[30]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + case 's': + /* char16_t */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[31]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + case 'i': + /* char32_t */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[32]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + + case 'F': + /* Fixed point types. DF */ + ret = d_make_empty (di); + ret->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE; + if ((ret->u.s_fixed.accum = IS_DIGIT (d_peek_char (di)))) + /* For demangling we don't care about the bits. */ + d_number (di); + ret->u.s_fixed.length = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (ret->u.s_fixed.length == NULL) + return NULL; + d_number (di); + peek = d_next_char (di); + ret->u.s_fixed.sat = (peek == 's'); + break; + + case 'v': + ret = d_vector_type (di); + can_subst = 1; + break; + + case 'n': + /* decltype(nullptr) */ + ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[33]); + di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len; + break; + + default: + return NULL; + } + break; + + default: + return NULL; + } + + if (can_subst) + { + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + } + + return ret; +} + +/* ::= [r] [V] [K] */ + +static struct demangle_component ** +d_cv_qualifiers (struct d_info *di, + struct demangle_component **pret, int member_fn) +{ + struct demangle_component **pstart; + char peek; + + pstart = pret; + peek = d_peek_char (di); + while (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K') + { + enum demangle_component_type t; + + d_advance (di, 1); + if (peek == 'r') + { + t = (member_fn + ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT); + di->expansion += sizeof "restrict"; + } + else if (peek == 'V') + { + t = (member_fn + ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE); + di->expansion += sizeof "volatile"; + } + else + { + t = (member_fn + ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST); + di->expansion += sizeof "const"; + } + + *pret = d_make_comp (di, t, NULL, NULL); + if (*pret == NULL) + return NULL; + pret = &d_left (*pret); + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + } + + if (!member_fn && peek == 'F') + { + while (pstart != pret) + { + switch ((*pstart)->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + (*pstart)->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + (*pstart)->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + (*pstart)->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS; + break; + default: + break; + } + pstart = &d_left (*pstart); + } + } + + return pret; +} + +/* ::= R + ::= O */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_ref_qualifier (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *sub) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret = sub; + char peek; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'R' || peek == 'O') + { + enum demangle_component_type t; + if (peek == 'R') + { + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS; + di->expansion += sizeof "&"; + } + else + { + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS; + di->expansion += sizeof "&&"; + } + d_advance (di, 1); + + ret = d_make_comp (di, t, ret, NULL); + } + + return ret; +} + +/* ::= F [Y] [] E */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_function_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'F')) + return NULL; + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'Y') + { + /* Function has C linkage. We don't print this information. + FIXME: We should print it in verbose mode. */ + d_advance (di, 1); + } + ret = d_bare_function_type (di, 1); + ret = d_ref_qualifier (di, ret); + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + return ret; +} + +/* + */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_parmlist (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *tl; + struct demangle_component **ptl; + + tl = NULL; + ptl = &tl; + while (1) + { + struct demangle_component *type; + + char peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == '\0' || peek == 'E' || peek == '.') + break; + if ((peek == 'R' || peek == 'O') + && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'E') + /* Function ref-qualifier, not a ref prefix for a parameter type. */ + break; + type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (type == NULL) + return NULL; + *ptl = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST, type, NULL); + if (*ptl == NULL) + return NULL; + ptl = &d_right (*ptl); + } + + /* There should be at least one parameter type besides the optional + return type. A function which takes no arguments will have a + single parameter type void. */ + if (tl == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* If we have a single parameter type void, omit it. */ + if (d_right (tl) == NULL + && d_left (tl)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE + && d_left (tl)->u.s_builtin.type->print == D_PRINT_VOID) + { + di->expansion -= d_left (tl)->u.s_builtin.type->len; + d_left (tl) = NULL; + } + + return tl; +} + +/* ::= [J]+ */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_bare_function_type (struct d_info *di, int has_return_type) +{ + struct demangle_component *return_type; + struct demangle_component *tl; + char peek; + + /* Detect special qualifier indicating that the first argument + is the return type. */ + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'J') + { + d_advance (di, 1); + has_return_type = 1; + } + + if (has_return_type) + { + return_type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (return_type == NULL) + return NULL; + } + else + return_type = NULL; + + tl = d_parmlist (di); + if (tl == NULL) + return NULL; + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE, + return_type, tl); +} + +/* ::= */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_class_enum_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + return d_name (di); +} + +/* ::= A <(positive dimension) number> _ <(element) type> + ::= A [<(dimension) expression>] _ <(element) type> +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_array_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + char peek; + struct demangle_component *dim; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'A')) + return NULL; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == '_') + dim = NULL; + else if (IS_DIGIT (peek)) + { + const char *s; + + s = d_str (di); + do + { + d_advance (di, 1); + peek = d_peek_char (di); + } + while (IS_DIGIT (peek)); + dim = d_make_name (di, s, d_str (di) - s); + if (dim == NULL) + return NULL; + } + else + { + dim = d_expression (di); + if (dim == NULL) + return NULL; + } + + if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + return NULL; + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE, dim, + cplus_demangle_type (di)); +} + +/* ::= Dv _ + ::= Dv _ _ */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_vector_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + char peek; + struct demangle_component *dim; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == '_') + { + d_advance (di, 1); + dim = d_expression (di); + } + else + dim = d_number_component (di); + + if (dim == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + return NULL; + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE, dim, + cplus_demangle_type (di)); +} + +/* ::= M <(class) type> <(member) type> */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_pointer_to_member_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *cl; + struct demangle_component *mem; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'M')) + return NULL; + + cl = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (cl == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* The ABI says, "The type of a non-static member function is considered + to be different, for the purposes of substitution, from the type of a + namespace-scope or static member function whose type appears + similar. The types of two non-static member functions are considered + to be different, for the purposes of substitution, if the functions + are members of different classes. In other words, for the purposes of + substitution, the class of which the function is a member is + considered part of the type of function." + + For a pointer to member function, this call to cplus_demangle_type + will end up adding a (possibly qualified) non-member function type to + the substitution table, which is not correct; however, the member + function type will never be used in a substitution, so putting the + wrong type in the substitution table is harmless. */ + + mem = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (mem == NULL) + return NULL; + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE, cl, mem); +} + +/* _ */ + +static long +d_compact_number (struct d_info *di) +{ + long num; + if (d_peek_char (di) == '_') + num = 0; + else if (d_peek_char (di) == 'n') + return -1; + else + num = d_number (di) + 1; + + if (! d_check_char (di, '_')) + return -1; + return num; +} + +/* ::= T_ + ::= T <(parameter-2 non-negative) number> _ +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_template_param (struct d_info *di) +{ + long param; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'T')) + return NULL; + + param = d_compact_number (di); + if (param < 0) + return NULL; + + ++di->did_subs; + + return d_make_template_param (di, param); +} + +/* ::= I + E */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_template_args (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *hold_last_name; + struct demangle_component *al; + struct demangle_component **pal; + + /* Preserve the last name we saw--don't let the template arguments + clobber it, as that would give us the wrong name for a subsequent + constructor or destructor. */ + hold_last_name = di->last_name; + + if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I' + && d_peek_char (di) != 'J') + return NULL; + d_advance (di, 1); + + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E') + { + /* An argument pack can be empty. */ + d_advance (di, 1); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST, NULL, NULL); + } + + al = NULL; + pal = &al; + while (1) + { + struct demangle_component *a; + + a = d_template_arg (di); + if (a == NULL) + return NULL; + + *pal = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST, a, NULL); + if (*pal == NULL) + return NULL; + pal = &d_right (*pal); + + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E') + { + d_advance (di, 1); + break; + } + } + + di->last_name = hold_last_name; + + return al; +} + +/* ::= + ::= X E + ::= +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_template_arg (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + + switch (d_peek_char (di)) + { + case 'X': + d_advance (di, 1); + ret = d_expression (di); + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + return ret; + + case 'L': + return d_expr_primary (di); + + case 'I': + case 'J': + /* An argument pack. */ + return d_template_args (di); + + default: + return cplus_demangle_type (di); + } +} + +/* Parse a sequence of expressions until we hit the terminator + character. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_exprlist (struct d_info *di, char terminator) +{ + struct demangle_component *list = NULL; + struct demangle_component **p = &list; + + if (d_peek_char (di) == terminator) + { + d_advance (di, 1); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST, NULL, NULL); + } + + while (1) + { + struct demangle_component *arg = d_expression (di); + if (arg == NULL) + return NULL; + + *p = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST, arg, NULL); + if (*p == NULL) + return NULL; + p = &d_right (*p); + + if (d_peek_char (di) == terminator) + { + d_advance (di, 1); + break; + } + } + + return list; +} + +/* Returns nonzero iff OP is an operator for a C++ cast: const_cast, + dynamic_cast, static_cast or reinterpret_cast. */ + +static int +op_is_new_cast (struct demangle_component *op) +{ + const char *code = op->u.s_operator.op->code; + return (code[1] == 'c' + && (code[0] == 's' || code[0] == 'd' + || code[0] == 'c' || code[0] == 'r')); +} + +/* ::= <(unary) operator-name> + ::= <(binary) operator-name> + ::= <(trinary) operator-name> + ::= cl + E + ::= st + ::= + ::= sr + ::= sr + ::= +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_expression (struct d_info *di) +{ + char peek; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'L') + return d_expr_primary (di); + else if (peek == 'T') + return d_template_param (di); + else if (peek == 's' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'r') + { + struct demangle_component *type; + struct demangle_component *name; + + d_advance (di, 2); + type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + name = d_unqualified_name (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I') + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, type, name); + else + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, type, + d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, name, + d_template_args (di))); + } + else if (peek == 's' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'p') + { + d_advance (di, 2); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION, + d_expression (di), NULL); + } + else if (peek == 'f' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'p') + { + /* Function parameter used in a late-specified return type. */ + int index; + d_advance (di, 2); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'T') + { + /* 'this' parameter. */ + d_advance (di, 1); + index = 0; + } + else + { + index = d_compact_number (di) + 1; + if (index == 0) + return NULL; + } + return d_make_function_param (di, index); + } + else if (IS_DIGIT (peek) + || (peek == 'o' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'n')) + { + /* We can get an unqualified name as an expression in the case of + a dependent function call, i.e. decltype(f(t)). */ + struct demangle_component *name; + + if (peek == 'o') + /* operator-function-id, i.e. operator+(t). */ + d_advance (di, 2); + + name = d_unqualified_name (di); + if (name == NULL) + return NULL; + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, name, + d_template_args (di)); + else + return name; + } + else if ((peek == 'i' || peek == 't') + && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'l') + { + /* Brace-enclosed initializer list, untyped or typed. */ + struct demangle_component *type = NULL; + if (peek == 't') + type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + d_advance (di, 2); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST, + type, d_exprlist (di, 'E')); + } + else + { + struct demangle_component *op; + const char *code = NULL; + int args; + + op = d_operator_name (di); + if (op == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (op->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR) + { + code = op->u.s_operator.op->code; + di->expansion += op->u.s_operator.op->len - 2; + if (strcmp (code, "st") == 0) + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, + cplus_demangle_type (di)); + } + + switch (op->type) + { + default: + return NULL; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR: + args = op->u.s_operator.op->args; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR: + args = op->u.s_extended_operator.args; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + args = 1; + break; + } + + switch (args) + { + case 0: + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY, op, NULL); + + case 1: + { + struct demangle_component *operand; + int suffix = 0; + + if (code && (code[0] == 'p' || code[0] == 'm') + && code[1] == code[0]) + /* pp_ and mm_ are the prefix variants. */ + suffix = !d_check_char (di, '_'); + + if (op->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST + && d_check_char (di, '_')) + operand = d_exprlist (di, 'E'); + else + operand = d_expression (di); + + if (suffix) + /* Indicate the suffix variant for d_print_comp. */ + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, + d_make_comp (di, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS, + operand, operand)); + else + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, + operand); + } + case 2: + { + struct demangle_component *left; + struct demangle_component *right; + + if (op_is_new_cast (op)) + left = cplus_demangle_type (di); + else + left = d_expression (di); + if (!strcmp (code, "cl")) + right = d_exprlist (di, 'E'); + else if (!strcmp (code, "dt") || !strcmp (code, "pt")) + { + right = d_unqualified_name (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I') + right = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, + right, d_template_args (di)); + } + else + right = d_expression (di); + + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY, op, + d_make_comp (di, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS, + left, right)); + } + case 3: + { + struct demangle_component *first; + struct demangle_component *second; + struct demangle_component *third; + + if (!strcmp (code, "qu")) + { + /* ?: expression. */ + first = d_expression (di); + second = d_expression (di); + third = d_expression (di); + } + else if (code[0] == 'n') + { + /* new-expression. */ + if (code[1] != 'w' && code[1] != 'a') + return NULL; + first = d_exprlist (di, '_'); + second = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E') + { + d_advance (di, 1); + third = NULL; + } + else if (d_peek_char (di) == 'p' + && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'i') + { + /* Parenthesized initializer. */ + d_advance (di, 2); + third = d_exprlist (di, 'E'); + } + else if (d_peek_char (di) == 'i' + && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'l') + /* initializer-list. */ + third = d_expression (di); + else + return NULL; + } + else + return NULL; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY, op, + d_make_comp (di, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1, + first, + d_make_comp (di, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2, + second, third))); + } + default: + return NULL; + } + } +} + +/* ::= L <(value) number> E + ::= L <(value) float> E + ::= L E +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_expr_primary (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'L')) + return NULL; + if (d_peek_char (di) == '_' + /* Workaround for G++ bug; see comment in write_template_arg. */ + || d_peek_char (di) == 'Z') + ret = cplus_demangle_mangled_name (di, 0); + else + { + struct demangle_component *type; + enum demangle_component_type t; + const char *s; + + type = cplus_demangle_type (di); + if (type == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* If we have a type we know how to print, we aren't going to + print the type name itself. */ + if (type->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE + && type->u.s_builtin.type->print != D_PRINT_DEFAULT) + di->expansion -= type->u.s_builtin.type->len; + + /* Rather than try to interpret the literal value, we just + collect it as a string. Note that it's possible to have a + floating point literal here. The ABI specifies that the + format of such literals is machine independent. That's fine, + but what's not fine is that versions of g++ up to 3.2 with + -fabi-version=1 used upper case letters in the hex constant, + and dumped out gcc's internal representation. That makes it + hard to tell where the constant ends, and hard to dump the + constant in any readable form anyhow. We don't attempt to + handle these cases. */ + + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL; + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'n') + { + t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG; + d_advance (di, 1); + } + s = d_str (di); + while (d_peek_char (di) != 'E') + { + if (d_peek_char (di) == '\0') + return NULL; + d_advance (di, 1); + } + ret = d_make_comp (di, t, type, d_make_name (di, s, d_str (di) - s)); + } + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + return ret; +} + +/* ::= Z <(function) encoding> E <(entity) name> [] + ::= Z <(function) encoding> E s [] + ::= Z <(function) encoding> E d [ number>] _ +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_local_name (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *function; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'Z')) + return NULL; + + function = d_encoding (di, 0); + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + + if (d_peek_char (di) == 's') + { + d_advance (di, 1); + if (! d_discriminator (di)) + return NULL; + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, + d_make_name (di, "string literal", + sizeof "string literal" - 1)); + } + else + { + struct demangle_component *name; + int num = -1; + + if (d_peek_char (di) == 'd') + { + /* Default argument scope: d _. */ + d_advance (di, 1); + num = d_compact_number (di); + if (num < 0) + return NULL; + } + + name = d_name (di); + if (name) + switch (name->type) + { + /* Lambdas and unnamed types have internal discriminators. */ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE: + break; + default: + if (! d_discriminator (di)) + return NULL; + } + if (num >= 0) + name = d_make_default_arg (di, num, name); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, name); + } +} + +/* ::= _ <(non-negative) number> + + We demangle the discriminator, but we don't print it out. FIXME: + We should print it out in verbose mode. */ + +static int +d_discriminator (struct d_info *di) +{ + long discrim; + + if (d_peek_char (di) != '_') + return 1; + d_advance (di, 1); + discrim = d_number (di); + if (discrim < 0) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +/* ::= Ul E [ ] _ */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_lambda (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *tl; + struct demangle_component *ret; + int num; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'U')) + return NULL; + if (! d_check_char (di, 'l')) + return NULL; + + tl = d_parmlist (di); + if (tl == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'E')) + return NULL; + + num = d_compact_number (di); + if (num < 0) + return NULL; + + ret = d_make_empty (di); + if (ret) + { + ret->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA; + ret->u.s_unary_num.sub = tl; + ret->u.s_unary_num.num = num; + } + + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + + return ret; +} + +/* ::= Ut [ ] _ */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_unnamed_type (struct d_info *di) +{ + struct demangle_component *ret; + long num; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'U')) + return NULL; + if (! d_check_char (di, 't')) + return NULL; + + num = d_compact_number (di); + if (num < 0) + return NULL; + + ret = d_make_empty (di); + if (ret) + { + ret->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE; + ret->u.s_number.number = num; + } + + if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret)) + return NULL; + + return ret; +} + +/* ::= [ . ] [ . ]* +*/ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_clone_suffix (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *encoding) +{ + const char *suffix = d_str (di); + const char *pend = suffix; + struct demangle_component *n; + + if (*pend == '.' && (IS_LOWER (pend[1]) || pend[1] == '_')) + { + pend += 2; + while (IS_LOWER (*pend) || *pend == '_') + ++pend; + } + while (*pend == '.' && IS_DIGIT (pend[1])) + { + pend += 2; + while (IS_DIGIT (*pend)) + ++pend; + } + d_advance (di, pend - suffix); + n = d_make_name (di, suffix, pend - suffix); + return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE, encoding, n); +} + +/* Add a new substitution. */ + +static int +d_add_substitution (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (dc == NULL) + return 0; + if (di->next_sub >= di->num_subs) + return 0; + di->subs[di->next_sub] = dc; + ++di->next_sub; + return 1; +} + +/* ::= S _ + ::= S_ + ::= St + ::= Sa + ::= Sb + ::= Ss + ::= Si + ::= So + ::= Sd + + If PREFIX is non-zero, then this type is being used as a prefix in + a qualified name. In this case, for the standard substitutions, we + need to check whether we are being used as a prefix for a + constructor or destructor, and return a full template name. + Otherwise we will get something like std::iostream::~iostream() + which does not correspond particularly well to any function which + actually appears in the source. +*/ + +static const struct d_standard_sub_info standard_subs[] = +{ + { 't', NL ("std"), + NL ("std"), + NULL, 0 }, + { 'a', NL ("std::allocator"), + NL ("std::allocator"), + NL ("allocator") }, + { 'b', NL ("std::basic_string"), + NL ("std::basic_string"), + NL ("basic_string") }, + { 's', NL ("std::string"), + NL ("std::basic_string, std::allocator >"), + NL ("basic_string") }, + { 'i', NL ("std::istream"), + NL ("std::basic_istream >"), + NL ("basic_istream") }, + { 'o', NL ("std::ostream"), + NL ("std::basic_ostream >"), + NL ("basic_ostream") }, + { 'd', NL ("std::iostream"), + NL ("std::basic_iostream >"), + NL ("basic_iostream") } +}; + +static struct demangle_component * +d_substitution (struct d_info *di, int prefix) +{ + char c; + + if (! d_check_char (di, 'S')) + return NULL; + + c = d_next_char (di); + if (c == '_' || IS_DIGIT (c) || IS_UPPER (c)) + { + unsigned int id; + + id = 0; + if (c != '_') + { + do + { + unsigned int new_id; + + if (IS_DIGIT (c)) + new_id = id * 36 + c - '0'; + else if (IS_UPPER (c)) + new_id = id * 36 + c - 'A' + 10; + else + return NULL; + if (new_id < id) + return NULL; + id = new_id; + c = d_next_char (di); + } + while (c != '_'); + + ++id; + } + + if (id >= (unsigned int) di->next_sub) + return NULL; + + ++di->did_subs; + + return di->subs[id]; + } + else + { + int verbose; + const struct d_standard_sub_info *p; + const struct d_standard_sub_info *pend; + + verbose = (di->options & DMGL_VERBOSE) != 0; + if (! verbose && prefix) + { + char peek; + + peek = d_peek_char (di); + if (peek == 'C' || peek == 'D') + verbose = 1; + } + + pend = (&standard_subs[0] + + sizeof standard_subs / sizeof standard_subs[0]); + for (p = &standard_subs[0]; p < pend; ++p) + { + if (c == p->code) + { + const char *s; + int len; + + if (p->set_last_name != NULL) + di->last_name = d_make_sub (di, p->set_last_name, + p->set_last_name_len); + if (verbose) + { + s = p->full_expansion; + len = p->full_len; + } + else + { + s = p->simple_expansion; + len = p->simple_len; + } + di->expansion += len; + return d_make_sub (di, s, len); + } + } + + return NULL; + } +} + +/* Initialize a growable string. */ + +static void +d_growable_string_init (struct d_growable_string *dgs, size_t estimate) +{ + dgs->buf = NULL; + dgs->len = 0; + dgs->alc = 0; + dgs->allocation_failure = 0; + + if (estimate > 0) + d_growable_string_resize (dgs, estimate); +} + +/* Grow a growable string to a given size. */ + +static inline void +d_growable_string_resize (struct d_growable_string *dgs, size_t need) +{ + size_t newalc; + char *newbuf; + + if (dgs->allocation_failure) + return; + + /* Start allocation at two bytes to avoid any possibility of confusion + with the special value of 1 used as a return in *palc to indicate + allocation failures. */ + newalc = dgs->alc > 0 ? dgs->alc : 2; + while (newalc < need) + newalc <<= 1; + + newbuf = (char *) realloc (dgs->buf, newalc); + if (newbuf == NULL) + { + free (dgs->buf); + dgs->buf = NULL; + dgs->len = 0; + dgs->alc = 0; + dgs->allocation_failure = 1; + return; + } + dgs->buf = newbuf; + dgs->alc = newalc; +} + +/* Append a buffer to a growable string. */ + +static inline void +d_growable_string_append_buffer (struct d_growable_string *dgs, + const char *s, size_t l) +{ + size_t need; + + need = dgs->len + l + 1; + if (need > dgs->alc) + d_growable_string_resize (dgs, need); + + if (dgs->allocation_failure) + return; + + memcpy (dgs->buf + dgs->len, s, l); + dgs->buf[dgs->len + l] = '\0'; + dgs->len += l; +} + +/* Bridge growable strings to the callback mechanism. */ + +static void +d_growable_string_callback_adapter (const char *s, size_t l, void *opaque) +{ + struct d_growable_string *dgs = (struct d_growable_string*) opaque; + + d_growable_string_append_buffer (dgs, s, l); +} + +/* Initialize a print information structure. */ + +static void +d_print_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, demangle_callbackref callback, + void *opaque) +{ + dpi->len = 0; + dpi->last_char = '\0'; + dpi->templates = NULL; + dpi->modifiers = NULL; + dpi->pack_index = 0; + dpi->flush_count = 0; + + dpi->callback = callback; + dpi->opaque = opaque; + + dpi->demangle_failure = 0; +} + +/* Indicate that an error occurred during printing, and test for error. */ + +static inline void +d_print_error (struct d_print_info *dpi) +{ + dpi->demangle_failure = 1; +} + +static inline int +d_print_saw_error (struct d_print_info *dpi) +{ + return dpi->demangle_failure != 0; +} + +/* Flush buffered characters to the callback. */ + +static inline void +d_print_flush (struct d_print_info *dpi) +{ + dpi->buf[dpi->len] = '\0'; + dpi->callback (dpi->buf, dpi->len, dpi->opaque); + dpi->len = 0; + dpi->flush_count++; +} + +/* Append characters and buffers for printing. */ + +static inline void +d_append_char (struct d_print_info *dpi, char c) +{ + if (dpi->len == sizeof (dpi->buf) - 1) + d_print_flush (dpi); + + dpi->buf[dpi->len++] = c; + dpi->last_char = c; +} + +static inline void +d_append_buffer (struct d_print_info *dpi, const char *s, size_t l) +{ + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < l; i++) + d_append_char (dpi, s[i]); +} + +static inline void +d_append_string (struct d_print_info *dpi, const char *s) +{ + d_append_buffer (dpi, s, strlen (s)); +} + +static inline void +d_append_num (struct d_print_info *dpi, long l) +{ + char buf[25]; + sprintf (buf,"%ld", l); + d_append_string (dpi, buf); +} + +static inline char +d_last_char (struct d_print_info *dpi) +{ + return dpi->last_char; +} + +/* Turn components into a human readable string. OPTIONS is the + options bits passed to the demangler. DC is the tree to print. + CALLBACK is a function to call to flush demangled string segments + as they fill the intermediate buffer, and OPAQUE is a generalized + callback argument. On success, this returns 1. On failure, + it returns 0, indicating a bad parse. It does not use heap + memory to build an output string, so cannot encounter memory + allocation failure. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +int +cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque) +{ + struct d_print_info dpi; + + d_print_init (&dpi, callback, opaque); + + d_print_comp (&dpi, options, dc); + + d_print_flush (&dpi); + + return ! d_print_saw_error (&dpi); +} + +/* Turn components into a human readable string. OPTIONS is the + options bits passed to the demangler. DC is the tree to print. + ESTIMATE is a guess at the length of the result. This returns a + string allocated by malloc, or NULL on error. On success, this + sets *PALC to the size of the allocated buffer. On failure, this + sets *PALC to 0 for a bad parse, or to 1 for a memory allocation + failure. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +char * +cplus_demangle_print (int options, const struct demangle_component *dc, + int estimate, size_t *palc) +{ + struct d_growable_string dgs; + + d_growable_string_init (&dgs, estimate); + + if (! cplus_demangle_print_callback (options, dc, + d_growable_string_callback_adapter, + &dgs)) + { + free (dgs.buf); + *palc = 0; + return NULL; + } + + *palc = dgs.allocation_failure ? 1 : dgs.alc; + return dgs.buf; +} + +/* Returns the I'th element of the template arglist ARGS, or NULL on + failure. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_index_template_argument (struct demangle_component *args, int i) +{ + struct demangle_component *a; + + for (a = args; + a != NULL; + a = d_right (a)) + { + if (a->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) + return NULL; + if (i <= 0) + break; + --i; + } + if (i != 0 || a == NULL) + return NULL; + + return d_left (a); +} + +/* Returns the template argument from the current context indicated by DC, + which is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM, or NULL. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_lookup_template_argument (struct d_print_info *dpi, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (dpi->templates == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return NULL; + } + + return d_index_template_argument + (d_right (dpi->templates->template_decl), + dc->u.s_number.number); +} + +/* Returns a template argument pack used in DC (any will do), or NULL. */ + +static struct demangle_component * +d_find_pack (struct d_print_info *dpi, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + struct demangle_component *a; + if (dc == NULL) + return NULL; + + switch (dc->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM: + a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, dc); + if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) + return a; + return NULL; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION: + return NULL; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE: + return NULL; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR: + return d_find_pack (dpi, dc->u.s_extended_operator.name); + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: + return d_find_pack (dpi, dc->u.s_ctor.name); + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: + return d_find_pack (dpi, dc->u.s_dtor.name); + + default: + a = d_find_pack (dpi, d_left (dc)); + if (a) + return a; + return d_find_pack (dpi, d_right (dc)); + } +} + +/* Returns the length of the template argument pack DC. */ + +static int +d_pack_length (const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + int count = 0; + while (dc && dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST + && d_left (dc) != NULL) + { + ++count; + dc = d_right (dc); + } + return count; +} + +/* DC is a component of a mangled expression. Print it, wrapped in parens + if needed. */ + +static void +d_print_subexpr (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + int simple = 0; + if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM) + simple = 1; + if (!simple) + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc); + if (!simple) + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); +} + +/* Subroutine to handle components. */ + +static void +d_print_comp (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + /* Magic variable to let reference smashing skip over the next modifier + without needing to modify *dc. */ + const struct demangle_component *mod_inner = NULL; + + if (dc == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + if (d_print_saw_error (dpi)) + return; + + switch (dc->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME: + if ((options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0) + d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_name.s, dc->u.s_name.len); + else + d_print_java_identifier (dpi, dc->u.s_name.s, dc->u.s_name.len); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_string (dpi, "[abi:"); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + d_append_char (dpi, ']'); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + if ((options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0) + d_append_string (dpi, "::"); + else + d_append_char (dpi, '.'); + { + struct demangle_component *local_name = d_right (dc); + if (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG) + { + d_append_string (dpi, "{default arg#"); + d_append_num (dpi, local_name->u.s_unary_num.num + 1); + d_append_string (dpi, "}::"); + local_name = local_name->u.s_unary_num.sub; + } + d_print_comp (dpi, options, local_name); + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME: + { + struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers; + struct demangle_component *typed_name; + struct d_print_mod adpm[4]; + unsigned int i; + struct d_print_template dpt; + + /* Pass the name down to the type so that it can be printed in + the right place for the type. We also have to pass down + any CV-qualifiers, which apply to the this parameter. */ + hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = 0; + i = 0; + typed_name = d_left (dc); + while (typed_name != NULL) + { + if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0]) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + adpm[i].next = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i]; + adpm[i].mod = typed_name; + adpm[i].printed = 0; + adpm[i].templates = dpi->templates; + ++i; + + if (typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS + && typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS) + break; + + typed_name = d_left (typed_name); + } + + if (typed_name == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + /* If typed_name is a template, then it applies to the + function type as well. */ + if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) + { + dpt.next = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = &dpt; + dpt.template_decl = typed_name; + } + + /* If typed_name is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then + there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which + really apply here; this happens when parsing a class which + is local to a function. */ + if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME) + { + struct demangle_component *local_name; + + local_name = d_right (typed_name); + if (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG) + local_name = local_name->u.s_unary_num.sub; + while (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS + || (local_name->type + == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS)) + { + if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0]) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + adpm[i] = adpm[i - 1]; + adpm[i].next = &adpm[i - 1]; + dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i]; + + adpm[i - 1].mod = local_name; + adpm[i - 1].printed = 0; + adpm[i - 1].templates = dpi->templates; + ++i; + + local_name = d_left (local_name); + } + } + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + + if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) + dpi->templates = dpt.next; + + /* If the modifiers didn't get printed by the type, print them + now. */ + while (i > 0) + { + --i; + if (! adpm[i].printed) + { + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_print_mod (dpi, options, adpm[i].mod); + } + } + + dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers; + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: + { + struct d_print_mod *hold_dpm; + struct demangle_component *dcl; + + /* Don't push modifiers into a template definition. Doing so + could give the wrong definition for a template argument. + Instead, treat the template essentially as a name. */ + + hold_dpm = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = NULL; + + dcl = d_left (dc); + + if ((options & DMGL_JAVA) != 0 + && dcl->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME + && dcl->u.s_name.len == 6 + && strncmp (dcl->u.s_name.s, "JArray", 6) == 0) + { + /* Special-case Java arrays, so that JArray appears + instead as TYPE[]. */ + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + d_append_string (dpi, "[]"); + } + else + { + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dcl); + if (d_last_char (dpi) == '<') + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_append_char (dpi, '<'); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + /* Avoid generating two consecutive '>' characters, to avoid + the C++ syntactic ambiguity. */ + if (d_last_char (dpi) == '>') + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_append_char (dpi, '>'); + } + + dpi->modifiers = hold_dpm; + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM: + { + struct d_print_template *hold_dpt; + struct demangle_component *a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, dc); + + if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) + a = d_index_template_argument (a, dpi->pack_index); + + if (a == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + /* While processing this parameter, we need to pop the list of + templates. This is because the template parameter may + itself be a reference to a parameter of an outer + template. */ + + hold_dpt = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = hold_dpt->next; + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, a); + + dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_ctor.name); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: + d_append_char (dpi, '~'); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_dtor.name); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE: + d_append_string (dpi, "vtable for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT: + d_append_string (dpi, "VTT for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE: + d_append_string (dpi, "construction vtable for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_string (dpi, "-in-"); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO: + d_append_string (dpi, "typeinfo for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME: + d_append_string (dpi, "typeinfo name for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN: + d_append_string (dpi, "typeinfo fn for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK: + d_append_string (dpi, "non-virtual thunk to "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK: + d_append_string (dpi, "virtual thunk to "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK: + d_append_string (dpi, "covariant return thunk to "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS: + d_append_string (dpi, "java Class for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD: + d_append_string (dpi, "guard variable for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT: + d_append_string (dpi, "TLS init function for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER: + d_append_string (dpi, "TLS wrapper function for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP: + d_append_string (dpi, "reference temporary #"); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + d_append_string (dpi, " for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS: + d_append_string (dpi, "hidden alias for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE: + d_append_string (dpi, "transaction clone for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE: + d_append_string (dpi, "non-transaction clone for "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD: + d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_string.string, dc->u.s_string.len); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + { + struct d_print_mod *pdpm; + + /* When printing arrays, it's possible to have cases where the + same CV-qualifier gets pushed on the stack multiple times. + We only need to print it once. */ + + for (pdpm = dpi->modifiers; pdpm != NULL; pdpm = pdpm->next) + { + if (! pdpm->printed) + { + if (pdpm->mod->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT + && pdpm->mod->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE + && pdpm->mod->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST) + break; + if (pdpm->mod->type == dc->type) + { + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + } + } + } + } + goto modifier; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: + { + /* Handle reference smashing: & + && = &. */ + const struct demangle_component *sub = d_left (dc); + if (sub->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM) + { + struct demangle_component *a = d_lookup_template_argument (dpi, sub); + if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST) + a = d_index_template_argument (a, dpi->pack_index); + + if (a == NULL) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + sub = a; + } + + if (sub->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE + || sub->type == dc->type) + dc = sub; + else if (sub->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE) + mod_inner = d_left (sub); + } + /* Fall through. */ + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + modifier: + { + /* We keep a list of modifiers on the stack. */ + struct d_print_mod dpm; + + dpm.next = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = &dpm; + dpm.mod = dc; + dpm.printed = 0; + dpm.templates = dpi->templates; + + if (!mod_inner) + mod_inner = d_left (dc); + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, mod_inner); + + /* If the modifier didn't get printed by the type, print it + now. */ + if (! dpm.printed) + d_print_mod (dpi, options, dc); + + dpi->modifiers = dpm.next; + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE: + if ((options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0) + d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_builtin.type->name, + dc->u.s_builtin.type->len); + else + d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_builtin.type->java_name, + dc->u.s_builtin.type->java_len); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE: + { + if ((options & DMGL_RET_POSTFIX) != 0) + d_print_function_type (dpi, + options & ~(DMGL_RET_POSTFIX | DMGL_RET_DROP), + dc, dpi->modifiers); + + /* Print return type if present */ + if (d_left (dc) != NULL && (options & DMGL_RET_POSTFIX) != 0) + d_print_comp (dpi, options & ~(DMGL_RET_POSTFIX | DMGL_RET_DROP), + d_left (dc)); + else if (d_left (dc) != NULL && (options & DMGL_RET_DROP) == 0) + { + struct d_print_mod dpm; + + /* We must pass this type down as a modifier in order to + print it in the right location. */ + dpm.next = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = &dpm; + dpm.mod = dc; + dpm.printed = 0; + dpm.templates = dpi->templates; + + d_print_comp (dpi, options & ~(DMGL_RET_POSTFIX | DMGL_RET_DROP), + d_left (dc)); + + dpi->modifiers = dpm.next; + + if (dpm.printed) + return; + + /* In standard prefix notation, there is a space between the + return type and the function signature. */ + if ((options & DMGL_RET_POSTFIX) == 0) + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + } + + if ((options & DMGL_RET_POSTFIX) == 0) + d_print_function_type (dpi, + options & ~(DMGL_RET_POSTFIX | DMGL_RET_DROP), + dc, dpi->modifiers); + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE: + { + struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers; + struct d_print_mod adpm[4]; + unsigned int i; + struct d_print_mod *pdpm; + + /* We must pass this type down as a modifier in order to print + multi-dimensional arrays correctly. If the array itself is + CV-qualified, we act as though the element type were + CV-qualified. We do this by copying the modifiers down + rather than fiddling pointers, so that we don't wind up + with a d_print_mod higher on the stack pointing into our + stack frame after we return. */ + + hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers; + + adpm[0].next = hold_modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = &adpm[0]; + adpm[0].mod = dc; + adpm[0].printed = 0; + adpm[0].templates = dpi->templates; + + i = 1; + pdpm = hold_modifiers; + while (pdpm != NULL + && (pdpm->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT + || pdpm->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE + || pdpm->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST)) + { + if (! pdpm->printed) + { + if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0]) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + adpm[i] = *pdpm; + adpm[i].next = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i]; + pdpm->printed = 1; + ++i; + } + + pdpm = pdpm->next; + } + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + + dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers; + + if (adpm[0].printed) + return; + + while (i > 1) + { + --i; + d_print_mod (dpi, options, adpm[i].mod); + } + + d_print_array_type (dpi, options, dc, dpi->modifiers); + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE: + { + struct d_print_mod dpm; + + dpm.next = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = &dpm; + dpm.mod = dc; + dpm.printed = 0; + dpm.templates = dpi->templates; + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + + /* If the modifier didn't get printed by the type, print it + now. */ + if (! dpm.printed) + d_print_mod (dpi, options, dc); + + dpi->modifiers = dpm.next; + + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE: + if (dc->u.s_fixed.sat) + d_append_string (dpi, "_Sat "); + /* Don't print "int _Accum". */ + if (dc->u.s_fixed.length->u.s_builtin.type + != &cplus_demangle_builtin_types['i'-'a']) + { + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_fixed.length); + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + } + if (dc->u.s_fixed.accum) + d_append_string (dpi, "_Accum"); + else + d_append_string (dpi, "_Fract"); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST: + if (d_left (dc) != NULL) + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + if (d_right (dc) != NULL) + { + size_t len; + unsigned long int flush_count; + /* Make sure ", " isn't flushed by d_append_string, otherwise + dpi->len -= 2 wouldn't work. */ + if (dpi->len >= sizeof (dpi->buf) - 2) + d_print_flush (dpi); + d_append_string (dpi, ", "); + len = dpi->len; + flush_count = dpi->flush_count; + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + /* If that didn't print anything (which can happen with empty + template argument packs), remove the comma and space. */ + if (dpi->flush_count == flush_count && dpi->len == len) + dpi->len -= 2; + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST: + { + struct demangle_component *type = d_left (dc); + struct demangle_component *list = d_right (dc); + + if (type) + d_print_comp (dpi, options, type); + d_append_char (dpi, '{'); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, list); + d_append_char (dpi, '}'); + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR: + { + const struct demangle_operator_info *op = dc->u.s_operator.op; + int len = op->len; + + d_append_string (dpi, "operator"); + /* Add a space before new/delete. */ + if (IS_LOWER (op->name[0])) + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + /* Omit a trailing space. */ + if (op->name[len-1] == ' ') + --len; + d_append_buffer (dpi, op->name, len); + return; + } + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR: + d_append_string (dpi, "operator "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_extended_operator.name); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST: + d_append_string (dpi, "operator "); + d_print_cast (dpi, options, dc); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY: + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY: + { + struct demangle_component *op = d_left (dc); + struct demangle_component *operand = d_right (dc); + const char *code = NULL; + + if (op->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR) + { + code = op->u.s_operator.op->code; + if (!strcmp (code, "ad")) + { + /* Don't print the argument list for the address of a + function. */ + if (operand->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME + && d_left (operand)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME + && d_right (operand)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE) + operand = d_left (operand); + } + if (operand->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS) + { + /* This indicates a suffix operator. */ + operand = d_left (operand); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, operand); + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, op); + return; + } + } + + if (op->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST) + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, op); + else + { + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_cast (dpi, options, op); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + } + if (code && !strcmp (code, "gs")) + /* Avoid parens after '::'. */ + d_print_comp (dpi, options, operand); + else if (code && !strcmp (code, "st")) + /* Always print parens for sizeof (type). */ + { + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, operand); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + } + else + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, operand); + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY: + if (d_right (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + + if (op_is_new_cast (d_left (dc))) + { + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_char (dpi, '<'); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (d_right (dc))); + d_append_string (dpi, ">("); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (d_right (dc))); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + return; + } + + /* We wrap an expression which uses the greater-than operator in + an extra layer of parens so that it does not get confused + with the '>' which ends the template parameters. */ + if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR + && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->len == 1 + && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->name[0] == '>') + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + + if (strcmp (d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->code, "cl") == 0 + && d_left (d_right (dc))->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME) + { + /* Function call used in an expression should not have printed types + of the function arguments. Values of the function arguments still + get printed below. */ + + const struct demangle_component *func = d_left (d_right (dc)); + + if (d_right (func)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE) + d_print_error (dpi); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, d_left (func)); + } + else + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, d_left (d_right (dc))); + if (strcmp (d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->code, "ix") == 0) + { + d_append_char (dpi, '['); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (d_right (dc))); + d_append_char (dpi, ']'); + } + else + { + if (strcmp (d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->code, "cl") != 0) + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, d_right (d_right (dc))); + } + + if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR + && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->len == 1 + && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->name[0] == '>') + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS: + /* We should only see this as part of DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY. */ + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY: + if (d_right (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1 + || d_right (d_right (dc))->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2) + { + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } + { + struct demangle_component *op = d_left (dc); + struct demangle_component *first = d_left (d_right (dc)); + struct demangle_component *second = d_left (d_right (d_right (dc))); + struct demangle_component *third = d_right (d_right (d_right (dc))); + + if (!strcmp (op->u.s_operator.op->code, "qu")) + { + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, first); + d_print_expr_op (dpi, options, op); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, second); + d_append_string (dpi, " : "); + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, third); + } + else + { + d_append_string (dpi, "new "); + if (d_left (first) != NULL) + { + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, first); + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + } + d_print_comp (dpi, options, second); + if (third) + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, third); + } + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2: + /* We should only see these are part of DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY. */ + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG: + { + enum d_builtin_type_print tp; + + /* For some builtin types, produce simpler output. */ + tp = D_PRINT_DEFAULT; + if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE) + { + tp = d_left (dc)->u.s_builtin.type->print; + switch (tp) + { + case D_PRINT_INT: + case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED: + case D_PRINT_LONG: + case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG: + case D_PRINT_LONG_LONG: + case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG: + if (d_right (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME) + { + if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG) + d_append_char (dpi, '-'); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + switch (tp) + { + default: + break; + case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED: + d_append_char (dpi, 'u'); + break; + case D_PRINT_LONG: + d_append_char (dpi, 'l'); + break; + case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG: + d_append_string (dpi, "ul"); + break; + case D_PRINT_LONG_LONG: + d_append_string (dpi, "ll"); + break; + case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG: + d_append_string (dpi, "ull"); + break; + } + return; + } + break; + + case D_PRINT_BOOL: + if (d_right (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME + && d_right (dc)->u.s_name.len == 1 + && dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL) + { + switch (d_right (dc)->u.s_name.s[0]) + { + case '0': + d_append_string (dpi, "false"); + return; + case '1': + d_append_string (dpi, "true"); + return; + default: + break; + } + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG) + d_append_char (dpi, '-'); + if (tp == D_PRINT_FLOAT) + d_append_char (dpi, '['); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + if (tp == D_PRINT_FLOAT) + d_append_char (dpi, ']'); + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER: + d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_number.number); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE: + d_append_string (dpi, "java resource "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER: + d_append_char (dpi, dc->u.s_character.character); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE: + d_append_string (dpi, "decltype ("); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION: + { + int len; + int i; + struct demangle_component *a = d_find_pack (dpi, d_left (dc)); + if (a == NULL) + { + /* d_find_pack won't find anything if the only packs involved + in this expansion are function parameter packs; in that + case, just print the pattern and "...". */ + d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_string (dpi, "..."); + return; + } + + len = d_pack_length (a); + dc = d_left (dc); + for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) + { + dpi->pack_index = i; + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc); + if (i < len-1) + d_append_string (dpi, ", "); + } + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM: + { + long num = dc->u.s_number.number; + if (num == 0) + d_append_string (dpi, "this"); + else + { + d_append_string (dpi, "{parm#"); + d_append_num (dpi, num); + d_append_char (dpi, '}'); + } + } + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS: + d_append_string (dpi, "global constructors keyed to "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_binary.left); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS: + d_append_string (dpi, "global destructors keyed to "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_binary.left); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA: + d_append_string (dpi, "{lambda("); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_unary_num.sub); + d_append_string (dpi, ")#"); + d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.num + 1); + d_append_char (dpi, '}'); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE: + d_append_string (dpi, "{unnamed type#"); + d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_number.number + 1); + d_append_char (dpi, '}'); + return; + + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + d_append_string (dpi, " [clone "); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + d_append_char (dpi, ']'); + return; + + default: + d_print_error (dpi); + return; + } +} + +/* Print a Java dentifier. For Java we try to handle encoded extended + Unicode characters. The C++ ABI doesn't mention Unicode encoding, + so we don't it for C++. Characters are encoded as + __U+_. */ + +static void +d_print_java_identifier (struct d_print_info *dpi, const char *name, int len) +{ + const char *p; + const char *end; + + end = name + len; + for (p = name; p < end; ++p) + { + if (end - p > 3 + && p[0] == '_' + && p[1] == '_' + && p[2] == 'U') + { + unsigned long c; + const char *q; + + c = 0; + for (q = p + 3; q < end; ++q) + { + int dig; + + if (IS_DIGIT (*q)) + dig = *q - '0'; + else if (*q >= 'A' && *q <= 'F') + dig = *q - 'A' + 10; + else if (*q >= 'a' && *q <= 'f') + dig = *q - 'a' + 10; + else + break; + + c = c * 16 + dig; + } + /* If the Unicode character is larger than 256, we don't try + to deal with it here. FIXME. */ + if (q < end && *q == '_' && c < 256) + { + d_append_char (dpi, c); + p = q; + continue; + } + } + + d_append_char (dpi, *p); + } +} + +/* Print a list of modifiers. SUFFIX is 1 if we are printing + qualifiers on this after printing a function. */ + +static void +d_print_mod_list (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + struct d_print_mod *mods, int suffix) +{ + struct d_print_template *hold_dpt; + + if (mods == NULL || d_print_saw_error (dpi)) + return; + + if (mods->printed + || (! suffix + && (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS + || (mods->mod->type + == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS)))) + { + d_print_mod_list (dpi, options, mods->next, suffix); + return; + } + + mods->printed = 1; + + hold_dpt = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = mods->templates; + + if (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE) + { + d_print_function_type (dpi, options, mods->mod, mods->next); + dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + return; + } + else if (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE) + { + d_print_array_type (dpi, options, mods->mod, mods->next); + dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + return; + } + else if (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME) + { + struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers; + struct demangle_component *dc; + + /* When this is on the modifier stack, we have pulled any + qualifiers off the right argument already. Otherwise, we + print it as usual, but don't let the left argument see any + modifiers. */ + + hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = NULL; + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (mods->mod)); + dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers; + + if ((options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0) + d_append_string (dpi, "::"); + else + d_append_char (dpi, '.'); + + dc = d_right (mods->mod); + + if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG) + { + d_append_string (dpi, "{default arg#"); + d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.num + 1); + d_append_string (dpi, "}::"); + dc = dc->u.s_unary_num.sub; + } + + while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS + || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS) + dc = d_left (dc); + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc); + + dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + return; + } + + d_print_mod (dpi, options, mods->mod); + + dpi->templates = hold_dpt; + + d_print_mod_list (dpi, options, mods->next, suffix); +} + +/* Print a modifier. */ + +static void +d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *mod) +{ + switch (mod->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + d_append_string (dpi, " restrict"); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + d_append_string (dpi, " volatile"); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + d_append_string (dpi, " const"); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (mod)); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: + /* There is no pointer symbol in Java. */ + if ((options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0) + d_append_char (dpi, '*'); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + /* For the ref-qualifier, put a space before the &. */ + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: + d_append_char (dpi, '&'); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: + d_append_string (dpi, "&&"); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: + d_append_string (dpi, "complex "); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + d_append_string (dpi, "imaginary "); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE: + if (d_last_char (dpi) != '(') + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (mod)); + d_append_string (dpi, "::*"); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME: + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (mod)); + return; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE: + d_append_string (dpi, " __vector("); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (mod)); + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + return; + + default: + /* Otherwise, we have something that won't go back on the + modifier stack, so we can just print it. */ + d_print_comp (dpi, options, mod); + return; + } +} + +/* Print a function type, except for the return type. */ + +static void +d_print_function_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc, + struct d_print_mod *mods) +{ + int need_paren; + int need_space; + struct d_print_mod *p; + struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers; + + need_paren = 0; + need_space = 0; + for (p = mods; p != NULL; p = p->next) + { + if (p->printed) + break; + + switch (p->mod->type) + { + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE: + need_paren = 1; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE: + need_space = 1; + need_paren = 1; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + break; + default: + break; + } + if (need_paren) + break; + } + + if (need_paren) + { + if (! need_space) + { + if (d_last_char (dpi) != '(' + && d_last_char (dpi) != '*') + need_space = 1; + } + if (need_space && d_last_char (dpi) != ' ') + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + } + + hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = NULL; + + d_print_mod_list (dpi, options, mods, 0); + + if (need_paren) + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + + d_append_char (dpi, '('); + + if (d_right (dc) != NULL) + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc)); + + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + + d_print_mod_list (dpi, options, mods, 1); + + dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers; +} + +/* Print an array type, except for the element type. */ + +static void +d_print_array_type (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc, + struct d_print_mod *mods) +{ + int need_space; + + need_space = 1; + if (mods != NULL) + { + int need_paren; + struct d_print_mod *p; + + need_paren = 0; + for (p = mods; p != NULL; p = p->next) + { + if (! p->printed) + { + if (p->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE) + { + need_space = 0; + break; + } + else + { + need_paren = 1; + need_space = 1; + break; + } + } + } + + if (need_paren) + d_append_string (dpi, " ("); + + d_print_mod_list (dpi, options, mods, 0); + + if (need_paren) + d_append_char (dpi, ')'); + } + + if (need_space) + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + + d_append_char (dpi, '['); + + if (d_left (dc) != NULL) + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + + d_append_char (dpi, ']'); +} + +/* Print an operator in an expression. */ + +static void +d_print_expr_op (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR) + d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_operator.op->name, + dc->u.s_operator.op->len); + else + d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc); +} + +/* Print a cast. */ + +static void +d_print_cast (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options, + const struct demangle_component *dc) +{ + if (d_left (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE) + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc)); + else + { + struct d_print_mod *hold_dpm; + struct d_print_template dpt; + + /* It appears that for a templated cast operator, we need to put + the template parameters in scope for the operator name, but + not for the parameters. The effect is that we need to handle + the template printing here. */ + + hold_dpm = dpi->modifiers; + dpi->modifiers = NULL; + + dpt.next = dpi->templates; + dpi->templates = &dpt; + dpt.template_decl = d_left (dc); + + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (d_left (dc))); + + dpi->templates = dpt.next; + + if (d_last_char (dpi) == '<') + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_append_char (dpi, '<'); + d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (d_left (dc))); + /* Avoid generating two consecutive '>' characters, to avoid + the C++ syntactic ambiguity. */ + if (d_last_char (dpi) == '>') + d_append_char (dpi, ' '); + d_append_char (dpi, '>'); + + dpi->modifiers = hold_dpm; + } +} + +/* Initialize the information structure we use to pass around + information. */ + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +void +cplus_demangle_init_info (const char *mangled, int options, size_t len, + struct d_info *di) +{ + di->s = mangled; + di->send = mangled + len; + di->options = options; + + di->n = mangled; + + /* We can not need more components than twice the number of chars in + the mangled string. Most components correspond directly to + chars, but the ARGLIST types are exceptions. */ + di->num_comps = 2 * len; + di->next_comp = 0; + + /* Similarly, we can not need more substitutions than there are + chars in the mangled string. */ + di->num_subs = len; + di->next_sub = 0; + di->did_subs = 0; + + di->last_name = NULL; + + di->expansion = 0; +} + +/* Internal implementation for the demangler. If MANGLED is a g++ v3 ABI + mangled name, return strings in repeated callback giving the demangled + name. OPTIONS is the usual libiberty demangler options. On success, + this returns 1. On failure, returns 0. */ + +static int +d_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque) +{ + enum + { + DCT_TYPE, + DCT_MANGLED, + DCT_GLOBAL_CTORS, + DCT_GLOBAL_DTORS + } + type; + struct d_info di; + struct demangle_component *dc; + int status; + + if (mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == 'Z') + type = DCT_MANGLED; + else if (strncmp (mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0 + && (mangled[8] == '.' || mangled[8] == '_' || mangled[8] == '$') + && (mangled[9] == 'D' || mangled[9] == 'I') + && mangled[10] == '_') + type = mangled[9] == 'I' ? DCT_GLOBAL_CTORS : DCT_GLOBAL_DTORS; + else + { + if ((options & DMGL_TYPES) == 0) + return 0; + type = DCT_TYPE; + } + + cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, options, strlen (mangled), &di); + + { +#ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS + __extension__ struct demangle_component comps[di.num_comps]; + __extension__ struct demangle_component *subs[di.num_subs]; + + di.comps = comps; + di.subs = subs; +#else + di.comps = alloca (di.num_comps * sizeof (*di.comps)); + di.subs = alloca (di.num_subs * sizeof (*di.subs)); +#endif + + switch (type) + { + case DCT_TYPE: + dc = cplus_demangle_type (&di); + break; + case DCT_MANGLED: + dc = cplus_demangle_mangled_name (&di, 1); + break; + case DCT_GLOBAL_CTORS: + case DCT_GLOBAL_DTORS: + d_advance (&di, 11); + dc = d_make_comp (&di, + (type == DCT_GLOBAL_CTORS + ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS + : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS), + d_make_demangle_mangled_name (&di, d_str (&di)), + NULL); + d_advance (&di, strlen (d_str (&di))); + break; + } + + /* If DMGL_PARAMS is set, then if we didn't consume the entire + mangled string, then we didn't successfully demangle it. If + DMGL_PARAMS is not set, we didn't look at the trailing + parameters. */ + if (((options & DMGL_PARAMS) != 0) && d_peek_char (&di) != '\0') + dc = NULL; + +#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG + d_dump (dc, 0); +#endif + + status = (dc != NULL) + ? cplus_demangle_print_callback (options, dc, callback, opaque) + : 0; + } + + return status; +} + +/* Entry point for the demangler. If MANGLED is a g++ v3 ABI mangled + name, return a buffer allocated with malloc holding the demangled + name. OPTIONS is the usual libiberty demangler options. On + success, this sets *PALC to the allocated size of the returned + buffer. On failure, this sets *PALC to 0 for a bad name, or 1 for + a memory allocation failure, and returns NULL. */ + +static char * +d_demangle (const char *mangled, int options, size_t *palc) +{ + struct d_growable_string dgs; + int status; + + d_growable_string_init (&dgs, 0); + + status = d_demangle_callback (mangled, options, + d_growable_string_callback_adapter, &dgs); + if (status == 0) + { + free (dgs.buf); + *palc = 0; + return NULL; + } + + *palc = dgs.allocation_failure ? 1 : dgs.alc; + return dgs.buf; +} + +#if defined(IN_LIBGCC2) || defined(IN_GLIBCPP_V3) + +extern char *__cxa_demangle (const char *, char *, size_t *, int *); + +/* ia64 ABI-mandated entry point in the C++ runtime library for + performing demangling. MANGLED_NAME is a NUL-terminated character + string containing the name to be demangled. + + OUTPUT_BUFFER is a region of memory, allocated with malloc, of + *LENGTH bytes, into which the demangled name is stored. If + OUTPUT_BUFFER is not long enough, it is expanded using realloc. + OUTPUT_BUFFER may instead be NULL; in that case, the demangled name + is placed in a region of memory allocated with malloc. + + If LENGTH is non-NULL, the length of the buffer containing the + demangled name, is placed in *LENGTH. + + The return value is a pointer to the start of the NUL-terminated + demangled name, or NULL if the demangling fails. The caller is + responsible for deallocating this memory using free. + + *STATUS is set to one of the following values: + 0: The demangling operation succeeded. + -1: A memory allocation failure occurred. + -2: MANGLED_NAME is not a valid name under the C++ ABI mangling rules. + -3: One of the arguments is invalid. + + The demangling is performed using the C++ ABI mangling rules, with + GNU extensions. */ + +char * +__cxa_demangle (const char *mangled_name, char *output_buffer, + size_t *length, int *status) +{ + char *demangled; + size_t alc; + + if (mangled_name == NULL) + { + if (status != NULL) + *status = -3; + return NULL; + } + + if (output_buffer != NULL && length == NULL) + { + if (status != NULL) + *status = -3; + return NULL; + } + + demangled = d_demangle (mangled_name, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_TYPES, &alc); + + if (demangled == NULL) + { + if (status != NULL) + { + if (alc == 1) + *status = -1; + else + *status = -2; + } + return NULL; + } + + if (output_buffer == NULL) + { + if (length != NULL) + *length = alc; + } + else + { + if (strlen (demangled) < *length) + { + strcpy (output_buffer, demangled); + free (demangled); + demangled = output_buffer; + } + else + { + free (output_buffer); + *length = alc; + } + } + + if (status != NULL) + *status = 0; + + return demangled; +} + +extern int __gcclibcxx_demangle_callback (const char *, + void (*) + (const char *, size_t, void *), + void *); + +/* Alternative, allocationless entry point in the C++ runtime library + for performing demangling. MANGLED_NAME is a NUL-terminated character + string containing the name to be demangled. + + CALLBACK is a callback function, called with demangled string + segments as demangling progresses; it is called at least once, + but may be called more than once. OPAQUE is a generalized pointer + used as a callback argument. + + The return code is one of the following values, equivalent to + the STATUS values of __cxa_demangle() (excluding -1, since this + function performs no memory allocations): + 0: The demangling operation succeeded. + -2: MANGLED_NAME is not a valid name under the C++ ABI mangling rules. + -3: One of the arguments is invalid. + + The demangling is performed using the C++ ABI mangling rules, with + GNU extensions. */ + +int +__gcclibcxx_demangle_callback (const char *mangled_name, + void (*callback) (const char *, size_t, void *), + void *opaque) +{ + int status; + + if (mangled_name == NULL || callback == NULL) + return -3; + + status = d_demangle_callback (mangled_name, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_TYPES, + callback, opaque); + if (status == 0) + return -2; + + return 0; +} + +#else /* ! (IN_LIBGCC2 || IN_GLIBCPP_V3) */ + +/* Entry point for libiberty demangler. If MANGLED is a g++ v3 ABI + mangled name, return a buffer allocated with malloc holding the + demangled name. Otherwise, return NULL. */ + +char * +cplus_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled, int options) +{ + size_t alc; + + return d_demangle (mangled, options, &alc); +} + +int +cplus_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, int options, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque) +{ + return d_demangle_callback (mangled, options, callback, opaque); +} + +/* Demangle a Java symbol. Java uses a subset of the V3 ABI C++ mangling + conventions, but the output formatting is a little different. + This instructs the C++ demangler not to emit pointer characters ("*"), to + use Java's namespace separator symbol ("." instead of "::"), and to output + JArray as TYPE[]. */ + +char * +java_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled) +{ + size_t alc; + + return d_demangle (mangled, DMGL_JAVA | DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_RET_POSTFIX, &alc); +} + +int +java_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque) +{ + return d_demangle_callback (mangled, + DMGL_JAVA | DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_RET_POSTFIX, + callback, opaque); +} + +#endif /* IN_LIBGCC2 || IN_GLIBCPP_V3 */ + +#ifndef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + +/* Demangle a string in order to find out whether it is a constructor + or destructor. Return non-zero on success. Set *CTOR_KIND and + *DTOR_KIND appropriately. */ + +static int +is_ctor_or_dtor (const char *mangled, + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds *ctor_kind, + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds *dtor_kind) +{ + struct d_info di; + struct demangle_component *dc; + int ret; + + *ctor_kind = (enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds) 0; + *dtor_kind = (enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds) 0; + + cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, DMGL_GNU_V3, strlen (mangled), &di); + + { +#ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS + __extension__ struct demangle_component comps[di.num_comps]; + __extension__ struct demangle_component *subs[di.num_subs]; + + di.comps = comps; + di.subs = subs; +#else + di.comps = alloca (di.num_comps * sizeof (*di.comps)); + di.subs = alloca (di.num_subs * sizeof (*di.subs)); +#endif + + dc = cplus_demangle_mangled_name (&di, 1); + + /* Note that because we did not pass DMGL_PARAMS, we don't expect + to demangle the entire string. */ + + ret = 0; + while (dc != NULL) + { + switch (dc->type) + { + /* These cannot appear on a constructor or destructor. */ + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS: + default: + dc = NULL; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE: + dc = d_left (dc); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME: + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME: + dc = d_right (dc); + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR: + *ctor_kind = dc->u.s_ctor.kind; + ret = 1; + dc = NULL; + break; + case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR: + *dtor_kind = dc->u.s_dtor.kind; + ret = 1; + dc = NULL; + break; + } + } + } + + return ret; +} + +/* Return whether NAME is the mangled form of a g++ V3 ABI constructor + name. A non-zero return indicates the type of constructor. */ + +enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds +is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (const char *name) +{ + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds ctor_kind; + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds dtor_kind; + + if (! is_ctor_or_dtor (name, &ctor_kind, &dtor_kind)) + return (enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds) 0; + return ctor_kind; +} + + +/* Return whether NAME is the mangled form of a g++ V3 ABI destructor + name. A non-zero return indicates the type of destructor. */ + +enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds +is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (const char *name) +{ + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds ctor_kind; + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds dtor_kind; + + if (! is_ctor_or_dtor (name, &ctor_kind, &dtor_kind)) + return (enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds) 0; + return dtor_kind; +} + +#endif /* IN_GLIBCPP_V3 */ + +#ifdef STANDALONE_DEMANGLER + +#include "getopt.h" +#include "dyn-string.h" + +static void print_usage (FILE* fp, int exit_value); + +#define IS_ALPHA(CHAR) \ + (((CHAR) >= 'a' && (CHAR) <= 'z') \ + || ((CHAR) >= 'A' && (CHAR) <= 'Z')) + +/* Non-zero if CHAR is a character than can occur in a mangled name. */ +#define is_mangled_char(CHAR) \ + (IS_ALPHA (CHAR) || IS_DIGIT (CHAR) \ + || (CHAR) == '_' || (CHAR) == '.' || (CHAR) == '$') + +/* The name of this program, as invoked. */ +const char* program_name; + +/* Prints usage summary to FP and then exits with EXIT_VALUE. */ + +static void +print_usage (FILE* fp, int exit_value) +{ + fprintf (fp, "Usage: %s [options] [names ...]\n", program_name); + fprintf (fp, "Options:\n"); + fprintf (fp, " -h,--help Display this message.\n"); + fprintf (fp, " -p,--no-params Don't display function parameters\n"); + fprintf (fp, " -v,--verbose Produce verbose demanglings.\n"); + fprintf (fp, "If names are provided, they are demangled. Otherwise filters standard input.\n"); + + exit (exit_value); +} + +/* Option specification for getopt_long. */ +static const struct option long_options[] = +{ + { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, + { "no-params", no_argument, NULL, 'p' }, + { "verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'v' }, + { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }, +}; + +/* Main entry for a demangling filter executable. It will demangle + its command line arguments, if any. If none are provided, it will + filter stdin to stdout, replacing any recognized mangled C++ names + with their demangled equivalents. */ + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int i; + int opt_char; + int options = DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_TYPES; + + /* Use the program name of this program, as invoked. */ + program_name = argv[0]; + + /* Parse options. */ + do + { + opt_char = getopt_long (argc, argv, "hpv", long_options, NULL); + switch (opt_char) + { + case '?': /* Unrecognized option. */ + print_usage (stderr, 1); + break; + + case 'h': + print_usage (stdout, 0); + break; + + case 'p': + options &= ~ DMGL_PARAMS; + break; + + case 'v': + options |= DMGL_VERBOSE; + break; + } + } + while (opt_char != -1); + + if (optind == argc) + /* No command line arguments were provided. Filter stdin. */ + { + dyn_string_t mangled = dyn_string_new (3); + char *s; + + /* Read all of input. */ + while (!feof (stdin)) + { + char c; + + /* Pile characters into mangled until we hit one that can't + occur in a mangled name. */ + c = getchar (); + while (!feof (stdin) && is_mangled_char (c)) + { + dyn_string_append_char (mangled, c); + if (feof (stdin)) + break; + c = getchar (); + } + + if (dyn_string_length (mangled) > 0) + { +#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + s = __cxa_demangle (dyn_string_buf (mangled), NULL, NULL, NULL); +#else + s = cplus_demangle_v3 (dyn_string_buf (mangled), options); +#endif + + if (s != NULL) + { + fputs (s, stdout); + free (s); + } + else + { + /* It might not have been a mangled name. Print the + original text. */ + fputs (dyn_string_buf (mangled), stdout); + } + + dyn_string_clear (mangled); + } + + /* If we haven't hit EOF yet, we've read one character that + can't occur in a mangled name, so print it out. */ + if (!feof (stdin)) { + putchar (c); + fflush(stdout); + } + } + + dyn_string_delete (mangled); + } + else + /* Demangle command line arguments. */ + { + /* Loop over command line arguments. */ + for (i = optind; i < argc; ++i) + { + char *s; +#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + int status; +#endif + + /* Attempt to demangle. */ +#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + s = __cxa_demangle (argv[i], NULL, NULL, &status); +#else + s = cplus_demangle_v3 (argv[i], options); +#endif + + /* If it worked, print the demangled name. */ + if (s != NULL) + { + printf ("%s\n", s); + free (s); + } + else + { +#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 + fprintf (stderr, "Failed: %s (status %d)\n", argv[i], status); +#else + fprintf (stderr, "Failed: %s\n", argv[i]); +#endif + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +#endif /* STANDALONE_DEMANGLER */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cplus-dem.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cplus-dem.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..657fe438d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/cplus-dem.c @@ -0,0 +1,5282 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + */ +/* Demangler for GNU C++ + Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, + 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp) + Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling + Modified by Satish Pai (pai@apollo.hp.com) for HP demangling + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public +License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission +to link the compiled version of this file into combinations with other +programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction +coming from the use of this file. (The Library Public License +restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover +modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a +combined executable.) + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + + CHANGE NOTICE: +This file was changed on July 1st, 2014. + +*/ + +/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle. + + This file imports xmalloc and xrealloc, which are like malloc and + realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no + available memory. */ + +/* This file lives in both GCC and libiberty. When making changes, please + try not to break either. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include "safe-ctype.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#else +void * malloc (); +void * realloc (); +#endif + +#include +#undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE +#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options + +#include "libiberty.h" + +#define min(X,Y) (((X) < (Y)) ? (X) : (Y)) + +/* A value at least one greater than the maximum number of characters + that will be output when using the `%d' format with `printf'. */ +#define INTBUF_SIZE 32 + +extern void fancy_abort (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; + +/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings + using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific + one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the + commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for + is in that string. CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the + assembler can deal with that. Where the assembler can't, it's usually + '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things). We put the + current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed + by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case + the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'. + + We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual + cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by + ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc_compiled + marker symbol (FIXME). */ + +#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER) +#define CPLUS_MARKER '$' +#endif + +enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = auto_demangling; + +static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' }; + +static char char_str[2] = { '\000', '\000' }; + +void +set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch) +{ + cplus_markers[0] = ch; +} + +typedef struct string /* Beware: these aren't required to be */ +{ /* '\0' terminated. */ + char *b; /* pointer to start of string */ + char *p; /* pointer after last character */ + char *e; /* pointer after end of allocated space */ +} string; + +/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines. + Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant. */ + +struct work_stuff +{ + int options; + char **typevec; + char **ktypevec; + char **btypevec; + int numk; + int numb; + int ksize; + int bsize; + int ntypes; + int typevec_size; + int constructor; + int destructor; + int static_type; /* A static member function */ + int temp_start; /* index in demangled to start of template args */ + int type_quals; /* The type qualifiers. */ + int dllimported; /* Symbol imported from a PE DLL */ + char **tmpl_argvec; /* Template function arguments. */ + int ntmpl_args; /* The number of template function arguments. */ + int forgetting_types; /* Nonzero if we are not remembering the types + we see. */ + string* previous_argument; /* The last function argument demangled. */ + int nrepeats; /* The number of times to repeat the previous + argument. */ +}; + +#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI) +#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS) + +static const struct optable +{ + const char *const in; + const char *const out; + const int flags; +} optable[] = { + {"nw", " new", DMGL_ANSI}, /* new (1.92, ansi) */ + {"dl", " delete", DMGL_ANSI}, /* new (1.92, ansi) */ + {"new", " new", 0}, /* old (1.91, and 1.x) */ + {"delete", " delete", 0}, /* old (1.91, and 1.x) */ + {"vn", " new []", DMGL_ANSI}, /* GNU, pending ansi */ + {"vd", " delete []", DMGL_ANSI}, /* GNU, pending ansi */ + {"as", "=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"ne", "!=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"eq", "==", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"ge", ">=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"gt", ">", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"le", "<=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"lt", "<", DMGL_ANSI}, /* old, ansi */ + {"plus", "+", 0}, /* old */ + {"pl", "+", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"apl", "+=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"minus", "-", 0}, /* old */ + {"mi", "-", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"ami", "-=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"mult", "*", 0}, /* old */ + {"ml", "*", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"amu", "*=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */ + {"aml", "*=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi (GNU/g++) */ + {"convert", "+", 0}, /* old (unary +) */ + {"negate", "-", 0}, /* old (unary -) */ + {"trunc_mod", "%", 0}, /* old */ + {"md", "%", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"amd", "%=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"trunc_div", "/", 0}, /* old */ + {"dv", "/", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"adv", "/=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"truth_andif", "&&", 0}, /* old */ + {"aa", "&&", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"truth_orif", "||", 0}, /* old */ + {"oo", "||", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"truth_not", "!", 0}, /* old */ + {"nt", "!", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"postincrement","++", 0}, /* old */ + {"pp", "++", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"postdecrement","--", 0}, /* old */ + {"mm", "--", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_ior", "|", 0}, /* old */ + {"or", "|", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"aor", "|=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_xor", "^", 0}, /* old */ + {"er", "^", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"aer", "^=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_and", "&", 0}, /* old */ + {"ad", "&", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"aad", "&=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"bit_not", "~", 0}, /* old */ + {"co", "~", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"call", "()", 0}, /* old */ + {"cl", "()", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"alshift", "<<", 0}, /* old */ + {"ls", "<<", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"als", "<<=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"arshift", ">>", 0}, /* old */ + {"rs", ">>", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"ars", ">>=", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"component", "->", 0}, /* old */ + {"pt", "->", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi; Lucid C++ form */ + {"rf", "->", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi; ARM/GNU form */ + {"indirect", "*", 0}, /* old */ + {"method_call", "->()", 0}, /* old */ + {"addr", "&", 0}, /* old (unary &) */ + {"array", "[]", 0}, /* old */ + {"vc", "[]", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"compound", ", ", 0}, /* old */ + {"cm", ", ", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"cond", "?:", 0}, /* old */ + {"cn", "?:", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ + {"max", ">?", 0}, /* old */ + {"mx", ">?", DMGL_ANSI}, /* pseudo-ansi */ + {"min", "*", DMGL_ANSI}, /* ansi */ + {"sz", "sizeof ", DMGL_ANSI} /* pseudo-ansi */ +}; + +/* These values are used to indicate the various type varieties. + They are all non-zero so that they can be used as `success' + values. */ +typedef enum type_kind_t +{ + tk_none, + tk_pointer, + tk_reference, + tk_integral, + tk_bool, + tk_char, + tk_real +} type_kind_t; + +const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] = +{ + { + NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + no_demangling, + "Demangling disabled" + } + , + { + AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + auto_demangling, + "Automatic selection based on executable" + } + , + { + GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + gnu_demangling, + "GNU (g++) style demangling" + } + , + { + LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + lucid_demangling, + "Lucid (lcc) style demangling" + } + , + { + ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + arm_demangling, + "ARM style demangling" + } + , + { + HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + hp_demangling, + "HP (aCC) style demangling" + } + , + { + EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + edg_demangling, + "EDG style demangling" + } + , + { + GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + gnu_v3_demangling, + "GNU (g++) V3 ABI-style demangling" + } + , + { + JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + java_demangling, + "Java style demangling" + } + , + { + GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING, + gnat_demangling, + "GNAT style demangling" + } + , + { + NULL, unknown_demangling, NULL + } +}; + +#define STRING_EMPTY(str) ((str) -> b == (str) -> p) +#define APPEND_BLANK(str) {if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \ + string_append(str, " ");} +#define LEN_STRING(str) ( (STRING_EMPTY(str))?0:((str)->p - (str)->b)) + +/* The scope separator appropriate for the language being demangled. */ + +#define SCOPE_STRING(work) ((work->options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::") + +#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__" /* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */ +#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8 /* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */ + +/* Prototypes for local functions */ + +static void delete_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *); + +static void delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *); + +static char *mop_up (struct work_stuff *, string *, int); + +static void squangle_mop_up (struct work_stuff *); + +static void work_stuff_copy_to_from (struct work_stuff *, struct work_stuff *); + +#if 0 +static int +demangle_method_args (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); +#endif + +static char * +internal_cplus_demangle (struct work_stuff *, const char *); + +static int +demangle_template_template_parm (struct work_stuff *work, + const char **, string *); + +static int +demangle_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *, + string *, int, int); + +static int +arm_pt (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, const char **, + const char **); + +static int +demangle_class_name (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int +demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, + int, int); + +static int demangle_class (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int demangle_fund_type (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int gnu_special (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int arm_special (const char **, string *); + +static void string_need (string *, int); + +static void string_delete (string *); + +static void +string_init (string *); + +static void string_clear (string *); + +#if 0 +static int string_empty (string *); +#endif + +static void string_append (string *, const char *); + +static void string_appends (string *, string *); + +static void string_appendn (string *, const char *, int); + +static void string_prepend (string *, const char *); + +static void string_prependn (string *, const char *, int); + +static void string_append_template_idx (string *, int); + +static int get_count (const char **, int *); + +static int consume_count (const char **); + +static int consume_count_with_underscores (const char**); + +static int demangle_args (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int demangle_nested_args (struct work_stuff*, const char**, string*); + +static int do_type (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int do_arg (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int +demangle_function_name (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, + const char *); + +static int +iterate_demangle_function (struct work_stuff *, + const char **, string *, const char *); + +static void remember_type (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int); + +static void remember_Btype (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, int); + +static int register_Btype (struct work_stuff *); + +static void remember_Ktype (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int); + +static void forget_types (struct work_stuff *); + +static void forget_B_and_K_types (struct work_stuff *); + +static void string_prepends (string *, string *); + +static int +demangle_template_value_parm (struct work_stuff*, const char**, + string*, type_kind_t); + +static int +do_hpacc_template_const_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int +do_hpacc_template_literal (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int snarf_numeric_literal (const char **, string *); + +/* There is a TYPE_QUAL value for each type qualifier. They can be + combined by bitwise-or to form the complete set of qualifiers for a + type. */ + +#define TYPE_UNQUALIFIED 0x0 +#define TYPE_QUAL_CONST 0x1 +#define TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE 0x2 +#define TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT 0x4 + +static int code_for_qualifier (int); + +static const char* qualifier_string (int); + +static const char* demangle_qualifier (int); + +static int demangle_expression (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, + type_kind_t); + +static int +demangle_integral_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static int +demangle_real_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *); + +static void +demangle_arm_hp_template (struct work_stuff *, const char **, int, string *); + +static void +recursively_demangle (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, int); + +/* Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process. + Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character. + + Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in no + consumption of input and a return of -1. + + Overflow consumes the rest of the digits, and returns -1. */ + +static int +consume_count (const char **type) +{ + int count = 0; + + if (! ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) + return -1; + + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) + { + count *= 10; + + /* Check for overflow. + We assume that count is represented using two's-complement; + no power of two is divisible by ten, so if an overflow occurs + when multiplying by ten, the result will not be a multiple of + ten. */ + if ((count % 10) != 0) + { + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) **type)) + (*type)++; + return -1; + } + + count += **type - '0'; + (*type)++; + } + + if (count < 0) + count = -1; + + return (count); +} + + +/* Like consume_count, but for counts that are preceded and followed + by '_' if they are greater than 10. Also, -1 is returned for + failure, since 0 can be a valid value. */ + +static int +consume_count_with_underscores (const char **mangled) +{ + int idx; + + if (**mangled == '_') + { + (*mangled)++; + if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + return -1; + + idx = consume_count (mangled); + if (**mangled != '_') + /* The trailing underscore was missing. */ + return -1; + + (*mangled)++; + } + else + { + if (**mangled < '0' || **mangled > '9') + return -1; + + idx = **mangled - '0'; + (*mangled)++; + } + + return idx; +} + +/* C is the code for a type-qualifier. Return the TYPE_QUAL + corresponding to this qualifier. */ + +static int +code_for_qualifier (int c) +{ + switch (c) + { + case 'C': + return TYPE_QUAL_CONST; + + case 'V': + return TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE; + + case 'u': + return TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT; + + default: + break; + } + + /* C was an invalid qualifier. */ + abort (); +} + +/* Return the string corresponding to the qualifiers given by + TYPE_QUALS. */ + +static const char* +qualifier_string (int type_quals) +{ + switch (type_quals) + { + case TYPE_UNQUALIFIED: + return ""; + + case TYPE_QUAL_CONST: + return "const"; + + case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE: + return "volatile"; + + case TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: + return "__restrict"; + + case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE: + return "const volatile"; + + case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: + return "const __restrict"; + + case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: + return "volatile __restrict"; + + case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT: + return "const volatile __restrict"; + + default: + break; + } + + /* TYPE_QUALS was an invalid qualifier set. */ + abort (); +} + +/* C is the code for a type-qualifier. Return the string + corresponding to this qualifier. This function should only be + called with a valid qualifier code. */ + +static const char* +demangle_qualifier (int c) +{ + return qualifier_string (code_for_qualifier (c)); +} + +int +cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options) +{ + int len, len1, ret; + string type; + struct work_stuff work[1]; + const char *tem; + + len = strlen(opname); + result[0] = '\0'; + ret = 0; + memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work)); + work->options = options; + + if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_' + && opname[2] == 'o' && opname[3] == 'p') + { + /* ANSI. */ + /* type conversion operator. */ + tem = opname + 4; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + strcat (result, "operator "); + strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b); + string_delete (&type); + ret = 1; + } + } + else if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_' + && ISLOWER((unsigned char)opname[2]) + && ISLOWER((unsigned char)opname[3])) + { + if (opname[4] == '\0') + { + /* Operator. */ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 2) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + if (opname[2] == 'a' && opname[5] == '\0') + { + /* Assignment. */ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 3) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + else if (len >= 3 + && opname[0] == 'o' + && opname[1] == 'p' + && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[2]) != NULL) + { + /* see if it's an assignment expression */ + if (len >= 10 /* op$assign_ */ + && memcmp (opname + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0) + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + len1 = len - 10; + if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 10, len1) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + strcat (result, "="); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + len1 = len - 3; + if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 3, len1) == 0) + { + strcat (result, "operator"); + strcat (result, optable[i].out); + ret = 1; + break; + } + } + } + } + else if (len >= 5 && memcmp (opname, "type", 4) == 0 + && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[4]) != NULL) + { + /* type conversion operator */ + tem = opname + 5; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + strcat (result, "operator "); + strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b); + string_delete (&type); + ret = 1; + } + } + squangle_mop_up (work); + return ret; + +} + +/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled + operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found. + + If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name; + if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name. */ + +const char * +cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options) +{ + size_t i; + int len; + + len = strlen (opname); + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + if ((int) strlen (optable[i].out) == len + && (options & DMGL_ANSI) == (optable[i].flags & DMGL_ANSI) + && memcmp (optable[i].out, opname, len) == 0) + return optable[i].in; + } + return (0); +} + +/* Add a routine to set the demangling style to be sure it is valid and + allow for any demangler initialization that maybe necessary. */ + +enum demangling_styles +cplus_demangle_set_style (enum demangling_styles style) +{ + const struct demangler_engine *demangler = libiberty_demanglers; + + for (; demangler->demangling_style != unknown_demangling; ++demangler) + if (style == demangler->demangling_style) + { + current_demangling_style = style; + return current_demangling_style; + } + + return unknown_demangling; +} + +/* Do string name to style translation */ + +enum demangling_styles +cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name) +{ + const struct demangler_engine *demangler = libiberty_demanglers; + + for (; demangler->demangling_style != unknown_demangling; ++demangler) + if (strcmp (name, demangler->demangling_style_name) == 0) + return demangler->demangling_style; + + return unknown_demangling; +} + +/* char *cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options) + + If MANGLED is a mangled function name produced by GNU C++, then + a pointer to a @code{malloc}ed string giving a C++ representation + of the name will be returned; otherwise NULL will be returned. + It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which + is returned. + + The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits: + + DMGL_ANSI ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are + included. + DMGL_PARAMS Function parameters are included. + + For example, + + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS) => "A::foo(int)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI) => "A::foo(int)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0) => "A::foo" + + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS) => "A::foo(float,...)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)" + cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0) => "A::foo" + + Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by + the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from + MANGLED. */ + +char * +cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options) +{ + char *ret; + struct work_stuff work[1]; + + if (current_demangling_style == no_demangling) + return xstrdup (mangled); + + memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work)); + work->options = options; + if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0) + work->options |= (int) current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK; + + /* The V3 ABI demangling is implemented elsewhere. */ + if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING) + { + ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, work->options); + if (ret || GNU_V3_DEMANGLING) + return ret; + } + + if (JAVA_DEMANGLING) + { + ret = java_demangle_v3 (mangled); + if (ret) + return ret; + } + + if (GNAT_DEMANGLING) + return ada_demangle (mangled, options); + + ret = internal_cplus_demangle (work, mangled); + squangle_mop_up (work); + return (ret); +} + +/* Demangle ada names. The encoding is documented in gcc/ada/exp_dbug.ads. */ + +char * +ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + int len0; + const char* p; + char *d; + char *demangled; + + /* Discard leading _ada_, which is used for library level subprograms. */ + if (strncmp (mangled, "_ada_", 5) == 0) + mangled += 5; + + /* All ada unit names are lower-case. */ + if (!ISLOWER (mangled[0])) + goto unknown; + + /* Most of the demangling will trivially remove chars. Operator names + may add one char but because they are always preceeded by '__' which is + replaced by '.', they eventually never expand the size. + A few special names such as '___elabs' add a few chars (at most 7), but + they occur only once. */ + len0 = strlen (mangled) + 7 + 1; + demangled = XNEWVEC (char, len0); + + d = demangled; + p = mangled; + while (1) + { + /* An entity names is expected. */ + if (ISLOWER (*p)) + { + /* An identifier, which is always lower case. */ + do + *d++ = *p++; + while (ISLOWER(*p) || ISDIGIT (*p) + || (p[0] == '_' && (ISLOWER (p[1]) || ISDIGIT (p[1])))); + } + else if (p[0] == 'O') + { + /* An operator name. */ + static const char * const operators[][2] = + {{"Oabs", "abs"}, {"Oand", "and"}, {"Omod", "mod"}, + {"Onot", "not"}, {"Oor", "or"}, {"Orem", "rem"}, + {"Oxor", "xor"}, {"Oeq", "="}, {"One", "/="}, + {"Olt", "<"}, {"Ole", "<="}, {"Ogt", ">"}, + {"Oge", ">="}, {"Oadd", "+"}, {"Osubtract", "-"}, + {"Oconcat", "&"}, {"Omultiply", "*"}, {"Odivide", "/"}, + {"Oexpon", "**"}, {NULL, NULL}}; + int k; + + for (k = 0; operators[k][0] != NULL; k++) + { + size_t slen = strlen (operators[k][0]); + if (strncmp (p, operators[k][0], slen) == 0) + { + p += slen; + slen = strlen (operators[k][1]); + *d++ = '"'; + memcpy (d, operators[k][1], slen); + d += slen; + *d++ = '"'; + break; + } + } + /* Operator not found. */ + if (operators[k][0] == NULL) + goto unknown; + } + else + { + /* Not a GNAT encoding. */ + goto unknown; + } + + /* The name can be directly followed by some uppercase letters. */ + if (p[0] == 'T' && p[1] == 'K') + { + /* Task stuff. */ + if (p[2] == 'B' && p[3] == 0) + { + /* Subprogram for task body. */ + break; + } + else if (p[2] == '_' && p[3] == '_') + { + /* Inner declarations in a task. */ + p += 4; + *d++ = '.'; + continue; + } + else + goto unknown; + } + if (p[0] == 'E' && p[1] == 0) + { + /* Exception name. */ + goto unknown; + } + if ((p[0] == 'P' || p[0] == 'N') && p[1] == 0) + { + /* Protected type subprogram. */ + break; + } + if ((*p == 'N' || *p == 'S') && p[1] == 0) + { + /* Enumerated type name table. */ + goto unknown; + } + if (p[0] == 'X') + { + /* Body nested. */ + p++; + while (p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'b') + p++; + } + if (p[0] == 'S' && p[1] != 0 && (p[2] == '_' || p[2] == 0)) + { + /* Stream operations. */ + const char *name; + switch (p[1]) + { + case 'R': + name = "'Read"; + break; + case 'W': + name = "'Write"; + break; + case 'I': + name = "'Input"; + break; + case 'O': + name = "'Output"; + break; + default: + goto unknown; + } + p += 2; + strcpy (d, name); + d += strlen (name); + } + else if (p[0] == 'D') + { + /* Controlled type operation. */ + const char *name; + switch (p[1]) + { + case 'F': + name = ".Finalize"; + break; + case 'A': + name = ".Adjust"; + break; + default: + goto unknown; + } + strcpy (d, name); + d += strlen (name); + break; + } + + if (p[0] == '_') + { + /* Separator. */ + if (p[1] == '_') + { + /* Standard separator. Handled first. */ + p += 2; + + if (ISDIGIT (*p)) + { + /* Overloading number. */ + do + p++; + while (ISDIGIT (*p) || (p[0] == '_' && ISDIGIT (p[1]))); + if (*p == 'X') + { + p++; + while (p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'b') + p++; + } + } + else if (p[0] == '_' && p[1] != '_') + { + /* Special names. */ + static const char * const special[][2] = { + { "_elabb", "'Elab_Body" }, + { "_elabs", "'Elab_Spec" }, + { "_size", "'Size" }, + { "_alignment", "'Alignment" }, + { "_assign", ".\":=\"" }, + { NULL, NULL } + }; + int k; + + for (k = 0; special[k][0] != NULL; k++) + { + size_t slen = strlen (special[k][0]); + if (strncmp (p, special[k][0], slen) == 0) + { + p += slen; + slen = strlen (special[k][1]); + memcpy (d, special[k][1], slen); + d += slen; + break; + } + } + if (special[k][0] != NULL) + break; + else + goto unknown; + } + else + { + *d++ = '.'; + continue; + } + } + else if (p[1] == 'B' || p[1] == 'E') + { + /* Entry Body or barrier Evaluation. */ + p += 2; + while (ISDIGIT (*p)) + p++; + if (p[0] == 's' && p[1] == 0) + break; + else + goto unknown; + } + else + goto unknown; + } + + if (p[0] == '.' && ISDIGIT (p[1])) + { + /* Nested subprogram. */ + p += 2; + while (ISDIGIT (*p)) + p++; + } + if (*p == 0) + { + /* End of mangled name. */ + break; + } + else + goto unknown; + } + *d = 0; + return demangled; + + unknown: + len0 = strlen (mangled); + demangled = XNEWVEC (char, len0 + 3); + + if (mangled[0] == '<') + strcpy (demangled, mangled); + else + sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled); + + return demangled; +} + +/* This function performs most of what cplus_demangle use to do, but + to be able to demangle a name with a B, K or n code, we need to + have a longer term memory of what types have been seen. The original + now initializes and cleans up the squangle code info, while internal + calls go directly to this routine to avoid resetting that info. */ + +static char * +internal_cplus_demangle (struct work_stuff *work, const char *mangled) +{ + + string decl; + int success = 0; + char *demangled = NULL; + int s1, s2, s3, s4; + s1 = work->constructor; + s2 = work->destructor; + s3 = work->static_type; + s4 = work->type_quals; + work->constructor = work->destructor = 0; + work->type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED; + work->dllimported = 0; + + if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0')) + { + string_init (&decl); + + /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the + string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER. If so, attempt to + recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a + standard prefix. In particular, don't worry about whether there + is a "__" string in the mangled string. Consider "_$_5__foo" for + example. */ + + if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)) + { + success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl); + } + if (!success) + { + success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl); + } + if (success && (*mangled != '\0')) + { + success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl); + } + if (work->constructor == 2) + { + string_prepend (&decl, "global constructors keyed to "); + work->constructor = 0; + } + else if (work->destructor == 2) + { + string_prepend (&decl, "global destructors keyed to "); + work->destructor = 0; + } + else if (work->dllimported == 1) + { + string_prepend (&decl, "import stub for "); + work->dllimported = 0; + } + demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success); + } + work->constructor = s1; + work->destructor = s2; + work->static_type = s3; + work->type_quals = s4; + return demangled; +} + + +/* Clear out and squangling related storage */ +static void +squangle_mop_up (struct work_stuff *work) +{ + /* clean up the B and K type mangling types. */ + forget_B_and_K_types (work); + if (work -> btypevec != NULL) + { + free ((char *) work -> btypevec); + } + if (work -> ktypevec != NULL) + { + free ((char *) work -> ktypevec); + } +} + + +/* Copy the work state and storage. */ + +static void +work_stuff_copy_to_from (struct work_stuff *to, struct work_stuff *from) +{ + int i; + + delete_work_stuff (to); + + /* Shallow-copy scalars. */ + memcpy (to, from, sizeof (*to)); + + /* Deep-copy dynamic storage. */ + if (from->typevec_size) + to->typevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->typevec_size); + + for (i = 0; i < from->ntypes; i++) + { + int len = strlen (from->typevec[i]) + 1; + + to->typevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len); + memcpy (to->typevec[i], from->typevec[i], len); + } + + if (from->ksize) + to->ktypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->ksize); + + for (i = 0; i < from->numk; i++) + { + int len = strlen (from->ktypevec[i]) + 1; + + to->ktypevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len); + memcpy (to->ktypevec[i], from->ktypevec[i], len); + } + + if (from->bsize) + to->btypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->bsize); + + for (i = 0; i < from->numb; i++) + { + int len = strlen (from->btypevec[i]) + 1; + + to->btypevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char , len); + memcpy (to->btypevec[i], from->btypevec[i], len); + } + + if (from->ntmpl_args) + to->tmpl_argvec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->ntmpl_args); + + for (i = 0; i < from->ntmpl_args; i++) + { + int len = strlen (from->tmpl_argvec[i]) + 1; + + to->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len); + memcpy (to->tmpl_argvec[i], from->tmpl_argvec[i], len); + } + + if (from->previous_argument) + { + to->previous_argument = XNEW (string); + string_init (to->previous_argument); + string_appends (to->previous_argument, from->previous_argument); + } +} + + +/* Delete dynamic stuff in work_stuff that is not to be re-used. */ + +static void +delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *work) +{ + /* Discard the remembered types, if any. */ + + forget_types (work); + if (work -> typevec != NULL) + { + free ((char *) work -> typevec); + work -> typevec = NULL; + work -> typevec_size = 0; + } + if (work->tmpl_argvec) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < work->ntmpl_args; i++) + free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec[i]); + + free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec); + work->tmpl_argvec = NULL; + } + if (work->previous_argument) + { + string_delete (work->previous_argument); + free ((char*) work->previous_argument); + work->previous_argument = NULL; + } +} + + +/* Delete all dynamic storage in work_stuff. */ +static void +delete_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *work) +{ + delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work); + squangle_mop_up (work); +} + + +/* Clear out any mangled storage */ + +static char * +mop_up (struct work_stuff *work, string *declp, int success) +{ + char *demangled = NULL; + + delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work); + + /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null + terminated and return it. Otherwise, free the demangling decl. */ + + if (!success) + { + string_delete (declp); + } + else + { + string_appendn (declp, "", 1); + demangled = declp->b; + } + return (demangled); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + +DESCRIPTION + + Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name. + + DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built. At + entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name + prefix. I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function + name. In some special cases, it may contain nothing. + + *MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled + name. As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the + pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to + be consumed. + + Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no + explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function + argument list. */ + +static int +demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, + const char **mangled, string *declp) +{ + int success = 1; + int func_done = 0; + int expect_func = 0; + int expect_return_type = 0; + const char *oldmangled = NULL; + string trawname; + string tname; + + while (success && (**mangled != '\0')) + { + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + oldmangled = *mangled; + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0); + if (success) + remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + expect_func = 1; + oldmangled = NULL; + break; + + case 'K': + oldmangled = *mangled; + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0); + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + expect_func = 1; + } + oldmangled = NULL; + break; + + case 'S': + /* Static member function */ + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + (*mangled)++; + work -> static_type = 1; + break; + + case 'C': + case 'V': + case 'u': + work->type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled); + + /* a qualified member function */ + if (oldmangled == NULL) + oldmangled = *mangled; + (*mangled)++; + break; + + case 'L': + /* Local class name follows after "Lnnn_" */ + if (HP_DEMANGLING) + { + while (**mangled && (**mangled != '_')) + (*mangled)++; + if (!**mangled) + success = 0; + else + (*mangled)++; + } + else + success = 0; + break; + + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + work->temp_start = -1; /* uppermost call to demangle_class */ + success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp); + if (success) + { + remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); + } + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + /* EDG and others will have the "F", so we let the loop cycle + if we are looking at one. */ + if (**mangled != 'F') + expect_func = 1; + } + oldmangled = NULL; + break; + + case 'B': + { + string s; + success = do_type (work, mangled, &s); + if (success) + { + string_append (&s, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + string_prepends (declp, &s); + string_delete (&s); + } + oldmangled = NULL; + expect_func = 1; + } + break; + + case 'F': + /* Function */ + /* ARM/HP style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after + the class name. For GNU style, it is just implied. So we can + safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible + with either style. */ + + oldmangled = NULL; + func_done = 1; + (*mangled)++; + + /* For lucid/ARM/HP style we have to forget any types we might + have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument + types. GNU style considers all types seen as available for + back references. See comment in demangle_args() */ + + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + forget_types (work); + } + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either + find the function return type (preceded by an '_') or the + end of the string. */ + if (success && (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && **mangled == '_') + { + ++(*mangled); + /* At this level, we do not care about the return type. */ + success = do_type (work, mangled, &tname); + string_delete (&tname); + } + + break; + + case 't': + /* G++ Template */ + string_init(&trawname); + string_init(&tname); + if (oldmangled == NULL) + { + oldmangled = *mangled; + } + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname, + &trawname, 1, 1); + if (success) + { + remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled); + } + string_append (&tname, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + + string_prepends(declp, &tname); + if (work -> destructor & 1) + { + string_prepend (&trawname, "~"); + string_appends (declp, &trawname); + work->destructor -= 1; + } + if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)) + { + string_appends (declp, &trawname); + work->constructor -= 1; + } + string_delete(&trawname); + string_delete(&tname); + oldmangled = NULL; + expect_func = 1; + break; + + case '_': + if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) && expect_return_type) + { + /* Read the return type. */ + string return_type; + + (*mangled)++; + success = do_type (work, mangled, &return_type); + APPEND_BLANK (&return_type); + + string_prepends (declp, &return_type); + string_delete (&return_type); + break; + } + else + /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified, + so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with + a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by + some algorithm we don't know how to deal with. So just + reject the entire demangling. */ + /* However, "_nnn" is an expected suffix for alternate entry point + numbered nnn for a function, with HP aCC, so skip over that + without reporting failure. pai/1997-09-04 */ + if (HP_DEMANGLING) + { + (*mangled)++; + while (**mangled && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + (*mangled)++; + } + else + success = 0; + break; + + case 'H': + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + /* A G++ template function. Read the template arguments. */ + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 0, + 0); + if (!(work->constructor & 1)) + expect_return_type = 1; + (*mangled)++; + break; + } + else + /* fall through */ + {;} + + default: + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function + argument token, and start processing args. */ + func_done = 1; + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + else + { + /* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start + of the outermost function argument tokens. Typically 'F', + for ARM/HP-demangling, for example. So if we find something + we are not prepared for, it must be an error. */ + success = 0; + } + break; + } + /* + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + */ + { + if (success && expect_func) + { + func_done = 1; + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + forget_types (work); + } + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + /* Since template include the mangling of their return types, + we must set expect_func to 0 so that we don't try do + demangle more arguments the next time we get here. */ + expect_func = 0; + } + } + } + if (success && !func_done) + { + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) + { + /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and + bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'. We get here when we find the + first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to + the current declp. Note that with ARM/HP, the first case + represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar', + which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone. */ + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + } + if (success && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + if (work->static_type) + string_append (declp, " static"); + if (work->type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED) + { + APPEND_BLANK (declp); + string_append (declp, qualifier_string (work->type_quals)); + } + } + + return (success); +} + +#if 0 + +static int +demangle_method_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp) +{ + int success = 0; + + if (work -> static_type) + { + string_append (declp, *mangled + 1); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + else + { + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + return (success); +} + +#endif + +static int +demangle_template_template_parm (struct work_stuff *work, + const char **mangled, string *tname) +{ + int i; + int r; + int need_comma = 0; + int success = 1; + string temp; + + string_append (tname, "template <"); + /* get size of template parameter list */ + if (get_count (mangled, &r)) + { + for (i = 0; i < r; i++) + { + if (need_comma) + { + string_append (tname, ", "); + } + + /* Z for type parameters */ + if (**mangled == 'Z') + { + (*mangled)++; + string_append (tname, "class"); + } + /* z for template parameters */ + else if (**mangled == 'z') + { + (*mangled)++; + success = + demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname); + if (!success) + { + break; + } + } + else + { + /* temp is initialized in do_type */ + success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); + if (success) + { + string_appends (tname, &temp); + } + string_delete(&temp); + if (!success) + { + break; + } + } + need_comma = 1; + } + + } + if (tname->p[-1] == '>') + string_append (tname, " "); + string_append (tname, "> class"); + return (success); +} + +static int +demangle_expression (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *s, type_kind_t tk) +{ + int need_operator = 0; + int success; + + success = 1; + string_appendn (s, "(", 1); + (*mangled)++; + while (success && **mangled != 'W' && **mangled != '\0') + { + if (need_operator) + { + size_t i; + size_t len; + + success = 0; + + len = strlen (*mangled); + + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); ++i) + { + size_t l = strlen (optable[i].in); + + if (l <= len + && memcmp (optable[i].in, *mangled, l) == 0) + { + string_appendn (s, " ", 1); + string_append (s, optable[i].out); + string_appendn (s, " ", 1); + success = 1; + (*mangled) += l; + break; + } + } + + if (!success) + break; + } + else + need_operator = 1; + + success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, tk); + } + + if (**mangled != 'W') + success = 0; + else + { + string_appendn (s, ")", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + + return success; +} + +static int +demangle_integral_value (struct work_stuff *work, + const char **mangled, string *s) +{ + int success; + + if (**mangled == 'E') + success = demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_integral); + else if (**mangled == 'Q' || **mangled == 'K') + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s, 0, 1); + else + { + int value; + + /* By default, we let the number decide whether we shall consume an + underscore. */ + int multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 0; + int leave_following_underscore = 0; + + success = 0; + + if (**mangled == '_') + { + if (mangled[0][1] == 'm') + { + /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle the + `m'-prefix we must do it here, using consume_count and + adjusting underscores: we have to consume the underscore + matching the prepended one. */ + multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1; + string_appendn (s, "-", 1); + (*mangled) += 2; + } + else + { + /* Do not consume a following underscore; + consume_count_with_underscores will consume what + should be consumed. */ + leave_following_underscore = 1; + } + } + else + { + /* Negative numbers are indicated with a leading `m'. */ + if (**mangled == 'm') + { + string_appendn (s, "-", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle + multi-digit numbers that do not start with an underscore, + and this number can be an integer template parameter, + we have to call consume_count. */ + multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1; + /* These multi-digit numbers never end on an underscore, + so if there is one then don't eat it. */ + leave_following_underscore = 1; + } + + /* We must call consume_count if we expect to remove a trailing + underscore, since consume_count_with_underscores expects + the leading underscore (that we consumed) if it is to handle + multi-digit numbers. */ + if (multidigit_without_leading_underscore) + value = consume_count (mangled); + else + value = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + + if (value != -1) + { + char buf[INTBUF_SIZE]; + sprintf (buf, "%d", value); + string_append (s, buf); + + /* Numbers not otherwise delimited, might have an underscore + appended as a delimeter, which we should skip. + + ??? This used to always remove a following underscore, which + is wrong. If other (arbitrary) cases are followed by an + underscore, we need to do something more radical. */ + + if ((value > 9 || multidigit_without_leading_underscore) + && ! leave_following_underscore + && **mangled == '_') + (*mangled)++; + + /* All is well. */ + success = 1; + } + } + + return success; +} + +/* Demangle the real value in MANGLED. */ + +static int +demangle_real_value (struct work_stuff *work, + const char **mangled, string *s) +{ + if (**mangled == 'E') + return demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_real); + + if (**mangled == 'm') + { + string_appendn (s, "-", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */ + { + string_appendn (s, ".", 1); + (*mangled)++; + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */ + { + string_appendn (s, "e", 1); + (*mangled)++; + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + { + string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static int +demangle_template_value_parm (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *s, type_kind_t tk) +{ + int success = 1; + + if (**mangled == 'Y') + { + /* The next argument is a template parameter. */ + int idx; + + (*mangled)++; + idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + if (idx == -1 + || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args) + || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1) + return -1; + if (work->tmpl_argvec) + string_append (s, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); + else + string_append_template_idx (s, idx); + } + else if (tk == tk_integral) + success = demangle_integral_value (work, mangled, s); + else if (tk == tk_char) + { + char tmp[2]; + int val; + if (**mangled == 'm') + { + string_appendn (s, "-", 1); + (*mangled)++; + } + string_appendn (s, "'", 1); + val = consume_count(mangled); + if (val <= 0) + success = 0; + else + { + tmp[0] = (char)val; + tmp[1] = '\0'; + string_appendn (s, &tmp[0], 1); + string_appendn (s, "'", 1); + } + } + else if (tk == tk_bool) + { + int val = consume_count (mangled); + if (val == 0) + string_appendn (s, "false", 5); + else if (val == 1) + string_appendn (s, "true", 4); + else + success = 0; + } + else if (tk == tk_real) + success = demangle_real_value (work, mangled, s); + else if (tk == tk_pointer || tk == tk_reference) + { + if (**mangled == 'Q') + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s, + /*isfuncname=*/0, + /*append=*/1); + else + { + int symbol_len = consume_count (mangled); + if (symbol_len == -1) + return -1; + if (symbol_len == 0) + string_appendn (s, "0", 1); + else + { + char *p = XNEWVEC (char, symbol_len + 1), *q; + strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len); + p [symbol_len] = '\0'; + /* We use cplus_demangle here, rather than + internal_cplus_demangle, because the name of the entity + mangled here does not make use of any of the squangling + or type-code information we have built up thus far; it is + mangled independently. */ + q = cplus_demangle (p, work->options); + if (tk == tk_pointer) + string_appendn (s, "&", 1); + /* FIXME: Pointer-to-member constants should get a + qualifying class name here. */ + if (q) + { + string_append (s, q); + free (q); + } + else + string_append (s, p); + free (p); + } + *mangled += symbol_len; + } + } + + return success; +} + +/* Demangle the template name in MANGLED. The full name of the + template (e.g., S) is placed in TNAME. The name without the + template parameters (e.g. S) is placed in TRAWNAME if TRAWNAME is + non-NULL. If IS_TYPE is nonzero, this template is a type template, + not a function template. If both IS_TYPE and REMEMBER are nonzero, + the template is remembered in the list of back-referenceable + types. */ + +static int +demangle_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *tname, string *trawname, + int is_type, int remember) +{ + int i; + int r; + int need_comma = 0; + int success = 0; + int is_java_array = 0; + string temp; + + (*mangled)++; + if (is_type) + { + /* get template name */ + if (**mangled == 'z') + { + int idx; + (*mangled)++; + (*mangled)++; + + idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + if (idx == -1 + || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args) + || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1) + return (0); + + if (work->tmpl_argvec) + { + string_append (tname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); + if (trawname) + string_append (trawname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); + } + else + { + string_append_template_idx (tname, idx); + if (trawname) + string_append_template_idx (trawname, idx); + } + } + else + { + if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) <= 0 + || (int) strlen (*mangled) < r) + { + return (0); + } + is_java_array = (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA) + && strncmp (*mangled, "JArray1Z", 8) == 0; + if (! is_java_array) + { + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r); + } + if (trawname) + string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r); + *mangled += r; + } + } + if (!is_java_array) + string_append (tname, "<"); + /* get size of template parameter list */ + if (!get_count (mangled, &r)) + { + return (0); + } + if (!is_type) + { + /* Create an array for saving the template argument values. */ + work->tmpl_argvec = XNEWVEC (char *, r); + work->ntmpl_args = r; + for (i = 0; i < r; i++) + work->tmpl_argvec[i] = 0; + } + for (i = 0; i < r; i++) + { + if (need_comma) + { + string_append (tname, ", "); + } + /* Z for type parameters */ + if (**mangled == 'Z') + { + (*mangled)++; + /* temp is initialized in do_type */ + success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); + if (success) + { + string_appends (tname, &temp); + + if (!is_type) + { + /* Save the template argument. */ + int len = temp.p - temp.b; + work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); + memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], temp.b, len); + work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0'; + } + } + string_delete(&temp); + if (!success) + { + break; + } + } + /* z for template parameters */ + else if (**mangled == 'z') + { + int r2; + (*mangled)++; + success = demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname); + + if (success + && (r2 = consume_count (mangled)) > 0 + && (int) strlen (*mangled) >= r2) + { + string_append (tname, " "); + string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r2); + if (!is_type) + { + /* Save the template argument. */ + int len = r2; + work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); + memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], *mangled, len); + work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0'; + } + *mangled += r2; + } + if (!success) + { + break; + } + } + else + { + string param; + string* s; + + /* otherwise, value parameter */ + + /* temp is initialized in do_type */ + success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp); + string_delete(&temp); + if (!success) + break; + + if (!is_type) + { + s = ¶m; + string_init (s); + } + else + s = tname; + + success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, + (type_kind_t) success); + + if (!success) + { + if (!is_type) + string_delete (s); + success = 0; + break; + } + + if (!is_type) + { + int len = s->p - s->b; + work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); + memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], s->b, len); + work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0'; + + string_appends (tname, s); + string_delete (s); + } + } + need_comma = 1; + } + if (is_java_array) + { + string_append (tname, "[]"); + } + else + { + if (tname->p[-1] == '>') + string_append (tname, " "); + string_append (tname, ">"); + } + + if (is_type && remember) + { + const int bindex = register_Btype (work); + remember_Btype (work, tname->b, LEN_STRING (tname), bindex); + } + + /* + if (work -> static_type) + { + string_append (declp, *mangled + 1); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + else + { + success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + } + } + */ + return (success); +} + +static int +arm_pt (struct work_stuff *work, const char *mangled, + int n, const char **anchor, const char **args) +{ + /* Check if ARM template with "__pt__" in it ("parameterized type") */ + /* Allow HP also here, because HP's cfront compiler follows ARM to some extent */ + if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING) && (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__"))) + { + int len; + *args = *anchor + 6; + len = consume_count (args); + if (len == -1) + return 0; + if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') + { + ++*args; + return 1; + } + } + if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__tm__")) + || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__ps__")) + || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__"))) + { + int len; + *args = *anchor + 6; + len = consume_count (args); + if (len == -1) + return 0; + if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') + { + ++*args; + return 1; + } + } + else if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__S"))) + { + int len; + *args = *anchor + 3; + len = consume_count (args); + if (len == -1) + return 0; + if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_') + { + ++*args; + return 1; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +static void +demangle_arm_hp_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + int n, string *declp) +{ + const char *p; + const char *args; + const char *e = *mangled + n; + string arg; + + /* Check for HP aCC template spec: classXt1t2 where t1, t2 are + template args */ + if (HP_DEMANGLING && ((*mangled)[n] == 'X')) + { + char *start_spec_args = NULL; + int hold_options; + + /* First check for and omit template specialization pseudo-arguments, + such as in "Spec<#1,#1.*>" */ + start_spec_args = strchr (*mangled, '<'); + if (start_spec_args && (start_spec_args - *mangled < n)) + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, start_spec_args - *mangled); + else + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n + 1; + string_init (&arg); + if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call */ + work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b; + + /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in + template parameters. */ + hold_options = work->options; + work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS; + + string_append (declp, "<"); + while (1) + { + string_delete (&arg); + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'T': + /* 'T' signals a type parameter */ + (*mangled)++; + if (!do_type (work, mangled, &arg)) + goto hpacc_template_args_done; + break; + + case 'U': + case 'S': + /* 'U' or 'S' signals an integral value */ + if (!do_hpacc_template_const_value (work, mangled, &arg)) + goto hpacc_template_args_done; + break; + + case 'A': + /* 'A' signals a named constant expression (literal) */ + if (!do_hpacc_template_literal (work, mangled, &arg)) + goto hpacc_template_args_done; + break; + + default: + /* Today, 1997-09-03, we have only the above types + of template parameters */ + /* FIXME: maybe this should fail and return null */ + goto hpacc_template_args_done; + } + string_appends (declp, &arg); + /* Check if we're at the end of template args. + 0 if at end of static member of template class, + _ if done with template args for a function */ + if ((**mangled == '\000') || (**mangled == '_')) + break; + else + string_append (declp, ","); + } + hpacc_template_args_done: + string_append (declp, ">"); + string_delete (&arg); + if (**mangled == '_') + (*mangled)++; + work->options = hold_options; + return; + } + /* ARM template? (Also handles HP cfront extensions) */ + else if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args)) + { + int hold_options; + string type_str; + + string_init (&arg); + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled); + if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call */ + work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b; + + /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in + template parameters. */ + hold_options = work->options; + work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS; + + string_append (declp, "<"); + /* should do error checking here */ + while (args < e) { + string_delete (&arg); + + /* Check for type or literal here */ + switch (*args) + { + /* HP cfront extensions to ARM for template args */ + /* spec: Xt1Lv1 where t1 is a type, v1 is a literal value */ + /* FIXME: We handle only numeric literals for HP cfront */ + case 'X': + /* A typed constant value follows */ + args++; + if (!do_type (work, &args, &type_str)) + goto cfront_template_args_done; + string_append (&arg, "("); + string_appends (&arg, &type_str); + string_delete (&type_str); + string_append (&arg, ")"); + if (*args != 'L') + goto cfront_template_args_done; + args++; + /* Now snarf a literal value following 'L' */ + if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg)) + goto cfront_template_args_done; + break; + + case 'L': + /* Snarf a literal following 'L' */ + args++; + if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg)) + goto cfront_template_args_done; + break; + default: + /* Not handling other HP cfront stuff */ + { + const char* old_args = args; + if (!do_type (work, &args, &arg)) + goto cfront_template_args_done; + + /* Fail if we didn't make any progress: prevent infinite loop. */ + if (args == old_args) + { + work->options = hold_options; + return; + } + } + } + string_appends (declp, &arg); + string_append (declp, ","); + } + cfront_template_args_done: + string_delete (&arg); + if (args >= e) + --declp->p; /* remove extra comma */ + string_append (declp, ">"); + work->options = hold_options; + } + else if (n>10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0 + && (*mangled)[9] == 'N' + && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10] + && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8])) + { + /* A member of the anonymous namespace. */ + string_append (declp, "{anonymous}"); + } + else + { + if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call only */ + work->temp_start = 0; /* disable in recursive calls */ + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + } + *mangled += n; +} + +/* Extract a class name, possibly a template with arguments, from the + mangled string; qualifiers, local class indicators, etc. have + already been dealt with */ + +static int +demangle_class_name (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp) +{ + int n; + int success = 0; + + n = consume_count (mangled); + if (n == -1) + return 0; + if ((int) strlen (*mangled) >= n) + { + demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, n, declp); + success = 1; + } + + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + strint *declp) + +DESCRIPTION + + DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done. + + *MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled. On input, + it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.) + On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on + success, or the first unconsumed token on failure. + + If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then + we are demangling a constructor or destructor. In this case + we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP. + + Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP. + + Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been + "consumed". This allows demangle_class to be called later during + the same demangling, to do normal class demangling. + + Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise. + +*/ + +static int +demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *declp) +{ + int success = 0; + int btype; + string class_name; + char *save_class_name_end = 0; + + string_init (&class_name); + btype = register_Btype (work); + if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name)) + { + save_class_name_end = class_name.p; + if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)) + { + /* adjust so we don't include template args */ + if (work->temp_start && (work->temp_start != -1)) + { + class_name.p = class_name.b + work->temp_start; + } + string_prepends (declp, &class_name); + if (work -> destructor & 1) + { + string_prepend (declp, "~"); + work -> destructor -= 1; + } + else + { + work -> constructor -= 1; + } + } + class_name.p = save_class_name_end; + remember_Ktype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name)); + remember_Btype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name), btype); + string_prepend (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + string_prepends (declp, &class_name); + success = 1; + } + string_delete (&class_name); + return (success); +} + + +/* Called when there's a "__" in the mangled name, with `scan' pointing to + the rightmost guess. + + Find the correct "__"-sequence where the function name ends and the + signature starts, which is ambiguous with GNU mangling. + Call demangle_signature here, so we can make sure we found the right + one; *mangled will be consumed so caller will not make further calls to + demangle_signature. */ + +static int +iterate_demangle_function (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp, const char *scan) +{ + const char *mangle_init = *mangled; + int success = 0; + string decl_init; + struct work_stuff work_init; + + if (*(scan + 2) == '\0') + return 0; + + /* Do not iterate for some demangling modes, or if there's only one + "__"-sequence. This is the normal case. */ + if (ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING + || strstr (scan + 2, "__") == NULL) + return demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan); + + /* Save state so we can restart if the guess at the correct "__" was + wrong. */ + string_init (&decl_init); + string_appends (&decl_init, declp); + memset (&work_init, 0, sizeof work_init); + work_stuff_copy_to_from (&work_init, work); + + /* Iterate over occurrences of __, allowing names and types to have a + "__" sequence in them. We must start with the first (not the last) + occurrence, since "__" most often occur between independent mangled + parts, hence starting at the last occurence inside a signature + might get us a "successful" demangling of the signature. */ + + while (scan[2]) + { + if (demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan)) + { + success = demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp); + if (success) + break; + } + + /* Reset demangle state for the next round. */ + *mangled = mangle_init; + string_clear (declp); + string_appends (declp, &decl_init); + work_stuff_copy_to_from (work, &work_init); + + /* Leave this underscore-sequence. */ + scan += 2; + + /* Scan for the next "__" sequence. */ + while (*scan && (scan[0] != '_' || scan[1] != '_')) + scan++; + + /* Move to last "__" in this sequence. */ + while (*scan && *scan == '_') + scan++; + scan -= 2; + } + + /* Delete saved state. */ + delete_work_stuff (&work_init); + string_delete (&decl_init); + + return success; +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + +DESCRIPTION + + Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name. + While processing the function name root, arrange to call + demangle_signature if the root is ambiguous. + + DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is + placed. On entry, the buffer is empty. On exit it contains + the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some + special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result. + + MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name. As each + token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated. Upon entry + the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of + the mangled name. Upon exit, it should point to the first character + of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first + unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful. + + Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. + */ + +static int +demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp) +{ + int success = 1; + const char *scan; + int i; + + if (strlen(*mangled) > 6 + && (strncmp(*mangled, "_imp__", 6) == 0 + || strncmp(*mangled, "__imp_", 6) == 0)) + { + /* it's a symbol imported from a PE dynamic library. Check for both + new style prefix _imp__ and legacy __imp_ used by older versions + of dlltool. */ + (*mangled) += 6; + work->dllimported = 1; + } + else if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0) + { + char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]); + if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10]) + { + if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D') + { + /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */ + (*mangled) += 11; + work->destructor = 2; + if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)) + return success; + } + else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I') + { + /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */ + (*mangled) += 11; + work->constructor = 2; + if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)) + return success; + } + } + } + else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0) + { + /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */ + (*mangled) += 7; + work->destructor = 2; + } + else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0) + { + /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */ + (*mangled) += 7; + work->constructor = 2; + } + + /* This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization + of: + scan = strstr (*mangled, "__"); */ + + { + scan = *mangled; + + do { + scan = strchr (scan, '_'); + } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_'); + + if (scan != NULL) --scan; + } + + if (scan != NULL) + { + /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at + the last pair in the sequence. */ + i = strspn (scan, "_"); + if (i > 2) + { + scan += (i - 2); + } + } + + if (scan == NULL) + { + success = 0; + } + else if (work -> static_type) + { + if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't')) + { + success = 0; + } + } + else if ((scan == *mangled) + && (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q') + || (scan[2] == 't') || (scan[2] == 'K') || (scan[2] == 'H'))) + { + /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables. + But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __ + to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case. */ + if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING) + && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2])) + { + *mangled = scan + 2; + consume_count (mangled); + string_append (declp, *mangled); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + else + { + /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt]. But cfront uses + names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names. So don't accept + this style of constructor for cfront demangling. A GNU + style member-template constructor starts with 'H'. */ + if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)) + work -> constructor += 1; + *mangled = scan + 2; + } + } + else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't') + { + /* Cfront-style parameterized type. Handled later as a signature. */ + success = 1; + + /* ARM template? */ + demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp); + } + else if (EDG_DEMANGLING && ((scan[2] == 't' && scan[3] == 'm') + || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 's') + || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't'))) + { + /* EDG-style parameterized type. Handled later as a signature. */ + success = 1; + + /* EDG template? */ + demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp); + } + else if ((scan == *mangled) && !ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2]) + && (scan[2] != 't')) + { + /* Mangled name starts with "__". Skip over any leading '_' characters, + then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature. + */ + if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + || (arm_special (mangled, declp) == 0)) + { + while (*scan == '_') + { + scan++; + } + if ((scan = strstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0')) + { + /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature + (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */ + success = 0; + } + else + return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan); + } + } + else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0') + { + /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere + in there with non empty stuff after it. Looks like a global + function name. Iterate over all "__":s until the right + one is found. */ + return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan); + } + else + { + /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */ + success = 0; + } + + if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2)) + { + string_append (declp, *mangled); + *mangled += strlen (*mangled); + success = 1; + } + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp); + + +DESCRIPTION + + Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit + the normal pattern. For example: + + _$_3foo (destructor for class foo) + _vt$foo (foo virtual table) + _vt$foo$bar (foo::bar virtual table) + __vt_foo (foo virtual table, new style with thunks) + _3foo$varname (static data member) + _Q22rs2tu$vw (static data member) + __t6vector1Zii (constructor with template) + __thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk) + */ + +static int +gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *declp) +{ + int n; + int success = 1; + const char *p; + + if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' + && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL + && (*mangled)[2] == '_') + { + /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "__" */ + (*mangled) += 3; + work -> destructor += 1; + } + else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' + && (((*mangled)[1] == '_' + && (*mangled)[2] == 'v' + && (*mangled)[3] == 't' + && (*mangled)[4] == '_') + || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v' + && (*mangled)[2] == 't' + && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL))) + { + /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt" + and create the decl. Note that we consume the entire mangled + input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work + to do. */ + if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v') + (*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */ + else + (*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt" */ + while (**mangled != '\0') + { + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + case 'K': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, + 1); + break; + default: + if (ISDIGIT((unsigned char)*mangled[0])) + { + n = consume_count(mangled); + /* We may be seeing a too-large size, or else a + "." indicating a static local symbol. In + any case, declare victory and move on; *don't* try + to use n to allocate. */ + if (n > (int) strlen (*mangled)) + { + success = 1; + break; + } + } + else + { + n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers); + } + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + } + + p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers); + if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled))) + { + if (p != NULL) + { + string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + (*mangled)++; + } + } + else + { + success = 0; + break; + } + } + if (success) + string_append (declp, " virtual table"); + } + else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' + && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL) + && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL) + { + /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */ + (*mangled)++; + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + case 'K': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1); + break; + default: + n = consume_count (mangled); + if (n < 0 || n > (long) strlen (*mangled)) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + + if (n > 10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0 + && (*mangled)[9] == 'N' + && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10] + && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8])) + { + /* A member of the anonymous namespace. There's information + about what identifier or filename it was keyed to, but + it's just there to make the mangled name unique; we just + step over it. */ + string_append (declp, "{anonymous}"); + (*mangled) += n; + + /* Now p points to the marker before the N, so we need to + update it to the first marker after what we consumed. */ + p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers); + break; + } + + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + } + if (success && (p == *mangled)) + { + /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the + variable name. */ + (*mangled)++; + string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + n = strlen (*mangled); + string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + } + else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0) + { + int delta; + + (*mangled) += 8; + delta = consume_count (mangled); + if (delta == -1) + success = 0; + else + { + char *method = internal_cplus_demangle (work, ++*mangled); + + if (method) + { + char buf[50]; + sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta); + string_append (declp, buf); + string_append (declp, method); + free (method); + n = strlen (*mangled); + (*mangled) += n; + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + } + } + else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__t", 3) == 0 + && ((*mangled)[3] == 'i' || (*mangled)[3] == 'f')) + { + p = (*mangled)[3] == 'i' ? " type_info node" : " type_info function"; + (*mangled) += 4; + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'Q': + case 'K': + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1); + break; + case 't': + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1); + break; + default: + success = do_type (work, mangled, declp); + break; + } + if (success && **mangled != '\0') + success = 0; + if (success) + string_append (declp, p); + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + return (success); +} + +static void +recursively_demangle(struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *result, int namelength) +{ + char * recurse = (char *)NULL; + char * recurse_dem = (char *)NULL; + + recurse = XNEWVEC (char, namelength + 1); + memcpy (recurse, *mangled, namelength); + recurse[namelength] = '\000'; + + recurse_dem = cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options); + + if (recurse_dem) + { + string_append (result, recurse_dem); + free (recurse_dem); + } + else + { + string_appendn (result, *mangled, namelength); + } + free (recurse); + *mangled += namelength; +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + arm_special (const char **mangled, + string *declp); + + +DESCRIPTION + + Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit + the normal pattern. For example: + + __vtbl__3foo (foo virtual table) + __vtbl__3foo__3bar (bar::foo virtual table) + + */ + +static int +arm_special (const char **mangled, string *declp) +{ + int n; + int success = 1; + const char *scan; + + if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0) + { + /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING + and create the decl. Note that we consume the entire mangled + input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work + to do. */ + scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN; + while (*scan != '\0') /* first check it can be demangled */ + { + n = consume_count (&scan); + if (n == -1) + { + return (0); /* no good */ + } + scan += n; + if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_') + { + scan += 2; + } + } + (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN; + while (**mangled != '\0') + { + n = consume_count (mangled); + if (n == -1 + || n > (long) strlen (*mangled)) + return 0; + string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n); + (*mangled) += n; + if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_') + { + string_prepend (declp, "::"); + (*mangled) += 2; + } + } + string_append (declp, " virtual table"); + } + else + { + success = 0; + } + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled, + string *result, int isfuncname, int append); + +DESCRIPTION + + Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is + the mangled form of "Outer::Inner". The demangled output is + prepended or appended to the result string according to the + state of the append flag. + + If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building + is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a + constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate + constructor or destructor name. I.E. for the above example, + the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner" + and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner". + +BUGS + + Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME). + + */ + +static int +demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *result, int isfuncname, int append) +{ + int qualifiers = 0; + int success = 1; + char num[2]; + string temp; + string last_name; + int bindex = register_Btype (work); + + /* We only make use of ISFUNCNAME if the entity is a constructor or + destructor. */ + isfuncname = (isfuncname + && ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))); + + string_init (&temp); + string_init (&last_name); + + if ((*mangled)[0] == 'K') + { + /* Squangling qualified name reuse */ + int idx; + (*mangled)++; + idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + if (idx == -1 || idx >= work -> numk) + success = 0; + else + string_append (&temp, work -> ktypevec[idx]); + } + else + switch ((*mangled)[1]) + { + case '_': + /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes. The count is preceded + by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed + by an underscore. */ + (*mangled)++; + qualifiers = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + if (qualifiers == -1) + success = 0; + break; + + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + /* The count is in a single digit. */ + num[0] = (*mangled)[1]; + num[1] = '\0'; + qualifiers = atoi (num); + + /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it. This is + said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no + mention of such an underscore. Perhaps cfront uses one. */ + if ((*mangled)[2] == '_') + { + (*mangled)++; + } + (*mangled) += 2; + break; + + case '0': + default: + success = 0; + } + + if (!success) + return success; + + /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order + in which they are found, separated by '::'. */ + + while (qualifiers-- > 0) + { + int remember_K = 1; + string_clear (&last_name); + + if (*mangled[0] == '_') + (*mangled)++; + + if (*mangled[0] == 't') + { + /* Here we always append to TEMP since we will want to use + the template name without the template parameters as a + constructor or destructor name. The appropriate + (parameter-less) value is returned by demangle_template + in LAST_NAME. We do not remember the template type here, + in order to match the G++ mangling algorithm. */ + success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp, + &last_name, 1, 0); + if (!success) + break; + } + else if (*mangled[0] == 'K') + { + int idx; + (*mangled)++; + idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + if (idx == -1 || idx >= work->numk) + success = 0; + else + string_append (&temp, work->ktypevec[idx]); + remember_K = 0; + + if (!success) break; + } + else + { + if (EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + int namelength; + /* Now recursively demangle the qualifier + * This is necessary to deal with templates in + * mangling styles like EDG */ + namelength = consume_count (mangled); + if (namelength == -1) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + recursively_demangle(work, mangled, &temp, namelength); + } + else + { + string_delete (&last_name); + success = do_type (work, mangled, &last_name); + if (!success) + break; + string_appends (&temp, &last_name); + } + } + + if (remember_K) + remember_Ktype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp)); + + if (qualifiers > 0) + string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + } + + remember_Btype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp), bindex); + + /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append + the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name. + We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where + we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name. */ + + if (isfuncname) + { + string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + if (work -> destructor & 1) + string_append (&temp, "~"); + string_appends (&temp, &last_name); + } + + /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it, + depending upon the state of the append flag. */ + + if (append) + string_appends (result, &temp); + else + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (result)) + string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + string_prepends (result, &temp); + } + + string_delete (&last_name); + string_delete (&temp); + return (success); +} + +/* + +LOCAL FUNCTION + + get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens + +SYNOPSIS + + static int + get_count (const char **type, int *count) + +DESCRIPTION + + Assume that *type points at a count in a mangled name; set + *count to its value, and set *type to the next character after + the count. There are some weird rules in effect here. + + If *type does not point at a string of digits, return zero. + + If *type points at a string of digits followed by an + underscore, set *count to their value as an integer, advance + *type to point *after the underscore, and return 1. + + If *type points at a string of digits not followed by an + underscore, consume only the first digit. Set *count to its + value as an integer, leave *type pointing after that digit, + and return 1. + + The excuse for this odd behavior: in the ARM and HP demangling + styles, a type can be followed by a repeat count of the form + `Nxy', where: + + `x' is a single digit specifying how many additional copies + of the type to append to the argument list, and + + `y' is one or more digits, specifying the zero-based index of + the first repeated argument in the list. Yes, as you're + unmangling the name you can figure this out yourself, but + it's there anyway. + + So, for example, in `bar__3fooFPiN51', the first argument is a + pointer to an integer (`Pi'), and then the next five arguments + are the same (`N5'), and the first repeat is the function's + second argument (`1'). +*/ + +static int +get_count (const char **type, int *count) +{ + const char *p; + int n; + + if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) + return (0); + else + { + *count = **type - '0'; + (*type)++; + if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type)) + { + p = *type; + n = *count; + do + { + n *= 10; + n += *p - '0'; + p++; + } + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)*p)); + if (*p == '_') + { + *type = p + 1; + *count = n; + } + } + } + return (1); +} + +/* RESULT will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure. The + value returned is really a type_kind_t. */ + +static int +do_type (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *result) +{ + int n; + int done; + int success; + string decl; + const char *remembered_type; + int type_quals; + type_kind_t tk = tk_none; + + string_init (&decl); + string_init (result); + + done = 0; + success = 1; + while (success && !done) + { + int member; + switch (**mangled) + { + + /* A pointer type */ + case 'P': + case 'p': + (*mangled)++; + if (! (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA)) + string_prepend (&decl, "*"); + if (tk == tk_none) + tk = tk_pointer; + break; + + /* A reference type */ + case 'R': + (*mangled)++; + string_prepend (&decl, "&"); + if (tk == tk_none) + tk = tk_reference; + break; + + /* An array */ + case 'A': + { + ++(*mangled); + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) + && (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&')) + { + string_prepend (&decl, "("); + string_append (&decl, ")"); + } + string_append (&decl, "["); + if (**mangled != '_') + success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, &decl, + tk_integral); + if (**mangled == '_') + ++(*mangled); + string_append (&decl, "]"); + break; + } + + /* A back reference to a previously seen type */ + case 'T': + (*mangled)++; + if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> ntypes) + { + success = 0; + } + else + { + remembered_type = work -> typevec[n]; + mangled = &remembered_type; + } + break; + + /* A function */ + case 'F': + (*mangled)++; + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) + && (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&')) + { + string_prepend (&decl, "("); + string_append (&decl, ")"); + } + /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the + function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the + string. */ + if (!demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl) + || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0')) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + if (success && (**mangled == '_')) + (*mangled)++; + break; + + case 'M': + case 'O': + { + type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED; + + member = **mangled == 'M'; + (*mangled)++; + + string_append (&decl, ")"); + + /* We don't need to prepend `::' for a qualified name; + demangle_qualified will do that for us. */ + if (**mangled != 'Q') + string_prepend (&decl, SCOPE_STRING (work)); + + if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + { + n = consume_count (mangled); + if (n == -1 + || (int) strlen (*mangled) < n) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n); + *mangled += n; + } + else if (**mangled == 'X' || **mangled == 'Y') + { + string temp; + do_type (work, mangled, &temp); + string_prepends (&decl, &temp); + string_delete (&temp); + } + else if (**mangled == 't') + { + string temp; + string_init (&temp); + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &temp, + NULL, 1, 1); + if (success) + { + string_prependn (&decl, temp.b, temp.p - temp.b); + string_delete (&temp); + } + else + break; + } + else if (**mangled == 'Q') + { + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, &decl, + /*isfuncnam=*/0, + /*append=*/0); + if (!success) + break; + } + else + { + success = 0; + break; + } + + string_prepend (&decl, "("); + if (member) + { + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'C': + case 'V': + case 'u': + type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled); + (*mangled)++; + break; + + default: + break; + } + + if (*(*mangled)++ != 'F') + { + success = 0; + break; + } + } + if ((member && !demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl)) + || **mangled != '_') + { + success = 0; + break; + } + (*mangled)++; + if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + break; + } + if (type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED) + { + APPEND_BLANK (&decl); + string_append (&decl, qualifier_string (type_quals)); + } + break; + } + case 'G': + (*mangled)++; + break; + + case 'C': + case 'V': + case 'u': + if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)) + string_prepend (&decl, " "); + + string_prepend (&decl, demangle_qualifier (**mangled)); + } + (*mangled)++; + break; + /* + } + */ + + /* fall through */ + default: + done = 1; + break; + } + } + + if (success) switch (**mangled) + { + /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner". */ + case 'Q': + case 'K': + { + success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1); + break; + } + + /* A back reference to a previously seen squangled type */ + case 'B': + (*mangled)++; + if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> numb) + success = 0; + else + string_append (result, work->btypevec[n]); + break; + + case 'X': + case 'Y': + /* A template parm. We substitute the corresponding argument. */ + { + int idx; + + (*mangled)++; + idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled); + + if (idx == -1 + || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args) + || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + + if (work->tmpl_argvec) + string_append (result, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]); + else + string_append_template_idx (result, idx); + + success = 1; + } + break; + + default: + success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result); + if (tk == tk_none) + tk = (type_kind_t) success; + break; + } + + if (success) + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)) + { + string_append (result, " "); + string_appends (result, &decl); + } + } + else + string_delete (result); + string_delete (&decl); + + if (success) + /* Assume an integral type, if we're not sure. */ + return (int) ((tk == tk_none) ? tk_integral : tk); + else + return 0; +} + +/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type + argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the + string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and + the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result. + + For example: + + "Ci" => "const int" + "Sl" => "signed long" + "CUs" => "const unsigned short" + + The value returned is really a type_kind_t. */ + +static int +demangle_fund_type (struct work_stuff *work, + const char **mangled, string *result) +{ + int done = 0; + int success = 1; + char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 5 /* 'int%u_t' */]; + unsigned int dec = 0; + type_kind_t tk = tk_integral; + + /* First pick off any type qualifiers. There can be more than one. */ + + while (!done) + { + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'C': + case 'V': + case 'u': + if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS) + { + if (!STRING_EMPTY (result)) + string_prepend (result, " "); + string_prepend (result, demangle_qualifier (**mangled)); + } + (*mangled)++; + break; + case 'U': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "unsigned"); + break; + case 'S': /* signed char only */ + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "signed"); + break; + case 'J': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "__complex"); + break; + default: + done = 1; + break; + } + } + + /* Now pick off the fundamental type. There can be only one. */ + + switch (**mangled) + { + case '\0': + case '_': + break; + case 'v': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "void"); + break; + case 'x': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "long long"); + break; + case 'l': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "long"); + break; + case 'i': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "int"); + break; + case 's': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "short"); + break; + case 'b': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "bool"); + tk = tk_bool; + break; + case 'c': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "char"); + tk = tk_char; + break; + case 'w': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "wchar_t"); + tk = tk_char; + break; + case 'r': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "long double"); + tk = tk_real; + break; + case 'd': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "double"); + tk = tk_real; + break; + case 'f': + (*mangled)++; + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, "float"); + tk = tk_real; + break; + case 'G': + (*mangled)++; + if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + { + success = 0; + break; + } + case 'I': + (*mangled)++; + if (**mangled == '_') + { + int i; + (*mangled)++; + for (i = 0; + i < (long) sizeof (buf) - 1 && **mangled && **mangled != '_'; + (*mangled)++, i++) + buf[i] = **mangled; + if (**mangled != '_') + { + success = 0; + break; + } + buf[i] = '\0'; + (*mangled)++; + } + else + { + strncpy (buf, *mangled, 2); + buf[2] = '\0'; + *mangled += min (strlen (*mangled), 2); + } + sscanf (buf, "%x", &dec); + sprintf (buf, "int%u_t", dec); + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_append (result, buf); + break; + + /* fall through */ + /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */ + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + { + int bindex = register_Btype (work); + string btype; + string_init (&btype); + if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &btype)) { + remember_Btype (work, btype.b, LEN_STRING (&btype), bindex); + APPEND_BLANK (result); + string_appends (result, &btype); + } + else + success = 0; + string_delete (&btype); + break; + } + case 't': + { + string btype; + string_init (&btype); + success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &btype, 0, 1, 1); + string_appends (result, &btype); + string_delete (&btype); + break; + } + default: + success = 0; + break; + } + + return success ? ((int) tk) : 0; +} + + +/* Handle a template's value parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM) + **mangled points to 'S' or 'U' */ + +static int +do_hpacc_template_const_value (struct work_stuff *work ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char **mangled, string *result) +{ + int unsigned_const; + + if (**mangled != 'U' && **mangled != 'S') + return 0; + + unsigned_const = (**mangled == 'U'); + + (*mangled)++; + + switch (**mangled) + { + case 'N': + string_append (result, "-"); + /* fall through */ + case 'P': + (*mangled)++; + break; + case 'M': + /* special case for -2^31 */ + string_append (result, "-2147483648"); + (*mangled)++; + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } + + /* We have to be looking at an integer now */ + if (!(ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))) + return 0; + + /* We only deal with integral values for template + parameters -- so it's OK to look only for digits */ + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)) + { + char_str[0] = **mangled; + string_append (result, char_str); + (*mangled)++; + } + + if (unsigned_const) + string_append (result, "U"); + + /* FIXME? Some day we may have 64-bit (or larger :-) ) constants + with L or LL suffixes. pai/1997-09-03 */ + + return 1; /* success */ +} + +/* Handle a template's literal parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM) + **mangled is pointing to the 'A' */ + +static int +do_hpacc_template_literal (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *result) +{ + int literal_len = 0; + char * recurse; + char * recurse_dem; + + if (**mangled != 'A') + return 0; + + (*mangled)++; + + literal_len = consume_count (mangled); + + if (literal_len <= 0) + return 0; + + /* Literal parameters are names of arrays, functions, etc. and the + canonical representation uses the address operator */ + string_append (result, "&"); + + /* Now recursively demangle the literal name */ + recurse = XNEWVEC (char, literal_len + 1); + memcpy (recurse, *mangled, literal_len); + recurse[literal_len] = '\000'; + + recurse_dem = cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options); + + if (recurse_dem) + { + string_append (result, recurse_dem); + free (recurse_dem); + } + else + { + string_appendn (result, *mangled, literal_len); + } + (*mangled) += literal_len; + free (recurse); + + return 1; +} + +static int +snarf_numeric_literal (const char **args, string *arg) +{ + if (**args == '-') + { + char_str[0] = '-'; + string_append (arg, char_str); + (*args)++; + } + else if (**args == '+') + (*args)++; + + if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**args)) + return 0; + + while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**args)) + { + char_str[0] = **args; + string_append (arg, char_str); + (*args)++; + } + + return 1; +} + +/* Demangle the next argument, given by MANGLED into RESULT, which + *should be an uninitialized* string. It will be initialized here, + and free'd should anything go wrong. */ + +static int +do_arg (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *result) +{ + /* Remember where we started so that we can record the type, for + non-squangling type remembering. */ + const char *start = *mangled; + + string_init (result); + + if (work->nrepeats > 0) + { + --work->nrepeats; + + if (work->previous_argument == 0) + return 0; + + /* We want to reissue the previous type in this argument list. */ + string_appends (result, work->previous_argument); + return 1; + } + + if (**mangled == 'n') + { + /* A squangling-style repeat. */ + (*mangled)++; + work->nrepeats = consume_count(mangled); + + if (work->nrepeats <= 0) + /* This was not a repeat count after all. */ + return 0; + + if (work->nrepeats > 9) + { + if (**mangled != '_') + /* The repeat count should be followed by an '_' in this + case. */ + return 0; + else + (*mangled)++; + } + + /* Now, the repeat is all set up. */ + return do_arg (work, mangled, result); + } + + /* Save the result in WORK->previous_argument so that we can find it + if it's repeated. Note that saving START is not good enough: we + do not want to add additional types to the back-referenceable + type vector when processing a repeated type. */ + if (work->previous_argument) + string_delete (work->previous_argument); + else + work->previous_argument = XNEW (string); + + if (!do_type (work, mangled, work->previous_argument)) + return 0; + + string_appends (result, work->previous_argument); + + remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start); + return 1; +} + +static void +remember_type (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, int len) +{ + char *tem; + + if (work->forgetting_types) + return; + + if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size) + { + if (work -> typevec_size == 0) + { + work -> typevec_size = 3; + work -> typevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->typevec_size); + } + else + { + work -> typevec_size *= 2; + work -> typevec + = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->typevec, work->typevec_size); + } + } + tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); + memcpy (tem, start, len); + tem[len] = '\0'; + work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem; +} + + +/* Remember a K type class qualifier. */ +static void +remember_Ktype (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, int len) +{ + char *tem; + + if (work -> numk >= work -> ksize) + { + if (work -> ksize == 0) + { + work -> ksize = 5; + work -> ktypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->ksize); + } + else + { + work -> ksize *= 2; + work -> ktypevec + = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->ktypevec, work->ksize); + } + } + tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); + memcpy (tem, start, len); + tem[len] = '\0'; + work -> ktypevec[work -> numk++] = tem; +} + +/* Register a B code, and get an index for it. B codes are registered + as they are seen, rather than as they are completed, so map > + registers map > as B0, and temp as B1 */ + +static int +register_Btype (struct work_stuff *work) +{ + int ret; + + if (work -> numb >= work -> bsize) + { + if (work -> bsize == 0) + { + work -> bsize = 5; + work -> btypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->bsize); + } + else + { + work -> bsize *= 2; + work -> btypevec + = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->btypevec, work->bsize); + } + } + ret = work -> numb++; + work -> btypevec[ret] = NULL; + return(ret); +} + +/* Store a value into a previously registered B code type. */ + +static void +remember_Btype (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, + int len, int index) +{ + char *tem; + + tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1); + memcpy (tem, start, len); + tem[len] = '\0'; + work -> btypevec[index] = tem; +} + +/* Lose all the info related to B and K type codes. */ +static void +forget_B_and_K_types (struct work_stuff *work) +{ + int i; + + while (work -> numk > 0) + { + i = --(work -> numk); + if (work -> ktypevec[i] != NULL) + { + free (work -> ktypevec[i]); + work -> ktypevec[i] = NULL; + } + } + + while (work -> numb > 0) + { + i = --(work -> numb); + if (work -> btypevec[i] != NULL) + { + free (work -> btypevec[i]); + work -> btypevec[i] = NULL; + } + } +} +/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself. */ + +static void +forget_types (struct work_stuff *work) +{ + int i; + + while (work -> ntypes > 0) + { + i = --(work -> ntypes); + if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL) + { + free (work -> typevec[i]); + work -> typevec[i] = NULL; + } + } +} + +/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec + has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any). For + example: + + "__als__3fooRT0" => process "RT0" + "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i" => process "PFPc_PFl_i" + + DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty. It won't be freed + on failure. + + Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling + with regards to references to previously seen types. For example, given + the source fragment: + + class foo { + public: + foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic); + }; + + foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; } + void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; } + + g++ produces the names: + + __3fooiRT0iT2iT2 + foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1 + + while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces: + + foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2 + __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2 + + Note that g++ bases its type numbers starting at zero and counts all + previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases its type numbers starting + at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character + indicating the start of the function args. For lucid/ARM style, we + account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when + we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number + reference. + + */ + +static int +demangle_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp) +{ + string arg; + int need_comma = 0; + int r; + int t; + const char *tem; + char temptype; + + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, "("); + if (**mangled == '\0') + { + string_append (declp, "void"); + } + } + + while ((**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e') + || work->nrepeats > 0) + { + if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T')) + { + temptype = *(*mangled)++; + + if (temptype == 'N') + { + if (!get_count (mangled, &r)) + { + return (0); + } + } + else + { + r = 1; + } + if ((HP_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && work -> ntypes >= 10) + { + /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit + index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This + will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a + count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly + anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1, + Pc, ...)" or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */ + if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) <= 0) + { + return (0); + } + } + else + { + if (!get_count (mangled, &t)) + { + return (0); + } + } + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + t--; + } + /* Validate the type index. Protect against illegal indices from + malformed type strings. */ + if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes)) + { + return (0); + } + while (work->nrepeats > 0 || --r >= 0) + { + tem = work -> typevec[t]; + if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, ", "); + } + if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg)) + { + return (0); + } + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_appends (declp, &arg); + } + string_delete (&arg); + need_comma = 1; + } + } + else + { + if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + string_append (declp, ", "); + if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg)) + return (0); + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + string_appends (declp, &arg); + string_delete (&arg); + need_comma = 1; + } + } + + if (**mangled == 'e') + { + (*mangled)++; + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + if (need_comma) + { + string_append (declp, ","); + } + string_append (declp, "..."); + } + } + + if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES) + { + string_append (declp, ")"); + } + return (1); +} + +/* Like demangle_args, but for demangling the argument lists of function + and method pointers or references, not top-level declarations. */ + +static int +demangle_nested_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp) +{ + string* saved_previous_argument; + int result; + int saved_nrepeats; + + /* The G++ name-mangling algorithm does not remember types on nested + argument lists, unless -fsquangling is used, and in that case the + type vector updated by remember_type is not used. So, we turn + off remembering of types here. */ + ++work->forgetting_types; + + /* For the repeat codes used with -fsquangling, we must keep track of + the last argument. */ + saved_previous_argument = work->previous_argument; + saved_nrepeats = work->nrepeats; + work->previous_argument = 0; + work->nrepeats = 0; + + /* Actually demangle the arguments. */ + result = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp); + + /* Restore the previous_argument field. */ + if (work->previous_argument) + { + string_delete (work->previous_argument); + free ((char *) work->previous_argument); + } + work->previous_argument = saved_previous_argument; + --work->forgetting_types; + work->nrepeats = saved_nrepeats; + + return result; +} + +/* Returns 1 if a valid function name was found or 0 otherwise. */ + +static int +demangle_function_name (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, + string *declp, const char *scan) +{ + size_t i; + string type; + const char *tem; + + string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled)); + string_need (declp, 1); + *(declp -> p) = '\0'; + + /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name + from the signature. We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the + separator. */ + + (*mangled) = scan + 2; + /* We may be looking at an instantiation of a template function: + foo__Xt1t2_Ft3t4, where t1, t2, ... are template arguments and a + following _F marks the start of the function arguments. Handle + the template arguments first. */ + + if (HP_DEMANGLING && (**mangled == 'X')) + { + demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, 0, declp); + /* This leaves MANGLED pointing to the 'F' marking func args */ + } + + if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) + { + + /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator. + If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return. + We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later, + when we recover the class name from the signature. */ + + if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0) + { + work -> constructor += 1; + string_clear (declp); + return 1; + } + else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0) + { + work -> destructor += 1; + string_clear (declp); + return 1; + } + } + + if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3 + && declp->b[0] == 'o' + && declp->b[1] == 'p' + && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL) + { + /* see if it's an assignment expression */ + if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */ + && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0) + { + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + int len = declp->p - declp->b - 10; + if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + string_append (declp, "="); + break; + } + } + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3; + if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + break; + } + } + } + } + else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0 + && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL) + { + /* type conversion operator */ + tem = declp->b + 5; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator "); + string_appends (declp, &type); + string_delete (&type); + } + } + else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_' + && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p') + { + /* ANSI. */ + /* type conversion operator. */ + tem = declp->b + 4; + if (do_type (work, &tem, &type)) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator "); + string_appends (declp, &type); + string_delete (&type); + } + } + else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_' + && ISLOWER((unsigned char)declp->b[2]) + && ISLOWER((unsigned char)declp->b[3])) + { + if (declp->b[4] == '\0') + { + /* Operator. */ + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + break; + } + } + } + else + { + if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0') + { + /* Assignment. */ + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++) + { + if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3 + && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0) + { + string_clear (declp); + string_append (declp, "operator"); + string_append (declp, optable[i].out); + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* If a function name was obtained but it's not valid, we were not + successful. */ + if (LEN_STRING (declp) == 1 && declp->b[0] == '.') + return 0; + else + return 1; +} + +/* a mini string-handling package */ + +static void +string_need (string *s, int n) +{ + int tem; + + if (s->b == NULL) + { + if (n < 32) + { + n = 32; + } + s->p = s->b = XNEWVEC (char, n); + s->e = s->b + n; + } + else if (s->e - s->p < n) + { + tem = s->p - s->b; + n += tem; + n *= 2; + s->b = XRESIZEVEC (char, s->b, n); + s->p = s->b + tem; + s->e = s->b + n; + } +} + +static void +string_delete (string *s) +{ + if (s->b != NULL) + { + free (s->b); + s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL; + } +} + +static void +string_init (string *s) +{ + s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL; +} + +static void +string_clear (string *s) +{ + s->p = s->b; +} + +#if 0 + +static int +string_empty (string *s) +{ + return (s->b == s->p); +} + +#endif + +static void +string_append (string *p, const char *s) +{ + int n; + if (s == NULL || *s == '\0') + return; + n = strlen (s); + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s, n); + p->p += n; +} + +static void +string_appends (string *p, string *s) +{ + int n; + + if (s->b != s->p) + { + n = s->p - s->b; + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s->b, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, int n) +{ + if (n != 0) + { + string_need (p, n); + memcpy (p->p, s, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_prepend (string *p, const char *s) +{ + if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') + { + string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s)); + } +} + +static void +string_prepends (string *p, string *s) +{ + if (s->b != s->p) + { + string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b); + } +} + +static void +string_prependn (string *p, const char *s, int n) +{ + char *q; + + if (n != 0) + { + string_need (p, n); + for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--) + { + q[n] = q[0]; + } + memcpy (p->b, s, n); + p->p += n; + } +} + +static void +string_append_template_idx (string *s, int idx) +{ + char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 1 /* 'T' */]; + sprintf(buf, "T%d", idx); + string_append (s, buf); +} + +static void +print_demangler_list (FILE *stream) +{ + const struct demangler_engine *demangler; + + fprintf (stream, "{%s", libiberty_demanglers->demangling_style_name); + + for (demangler = libiberty_demanglers + 1; + demangler->demangling_style != unknown_demangling; + ++demangler) + fprintf (stream, ",%s", demangler->demangling_style_name); + + fprintf (stream, "}"); +} + +static const char * demangler_list = NULL; + +/* The buffer should be big enough to hold the list. */ +static char demangler_list_buffer [128]; + +const char * +get_demangler_list () +{ + + enum demangling_styles i; + int start, len, left; + + if (!demangler_list) + { + demangler_list = demangler_list_buffer; + demangler_list_buffer [0] = '{'; + + start = 1; + left = sizeof (demangler_list_buffer) - start; + + for (i = 0; i < unknown_demangling && left > 0; i++) + { + strncpy (&demangler_list_buffer [start], + libiberty_demanglers [i].demangling_style_name, left); + len = (int)strlen (libiberty_demanglers [i].demangling_style_name); + start += len; + if (left > 0) + { + demangler_list_buffer [start] = ','; + start++; + left -= len + 1; + } + } + + if (left >= 0) + { + demangler_list_buffer [--start] = '}'; + } + } + + return demangler_list; +} + +/* To generate a standalone demangler program for testing purposes, + just compile and link this file with -DMAIN and libiberty.a. When + run, it demangles each command line arg, or each stdin string, and + prints the result on stdout. */ + +#ifdef MAIN_CPLUS_DEM + +#include "getopt.h" + +static const char *program_name; +static const char *program_version = "1";//TODO ???? VERSION; + +static void demangle_it PARAMS ((char *)); +static void usage PARAMS ((FILE *, int)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; +static void fatal PARAMS ((const char *)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; + +int strip_underscore = 0; + +static int flags = DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_VERBOSE; + +static void +demangle_it (char *mangled_name) +{ + char *result; + unsigned int skip_first = 0; + + /* _ and $ are sometimes found at the start of function names + in assembler sources in order to distinguish them from other + names (eg register names). So skip them here. */ + if (mangled_name[0] == '.' || mangled_name[0] == '$') + ++skip_first; + if (strip_underscore && mangled_name[skip_first] == '_') + ++skip_first; + + result = cplus_demangle (mangled_name + skip_first, flags); + + if (result == NULL) + printf ("%s", mangled_name); + else + { + if (mangled_name[0] == '.') + putchar ('.'); + printf ("%s", result); + free (result); + } +} + +static void +usage (stream, status) + FILE *stream; + int status; +{ + + fprintf (stream, "\ + Usage: %s [options] [mangled names]\n", program_name); + fprintf (stream, "\ + Options are:\n\ + [-_|--strip-underscore] Ignore first leading underscore\n"); + fprintf (stream, "\ + [-n|--no-strip-underscore] Do not ignore a leading underscore\n"); + fprintf (stream, "\ + [-p|--no-params] Do not display function arguments\n\ + [-i|--no-verbose] Do not show implementation details (if any)\n\ + [-t|--types] Also attempt to demangle type encodings\n\ + [-s|--format "); + print_demangler_list (stream); + fprintf (stream, "]\n"); + + fprintf (stream, "\ + [@] Read extra options from \n\ + [-h|--help] Display this information\n\ + [-v|--version] Show the version information\n\ + Demangled names are displayed to stdout.\n\ + If a name cannot be demangled it is just echoed to stdout.\n\ + If no names are provided on the command line, stdin is read.\n"); + + exit(status); + +} + +static void +usage_old (stream, status) + FILE *stream; + int status; +{ + fprintf (stream, "\ +Usage: %s [-_] [-n] [--strip-underscores] [--no-strip-underscores] \n", + program_name); + + fprintf (stream, "\ + [-s|--format "); + print_demangler_list(stream); + fprintf (stream, " ]\n"); + + fprintf (stream, "\ + [--help] [--version] [arg...]\n"); + exit (status); +} + +#define MBUF_SIZE 32767 +char mbuffer[MBUF_SIZE]; + +/* Defined in the automatically-generated underscore.c. */ +int prepends_underscore = 0; + +static const struct option long_options[] = { + {"strip-underscore", no_argument, NULL, '_'}, + {"format", required_argument, NULL, 's'}, + {"help", no_argument, NULL, 'h'}, + {"no-params", no_argument, NULL, 'p'}, + {"no-strip-underscores", no_argument, NULL, 'n'}, + {"no-verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'i'}, + {"types", no_argument, NULL, 't'}, + {"version", no_argument, NULL, 'v'}, + {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} +}; + +/* More 'friendly' abort that prints the line and file. + config.h can #define abort fancy_abort if you like that sort of thing. */ + +void +fancy_abort () +{ + fatal ("Internal gcc abort."); +} + + +static const char * +standard_symbol_characters PARAMS ((void)); + +static const char * +hp_symbol_characters PARAMS ((void)); + +static const char * +gnu_v3_symbol_characters PARAMS ((void)); + +/* Return the string of non-alnum characters that may occur + as a valid symbol component, in the standard assembler symbol + syntax. */ + +static const char * +standard_symbol_characters () +{ + return "_$."; +} + + +/* Return the string of non-alnum characters that may occur + as a valid symbol name component in an HP object file. + + Note that, since HP's compiler generates object code straight from + C++ source, without going through an assembler, its mangled + identifiers can use all sorts of characters that no assembler would + tolerate, so the alphabet this function creates is a little odd. + Here are some sample mangled identifiers offered by HP: + + typeid*__XT24AddressIndExpClassMember_ + [Vftptr]key:__dt__32OrdinaryCompareIndExpClassMemberFv + __ct__Q2_9Elf64_Dyn18{unnamed.union.#1}Fv + + This still seems really weird to me, since nowhere else in this + file is there anything to recognize curly brackets, parens, etc. + I've talked with Srikanth , and he assures me + this is right, but I still strongly suspect that there's a + misunderstanding here. + + If we decide it's better for c++filt to use HP's assembler syntax + to scrape identifiers out of its input, here's the definition of + the symbol name syntax from the HP assembler manual: + + Symbols are composed of uppercase and lowercase letters, decimal + digits, dollar symbol, period (.), ampersand (&), pound sign(#) and + underscore (_). A symbol can begin with a letter, digit underscore or + dollar sign. If a symbol begins with a digit, it must contain a + non-digit character. + + So have fun. */ +static const char * +hp_symbol_characters () +{ + return "_$.<>#,*&[]:(){}"; +} + + +/* Return the string of non-alnum characters that may occur + as a valid symbol component in the GNU C++ V3 ABI mangling + scheme. */ + +static const char * +gnu_v3_symbol_characters () +{ + return "_$."; +} + + +extern int main PARAMS ((int, char **)); + +int main (int argc, char ** argv) { + int c; + const char *valid_symbols; + const char *demangler = NULL; + const char *options = NULL; + + program_name = argv[0]; + + strip_underscore = prepends_underscore; + + expandargv (&argc, &argv); + + while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "_hinps:tv", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF) + { + switch (c) + { + case '?': + usage (stderr, 1); + break; + case 'h': + usage (stdout, 0); + case 'n': + strip_underscore = 0; + break; + case 'p': + flags &= ~ DMGL_PARAMS; + break; + case 't': + flags |= DMGL_TYPES; + break; + case 'i': + flags &= ~ DMGL_VERBOSE; + break; + case 'v': + printf ("GNU %s (C++ demangler), version %s\n", program_name, program_version); + return 0; + case '_': + strip_underscore = 1; + break; + case 's': + current_demangling_style + = cplus_demangle_name_to_style (optarg); + if (current_demangling_style == unknown_demangling) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown demangling style `%s'\n", + program_name, optarg); + return (1); + } + break; + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + for ( ; optind < argc; optind++) + { + demangle_it (argv[optind]); + putchar ('\n'); + } + } + else + { + switch (current_demangling_style) + { + case gnu_demangling: + case lucid_demangling: + case arm_demangling: + case java_demangling: + case edg_demangling: + case gnat_demangling: + case auto_demangling: + valid_symbols = standard_symbol_characters (); + break; + case hp_demangling: + valid_symbols = hp_symbol_characters (); + break; + case gnu_v3_demangling: + valid_symbols = gnu_v3_symbol_characters (); + break; + default: + /* Folks should explicitly indicate the appropriate alphabet for + each demangling. Providing a default would allow the + question to go unconsidered. */ + abort (); + } + + for (;;) + { + int i = 0; + c = getchar (); + /* Try to read a label. */ + while (c != EOF && (ISALNUM (c) || strchr (valid_symbols, c))) + { + if (i >= MBUF_SIZE-1) + break; + mbuffer[i++] = c; + c = getchar (); + } + if (i > 0) + { + int skip_first = 0; + + if (mbuffer[0] == '.' || mbuffer[0] == '$') + ++skip_first; + if (strip_underscore && mbuffer[skip_first] == '_') + ++skip_first; + + if (skip_first > i) + skip_first = i; + + mbuffer[i] = 0; + demangle_it (mbuffer + skip_first); + + fflush (stdout); + } + if (c == EOF) + break; + putchar (c); + if (c == '\n') + fflush (stdout); + } + } + + return (0); +} + +static void +fatal (str) + const char *str; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", program_name, str); + exit (1); +} + +PTR +xmalloc (size) + size_t size; +{ + register PTR value = (PTR) malloc (size); + if (value == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + return value; +} + +PTR +xrealloc (ptr, size) + PTR ptr; + size_t size; +{ + register PTR value = (PTR) realloc (ptr, size); + if (value == 0) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); + return value; +} +#endif /* main */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/dyn-string.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/dyn-string.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52eee35f7e --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/dyn-string.c @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 Linking Permitted + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* An abstract string datatype. + Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com). + +This file is part of GNU CC. + +GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the +Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link the +compiled version of this file into combinations with other programs, +and to distribute those combinations without any restriction coming +from the use of this file. (The General Public License restrictions +do apply in other respects; for example, they cover modification of +the file, and distribution when not linked into a combined +executable.) + +GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#endif + +#include "libiberty.h" +#include "dyn-string.h" + +/* Performs in-place initialization of a dyn_string struct. This + function can be used with a dyn_string struct on the stack or + embedded in another object. The contents of of the string itself + are still dynamically allocated. The string initially is capable + of holding at least SPACE characeters, including the terminating + NUL. If SPACE is 0, it will silently be increated to 1. + + If RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE is defined and memory allocation + fails, returns 0. Otherwise returns 1. */ + +int +dyn_string_init (struct dyn_string *ds_struct_ptr, int space) +{ + /* We need at least one byte in which to store the terminating NUL. */ + if (space == 0) + space = 1; + +#ifdef RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE + ds_struct_ptr->s = (char *) malloc (space); + if (ds_struct_ptr->s == NULL) + return 0; +#else + ds_struct_ptr->s = XNEWVEC (char, space); +#endif + ds_struct_ptr->allocated = space; + ds_struct_ptr->length = 0; + ds_struct_ptr->s[0] = '\0'; + + return 1; +} + +/* Create a new dynamic string capable of holding at least SPACE + characters, including the terminating NUL. If SPACE is 0, it will + be silently increased to 1. If RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE is + defined and memory allocation fails, returns NULL. Otherwise + returns the newly allocated string. */ + +dyn_string_t +dyn_string_new (int space) +{ + dyn_string_t result; +#ifdef RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE + result = (dyn_string_t) malloc (sizeof (struct dyn_string)); + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + if (!dyn_string_init (result, space)) + { + free (result); + return NULL; + } +#else + result = XNEW (struct dyn_string); + dyn_string_init (result, space); +#endif + return result; +} + +/* Free the memory used by DS. */ + +void +dyn_string_delete (dyn_string_t ds) +{ + free (ds->s); + free (ds); +} + +/* Returns the contents of DS in a buffer allocated with malloc. It + is the caller's responsibility to deallocate the buffer using free. + DS is then set to the empty string. Deletes DS itself. */ + +char* +dyn_string_release (dyn_string_t ds) +{ + /* Store the old buffer. */ + char* result = ds->s; + /* The buffer is no longer owned by DS. */ + ds->s = NULL; + /* Delete DS. */ + free (ds); + /* Return the old buffer. */ + return result; +} + +/* Increase the capacity of DS so it can hold at least SPACE + characters, plus the terminating NUL. This function will not (at + present) reduce the capacity of DS. Returns DS on success. + + If RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE is defined and a memory allocation + operation fails, deletes DS and returns NULL. */ + +dyn_string_t +dyn_string_resize (dyn_string_t ds, int space) +{ + int new_allocated = ds->allocated; + + /* Increase SPACE to hold the NUL termination. */ + ++space; + + /* Increase allocation by factors of two. */ + while (space > new_allocated) + new_allocated *= 2; + + if (new_allocated != ds->allocated) + { + ds->allocated = new_allocated; + /* We actually need more space. */ +#ifdef RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE + ds->s = (char *) realloc (ds->s, ds->allocated); + if (ds->s == NULL) + { + free (ds); + return NULL; + } +#else + ds->s = XRESIZEVEC (char, ds->s, ds->allocated); +#endif + } + + return ds; +} + +/* Sets the contents of DS to the empty string. */ + +void +dyn_string_clear (dyn_string_t ds) +{ + /* A dyn_string always has room for at least the NUL terminator. */ + ds->s[0] = '\0'; + ds->length = 0; +} + +/* Makes the contents of DEST the same as the contents of SRC. DEST + and SRC must be distinct. Returns 1 on success. On failure, if + RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_copy (dyn_string_t dest, dyn_string_t src) +{ + if (dest == src) + abort (); + + /* Make room in DEST. */ + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, src->length) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Copy DEST into SRC. */ + strcpy (dest->s, src->s); + /* Update the size of DEST. */ + dest->length = src->length; + return 1; +} + +/* Copies SRC, a NUL-terminated string, into DEST. Returns 1 on + success. On failure, if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST + and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_copy_cstr (dyn_string_t dest, const char *src) +{ + int length = strlen (src); + /* Make room in DEST. */ + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, length) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Copy DEST into SRC. */ + strcpy (dest->s, src); + /* Update the size of DEST. */ + dest->length = length; + return 1; +} + +/* Inserts SRC at the beginning of DEST. DEST is expanded as + necessary. SRC and DEST must be distinct. Returns 1 on success. + On failure, if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST and + returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_prepend (dyn_string_t dest, dyn_string_t src) +{ + return dyn_string_insert (dest, 0, src); +} + +/* Inserts SRC, a NUL-terminated string, at the beginning of DEST. + DEST is expanded as necessary. Returns 1 on success. On failure, + if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_prepend_cstr (dyn_string_t dest, const char *src) +{ + return dyn_string_insert_cstr (dest, 0, src); +} + +/* Inserts SRC into DEST starting at position POS. DEST is expanded + as necessary. SRC and DEST must be distinct. Returns 1 on + success. On failure, if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST + and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_insert (dyn_string_t dest, int pos, dyn_string_t src) +{ + int i; + + if (src == dest) + abort (); + + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, dest->length + src->length) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Make room for the insertion. Be sure to copy the NUL. */ + for (i = dest->length; i >= pos; --i) + dest->s[i + src->length] = dest->s[i]; + /* Splice in the new stuff. */ + strncpy (dest->s + pos, src->s, src->length); + /* Compute the new length. */ + dest->length += src->length; + return 1; +} + +/* Inserts SRC, a NUL-terminated string, into DEST starting at + position POS. DEST is expanded as necessary. Returns 1 on + success. On failure, RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST + and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_insert_cstr (dyn_string_t dest, int pos, const char *src) +{ + int i; + int length = strlen (src); + + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, dest->length + length) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Make room for the insertion. Be sure to copy the NUL. */ + for (i = dest->length; i >= pos; --i) + dest->s[i + length] = dest->s[i]; + /* Splice in the new stuff. */ + strncpy (dest->s + pos, src, length); + /* Compute the new length. */ + dest->length += length; + return 1; +} + +/* Inserts character C into DEST starting at position POS. DEST is + expanded as necessary. Returns 1 on success. On failure, + RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_insert_char (dyn_string_t dest, int pos, int c) +{ + int i; + + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, dest->length + 1) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Make room for the insertion. Be sure to copy the NUL. */ + for (i = dest->length; i >= pos; --i) + dest->s[i + 1] = dest->s[i]; + /* Add the new character. */ + dest->s[pos] = c; + /* Compute the new length. */ + ++dest->length; + return 1; +} + +/* Append S to DS, resizing DS if necessary. Returns 1 on success. + On failure, if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST and + returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_append (dyn_string_t dest, dyn_string_t s) +{ + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, dest->length + s->length) == 0) + return 0; + strcpy (dest->s + dest->length, s->s); + dest->length += s->length; + return 1; +} + +/* Append the NUL-terminated string S to DS, resizing DS if necessary. + Returns 1 on success. On failure, if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, + deletes DEST and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_append_cstr (dyn_string_t dest, const char *s) +{ + int len = strlen (s); + + /* The new length is the old length plus the size of our string, plus + one for the null at the end. */ + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, dest->length + len) == NULL) + return 0; + strcpy (dest->s + dest->length, s); + dest->length += len; + return 1; +} + +/* Appends C to the end of DEST. Returns 1 on success. On failure, + if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, deletes DEST and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_append_char (dyn_string_t dest, int c) +{ + /* Make room for the extra character. */ + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, dest->length + 1) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Append the character; it will overwrite the old NUL. */ + dest->s[dest->length] = c; + /* Add a new NUL at the end. */ + dest->s[dest->length + 1] = '\0'; + /* Update the length. */ + ++(dest->length); + return 1; +} + +/* Sets the contents of DEST to the substring of SRC starting at START + and ending before END. START must be less than or equal to END, + and both must be between zero and the length of SRC, inclusive. + Returns 1 on success. On failure, if RETURN_ON_ALLOCATION_FAILURE, + deletes DEST and returns 0. */ + +int +dyn_string_substring (dyn_string_t dest, dyn_string_t src, + int start, int end) +{ + int i; + int length = end - start; + + if (start > end || start > src->length || end > src->length) + abort (); + + /* Make room for the substring. */ + if (dyn_string_resize (dest, length) == NULL) + return 0; + /* Copy the characters in the substring, */ + for (i = length; --i >= 0; ) + dest->s[i] = src->s[start + i]; + /* NUL-terimate the result. */ + dest->s[length] = '\0'; + /* Record the length of the substring. */ + dest->length = length; + + return 1; +} + +/* Returns non-zero if DS1 and DS2 have the same contents. */ + +int +dyn_string_eq (dyn_string_t ds1, dyn_string_t ds2) +{ + /* If DS1 and DS2 have different lengths, they must not be the same. */ + if (ds1->length != ds2->length) + return 0; + else + return !strcmp (ds1->s, ds2->s); +} diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1e84b9439 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,1056 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org + before changing it! + + Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, + 1996, 1997, 1998, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + NOTE: This source is derived from an old version taken from the GNU C + Library (glibc). + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . + Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ +#ifndef _NO_PROTO +# define _NO_PROTO +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +# ifndef const +# define const +# endif +#endif + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 +#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 +# include +# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION +# define ELIDE_CODE +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef ELIDE_CODE + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them + contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ +# include +# include +#endif /* GNU C library. */ + +#ifdef VMS +# include +# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 +# include +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef _ +/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. + When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ +# if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC +# include +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +# else +# define _(msgid) (msgid) +# endif +#endif + +/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' + but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user + to intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. + Then the behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg = NULL; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 1; + +/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which + causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't + know that. */ + +int __getopt_initialized = 0; + +/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + +static char *nextchar; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, + so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to + expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written + to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about + the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element + as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. + Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters + selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ + +static enum +{ + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER +} ordering; + +/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ +static char *posixly_correct; + +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries + because there are many ways it can cause trouble. + On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work + in GCC. */ +# include +# define my_index strchr +#else + +# if HAVE_STRING_H +# include +# else +# if HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include +# endif +# endif + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +#if HAVE_STDLIB_H && HAVE_DECL_GETENV +# include +#elif !defined(getenv) +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif /* __cplusplus */ +extern char *getenv (const char *); +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif /* __cplusplus */ +#endif + +static char * +my_index (const char *str, int chr) +{ + while (*str) + { + if (*str == chr) + return (char *) str; + str++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. + If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. + That was relevant to code that was here before. */ +# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen +/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, + and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ +extern int strlen (const char *); +# endif /* not __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ + +/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + +/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; + `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + +static int first_nonopt; +static int last_nonopt; + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags + indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ + +/* Defined in getopt_init.c */ +extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; + +static int nonoption_flags_max_len; +static int nonoption_flags_len; + +static int original_argc; +static char *const *original_argv; + +/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment + is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed + to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ +static void +__attribute__ ((unused)) +store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) +{ + /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so + that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ + original_argc = argc; + original_argv = argv; +} +# ifdef text_set_element +text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); +# endif /* text_set_element */ + +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ + if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ + { \ + char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ + __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ + __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ + } +#else /* !_LIBC */ +# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) +#endif /* _LIBC */ + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +static void exchange (char **); +#endif + +static void +exchange (char **argv) +{ + int bottom = first_nonopt; + int middle = last_nonopt; + int top = optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' + string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range + of the string. */ + if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) + { + /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and + presents new arguments. */ + char *new_str = (char *) malloc (top + 1); + if (new_str == NULL) + nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; + else + { + memset (mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, + nonoption_flags_max_len), + '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); + nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; + __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; + } + } +#endif + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); + last_nonopt = optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); +#endif +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (int argc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + char *const *argv ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *optstring) +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; + + nextchar = NULL; + + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (posixly_correct != NULL) + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + ordering = PERMUTE; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (posixly_correct == NULL + && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) + { + if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) + { + if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL + || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') + nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; + else + { + const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; + int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); + if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) + nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; + __getopt_nonoption_flags = + (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); + if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) + nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; + else + memset (mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), + '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len); + } + } + nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; + } + else + nonoption_flags_len = 0; +#endif + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring, + const struct option *longopts, + int *longind, int long_only) +{ + optarg = NULL; + + if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) + { + if (optind == 0) + optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ + optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); + __getopt_initialized = 1; + } + + /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. + Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag + from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information + is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ + || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ + && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) +#else +# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') +#endif + + if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been + moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ + if (last_nonopt > optind) + last_nonopt = optind; + if (first_nonopt > optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + if (ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (last_nonopt != optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) + optind++; + last_nonopt = optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) + { + optind++; + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) + first_nonopt = optind; + last_nonopt = argc; + + optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) + optind = first_nonopt; + return -1; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if (NONOPTION_P) + { + if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return -1; + optarg = argv[optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound = -1; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) + == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + + optopt = pfound->val; + return '?'; + } + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optopt = pfound->val; + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' + || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], nextchar); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); + } + nextchar = (char *) ""; + optind++; + optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *nextchar++; + char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*nextchar == '\0') + ++optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (opterr) + { + if (posixly_correct) + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + else + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ + if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound = 0; + int option_index; + + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + return c; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + + /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the + table of longopts. */ + + for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + return '?'; + } + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, _("\ +%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + nextchar = NULL; + return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + optind++; + } + else + optarg = NULL; + nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, + (const struct option *) 0, + (int *) 0, + 0); +} + +#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt1.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4cec8162c --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2005 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + NOTE: This source is derived from an old version taken from the GNU C + Library (glibc). + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 +#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 +#include +#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION +#define ELIDE_CODE +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef ELIDE_CODE + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); +} + + +#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +#include + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/safe-ctype.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/safe-ctype.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4730e4ad39 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/safe-ctype.c @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* replacement macros. + + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, + 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Zack Weinberg . + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* + +@defvr Extension HOST_CHARSET +This macro indicates the basic character set and encoding used by the +host: more precisely, the encoding used for character constants in +preprocessor @samp{#if} statements (the C "execution character set"). +It is defined by @file{safe-ctype.h}, and will be an integer constant +with one of the following values: + +@ftable @code +@item HOST_CHARSET_UNKNOWN +The host character set is unknown - that is, not one of the next two +possibilities. + +@item HOST_CHARSET_ASCII +The host character set is ASCII. + +@item HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC +The host character set is some variant of EBCDIC. (Only one of the +nineteen EBCDIC varying characters is tested; exercise caution.) +@end ftable +@end defvr + +@deffn Extension ISALPHA (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISALNUM (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISBLANK (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISCNTRL (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISDIGIT (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISGRAPH (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISLOWER (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISPRINT (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISPUNCT (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISSPACE (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISUPPER (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISXDIGIT (@var{c}) + +These twelve macros are defined by @file{safe-ctype.h}. Each has the +same meaning as the corresponding macro (with name in lowercase) +defined by the standard header @file{ctype.h}. For example, +@code{ISALPHA} returns true for alphabetic characters and false for +others. However, there are two differences between these macros and +those provided by @file{ctype.h}: + +@itemize @bullet +@item These macros are guaranteed to have well-defined behavior for all +values representable by @code{signed char} and @code{unsigned char}, and +for @code{EOF}. + +@item These macros ignore the current locale; they are true for these +fixed sets of characters: +@multitable {@code{XDIGIT}} {yada yada yada yada yada yada yada yada} +@item @code{ALPHA} @tab @kbd{A-Za-z} +@item @code{ALNUM} @tab @kbd{A-Za-z0-9} +@item @code{BLANK} @tab @kbd{space tab} +@item @code{CNTRL} @tab @code{!PRINT} +@item @code{DIGIT} @tab @kbd{0-9} +@item @code{GRAPH} @tab @code{ALNUM || PUNCT} +@item @code{LOWER} @tab @kbd{a-z} +@item @code{PRINT} @tab @code{GRAPH ||} @kbd{space} +@item @code{PUNCT} @tab @kbd{`~!@@#$%^&*()_-=+[@{]@}\|;:'",<.>/?} +@item @code{SPACE} @tab @kbd{space tab \n \r \f \v} +@item @code{UPPER} @tab @kbd{A-Z} +@item @code{XDIGIT} @tab @kbd{0-9A-Fa-f} +@end multitable + +Note that, if the host character set is ASCII or a superset thereof, +all these macros will return false for all values of @code{char} outside +the range of 7-bit ASCII. In particular, both ISPRINT and ISCNTRL return +false for characters with numeric values from 128 to 255. +@end itemize +@end deffn + +@deffn Extension ISIDNUM (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension ISIDST (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension IS_VSPACE (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension IS_NVSPACE (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension IS_SPACE_OR_NUL (@var{c}) +@deffnx Extension IS_ISOBASIC (@var{c}) +These six macros are defined by @file{safe-ctype.h} and provide +additional character classes which are useful when doing lexical +analysis of C or similar languages. They are true for the following +sets of characters: + +@multitable {@code{SPACE_OR_NUL}} {yada yada yada yada yada yada yada yada} +@item @code{IDNUM} @tab @kbd{A-Za-z0-9_} +@item @code{IDST} @tab @kbd{A-Za-z_} +@item @code{VSPACE} @tab @kbd{\r \n} +@item @code{NVSPACE} @tab @kbd{space tab \f \v \0} +@item @code{SPACE_OR_NUL} @tab @code{VSPACE || NVSPACE} +@item @code{ISOBASIC} @tab @code{VSPACE || NVSPACE || PRINT} +@end multitable +@end deffn + +*/ + +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include +#include /* for EOF */ + +#if EOF != -1 + #error " requires EOF == -1" +#endif + +/* Shorthand */ +#define bl _sch_isblank +#define cn _sch_iscntrl +#define di _sch_isdigit +#define is _sch_isidst +#define lo _sch_islower +#define nv _sch_isnvsp +#define pn _sch_ispunct +#define pr _sch_isprint +#define sp _sch_isspace +#define up _sch_isupper +#define vs _sch_isvsp +#define xd _sch_isxdigit + +/* Masks. */ +#define L (const unsigned short) (lo|is |pr) /* lower case letter */ +#define XL (const unsigned short) (lo|is|xd|pr) /* lowercase hex digit */ +#define U (const unsigned short) (up|is |pr) /* upper case letter */ +#define XU (const unsigned short) (up|is|xd|pr) /* uppercase hex digit */ +#define D (const unsigned short) (di |xd|pr) /* decimal digit */ +#define P (const unsigned short) (pn |pr) /* punctuation */ +#define _ (const unsigned short) (pn|is |pr) /* underscore */ + +#define C (const unsigned short) ( cn) /* control character */ +#define Z (const unsigned short) (nv |cn) /* NUL */ +#define M (const unsigned short) (nv|sp |cn) /* cursor movement: \f \v */ +#define V (const unsigned short) (vs|sp |cn) /* vertical space: \r \n */ +#define T (const unsigned short) (nv|sp|bl|cn) /* tab */ +#define S (const unsigned short) (nv|sp|bl|pr) /* space */ + +/* Are we ASCII? */ +#if HOST_CHARSET == HOST_CHARSET_ASCII + +const unsigned short _sch_istable[256] = +{ + Z, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL */ + C, T, V, M, M, V, C, C, /* BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI */ + C, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB */ + C, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US */ + S, P, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* SP ! " # $ % & ' */ + P, P, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* ( ) * + , - . / */ + D, D, D, D, D, D, D, D, /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */ + D, D, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* 8 9 : ; < = > ? */ + P, XU, XU, XU, XU, XU, XU, U, /* @ A B C D E F G */ + U, U, U, U, U, U, U, U, /* H I J K L M N O */ + U, U, U, U, U, U, U, U, /* P Q R S T U V W */ + U, U, U, P, P, P, P, _, /* X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ */ + P, XL, XL, XL, XL, XL, XL, L, /* ` a b c d e f g */ + L, L, L, L, L, L, L, L, /* h i j k l m n o */ + L, L, L, L, L, L, L, L, /* p q r s t u v w */ + L, L, L, P, P, P, P, C, /* x y z { | } ~ DEL */ + + /* high half of unsigned char is locale-specific, so all tests are + false in "C" locale */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +}; + +const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256] = +{ + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, + 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, + 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, + 64, + + 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', + 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', + + 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, + + 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', + 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', + + 123,124,125,126,127, + + 128,129,130,131, 132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139, 140,141,142,143, + 144,145,146,147, 148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159, + 160,161,162,163, 164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175, + 176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187, 188,189,190,191, + + 192,193,194,195, 196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203, 204,205,206,207, + 208,209,210,211, 212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219, 220,221,222,223, + 224,225,226,227, 228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235, 236,237,238,239, + 240,241,242,243, 244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255, +}; + +const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256] = +{ + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, + 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, + 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, + 64, + + 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', + 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', + + 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, + + 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', + 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', + + 123,124,125,126,127, + + 128,129,130,131, 132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139, 140,141,142,143, + 144,145,146,147, 148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159, + 160,161,162,163, 164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175, + 176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187, 188,189,190,191, + + 192,193,194,195, 196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203, 204,205,206,207, + 208,209,210,211, 212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219, 220,221,222,223, + 224,225,226,227, 228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235, 236,237,238,239, + 240,241,242,243, 244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255, +}; + +#else +# if HOST_CHARSET == HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC + #error "FIXME: write tables for EBCDIC" +# else + #error "Unrecognized host character set" +# endif +#endif diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xexit.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xexit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b4189c303 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xexit.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* xexit.c -- Run any exit handlers, then exit. + Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write +to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* + +@deftypefn Replacement void xexit (int @var{code}) + +Terminates the program. If any functions have been registered with +the @code{xatexit} replacement function, they will be called first. +Termination is handled via the system's normal @code{exit} call. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif +#include +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include +#endif +#include "libiberty.h" + + +/* This variable is set by xatexit if it is called. This way, xmalloc + doesn't drag xatexit into the link. */ +void (*_xexit_cleanup) (void); + +void +xexit (int code) +{ + if (_xexit_cleanup != NULL) + (*_xexit_cleanup) (); + exit (code); +} diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xstrdup.c b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xstrdup.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..898b2f3571 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/c/xstrdup.c @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 2.1 + * REVIEWED: YES + * NOTE: license is not in file, but in the directory from whence it came: binutils-2.24/libiberty/COPYING.LIB + */ +/* xstrdup.c -- Duplicate a string in memory, using xmalloc. + This trivial function is in the public domain. + Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, December 1995. */ + +/* + +@deftypefn Replacement char* xstrdup (const char *@var{s}) + +Duplicates a character string without fail, using @code{xmalloc} to +obtain memory. + +@end deftypefn + +*/ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif +#include +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +#include +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include +# endif +#endif +#include "ansidecl.h" +#include "libiberty.h" + +char * +xstrdup (const char *s) +{ + register size_t len = strlen (s) + 1; + register char *ret = XNEWVEC (char, len); + return (char *) memcpy (ret, s, len); +} diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/ansidecl.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/ansidecl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..72a82f9389 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/ansidecl.h @@ -0,0 +1,445 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros + Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, + 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros + + ANSI C is assumed if __STDC__ is #defined. + + Macro ANSI C definition Traditional C definition + ----- ---- - ---------- ----------- - ---------- + ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 not defined + PTR `void *' `char *' + PTRCONST `void *const' `char *' + LONG_DOUBLE `long double' `double' + const not defined `' + volatile not defined `' + signed not defined `' + VA_START(ap, var) va_start(ap, var) va_start(ap) + + Note that it is safe to write "void foo();" indicating a function + with no return value, in all K+R compilers we have been able to test. + + For declaring functions with prototypes, we also provide these: + + PARAMS ((prototype)) + -- for functions which take a fixed number of arguments. Use this + when declaring the function. When defining the function, write a + K+R style argument list. For example: + + char *strcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, char *source)); + ... + char * + strcpy (dest, source) + char *dest; + char *source; + { ... } + + + VPARAMS ((prototype, ...)) + -- for functions which take a variable number of arguments. Use + PARAMS to declare the function, VPARAMS to define it. For example: + + int printf PARAMS ((const char *format, ...)); + ... + int + printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...)) + { + ... + } + + For writing functions which take variable numbers of arguments, we + also provide the VA_OPEN, VA_CLOSE, and VA_FIXEDARG macros. These + hide the differences between K+R and C89 more + thoroughly than the simple VA_START() macro mentioned above. + + VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are used *instead of* va_start and va_end. + Immediately after VA_OPEN, put a sequence of VA_FIXEDARG calls + corresponding to the list of fixed arguments. Then use va_arg + normally to get the variable arguments, or pass your va_list object + around. You do not declare the va_list yourself; VA_OPEN does it + for you. + + Here is a complete example: + + int + printf VPARAMS ((const char *format, ...)) + { + int result; + + VA_OPEN (ap, format); + VA_FIXEDARG (ap, const char *, format); + + result = vfprintf (stdout, format, ap); + VA_CLOSE (ap); + + return result; + } + + + You can declare variables either before or after the VA_OPEN, + VA_FIXEDARG sequence. Also, VA_OPEN and VA_CLOSE are the beginning + and end of a block. They must appear at the same nesting level, + and any variables declared after VA_OPEN go out of scope at + VA_CLOSE. Unfortunately, with a K+R compiler, that includes the + argument list. You can have multiple instances of VA_OPEN/VA_CLOSE + pairs in a single function in case you need to traverse the + argument list more than once. + + For ease of writing code which uses GCC extensions but needs to be + portable to other compilers, we provide the GCC_VERSION macro that + simplifies testing __GNUC__ and __GNUC_MINOR__ together, and various + wrappers around __attribute__. Also, __extension__ will be #defined + to nothing if it doesn't work. See below. + + This header also defines a lot of obsolete macros: + CONST, VOLATILE, SIGNED, PROTO, EXFUN, DEFUN, DEFUN_VOID, + AND, DOTS, NOARGS. Don't use them. */ + +#ifndef _ANSIDECL_H +#define _ANSIDECL_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Every source file includes this file, + so they will all get the switch for lint. */ +/* LINTLIBRARY */ + +/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some + older preprocessors. Thus we can't define something like this: + +#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \ + (__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR))) + +and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)". + +So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values. */ + +/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it + is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are + significant.) This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using + gcc at all. */ +#ifndef GCC_VERSION +#define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__) +#endif /* GCC_VERSION */ + +#if defined (__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined (_AIX) || (defined (__mips) && defined (_SYSTYPE_SVR4)) || defined(_WIN32) +/* All known AIX compilers implement these things (but don't always + define __STDC__). The RISC/OS MIPS compiler defines these things + in SVR4 mode, but does not define __STDC__. */ +/* eraxxon@alumni.rice.edu: The Compaq C++ compiler, unlike many other + C++ compilers, does not define __STDC__, though it acts as if this + was so. (Verified versions: 5.7, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5) */ + +#define ANSI_PROTOTYPES 1 +#define PTR void * +#define PTRCONST void *const +#define LONG_DOUBLE long double + +/* PARAMS is often defined elsewhere (e.g. by libintl.h), so wrap it in + a #ifndef. */ +#ifndef PARAMS +#define PARAMS(ARGS) ARGS +#endif + +#define VPARAMS(ARGS) ARGS +#define VA_START(VA_LIST, VAR) va_start(VA_LIST, VAR) + +/* variadic function helper macros */ +/* "struct Qdmy" swallows the semicolon after VA_OPEN/VA_FIXEDARG's + use without inhibiting further decls and without declaring an + actual variable. */ +#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP, VAR); { struct Qdmy +#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); } +#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, T, N) struct Qdmy + +#undef const +#undef volatile +#undef signed + +/* inline requires special treatment; it's in C99, and GCC >=2.7 supports + it too, but it's not in C89. */ +#undef inline +#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L || defined(__cplusplus) || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && defined(__C99FEATURES__)) +/* it's a keyword */ +#else +# if GCC_VERSION >= 2007 +# define inline __inline__ /* __inline__ prevents -pedantic warnings */ +# else +# define inline /* nothing */ +# endif +#endif + +/* These are obsolete. Do not use. */ +#ifndef IN_GCC +#define CONST const +#define VOLATILE volatile +#define SIGNED signed + +#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name arglist +#define EXFUN(name, proto) name proto +#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name(args) +#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name(void) +#define AND , +#define DOTS , ... +#define NOARGS void +#endif /* ! IN_GCC */ + +#else /* Not ANSI C. */ + +#undef ANSI_PROTOTYPES +#define PTR char * +#define PTRCONST PTR +#define LONG_DOUBLE double + +#define PARAMS(args) () +#define VPARAMS(args) (va_alist) va_dcl +#define VA_START(va_list, var) va_start(va_list) + +#define VA_OPEN(AP, VAR) { va_list AP; va_start(AP); { struct Qdmy +#define VA_CLOSE(AP) } va_end(AP); } +#define VA_FIXEDARG(AP, TYPE, NAME) TYPE NAME = va_arg(AP, TYPE) + +/* some systems define these in header files for non-ansi mode */ +#undef const +#undef volatile +#undef signed +#undef inline +#define const +#define volatile +#define signed +#define inline + +#ifndef IN_GCC +#define CONST +#define VOLATILE +#define SIGNED + +#define PROTO(type, name, arglist) type name () +#define EXFUN(name, proto) name() +#define DEFUN(name, arglist, args) name arglist args; +#define DEFUN_VOID(name) name() +#define AND ; +#define DOTS +#define NOARGS +#endif /* ! IN_GCC */ + +#endif /* ANSI C. */ + +/* Define macros for some gcc attributes. This permits us to use the + macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the + version of gcc in which they are supported. */ + +#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007) +# define __attribute__(x) +#endif + +/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096) +# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC +# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */ + +/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93 and g++ 4.5. For + g++ an attribute on a label must be followed by a semicolon. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL +# ifndef __cplusplus +# if GCC_VERSION >= 2093 +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL +# endif +# else +# if GCC_VERSION >= 4005 +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED ; +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* Similarly to ARG_UNUSED below. Prior to GCC 3.4, the C++ frontend + couldn't parse attributes placed after the identifier name, and now + the entire compiler is built with C++. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +#if GCC_VERSION >= 3004 +# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__)) +#else +#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +#endif +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */ + +/* Before GCC 3.4, the C++ frontend couldn't parse attributes placed after the + identifier name. */ +#if ! defined(__cplusplus) || (GCC_VERSION >= 3004) +# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED +#else /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */ +# define ARG_UNUSED(NAME) NAME +#endif /* !__cplusplus || GNUC >= 3.4 */ + +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN +#define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */ + +/* Attribute `nonnull' was valid as of gcc 3.3. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ (m))) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL */ + +/* Attribute `pure' was valid as of gcc 3.0. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PURE +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000) +# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_PURE +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PURE */ + +/* Use ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF when the format specifier must not be NULL. + This was the case for the `printf' format attribute by itself + before GCC 3.3, but as of 3.3 we need to add the `nonnull' + attribute to retain this behavior. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(m) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5) +#define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */ + +/* Use ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF when the format attribute is to be set on + a function pointer. Format attributes were allowed on function + pointers as of gcc 3.1. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3001) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(m, n) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.1 */ +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(1, 2) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(2, 3) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(3, 4) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(4, 5) +# define ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_FPTR_PRINTF */ + +/* Use ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF when the format specifier may be NULL. A + NULL format specifier was allowed as of gcc 3.3. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n))) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(m, n) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.3 */ +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(1, 2) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(2, 3) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(3, 4) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(4, 5) +# define ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF(5, 6) +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NULL_PRINTF */ + +/* Attribute `sentinel' was valid as of gcc 3.5. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3005) +# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL __attribute__ ((__sentinel__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.5 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL */ + + +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000) +# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (__alignof__ (m)))) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF(m) +# endif /* GNUC >= 3.0 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_ALIGNOF */ + +/* Useful for structures whose layout must much some binary specification + regardless of the alignment and padding qualities of the compiler. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED +# define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed)) +#endif + +/* Attribute `hot' and `cold' was valid as of gcc 4.3. */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_COLD +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD __attribute__ ((__cold__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_COLD +# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_COLD */ +#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_HOT +# if (GCC_VERSION >= 4003) +# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT __attribute__ ((__hot__)) +# else +# define ATTRIBUTE_HOT +# endif /* GNUC >= 4.3 */ +#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_HOT */ + +/* We use __extension__ in some places to suppress -pedantic warnings + about GCC extensions. This feature didn't work properly before + gcc 2.8. */ +#if GCC_VERSION < 2008 +#define __extension__ +#endif + +/* This is used to declare a const variable which should be visible + outside of the current compilation unit. Use it as + EXPORTED_CONST int i = 1; + This is because the semantics of const are different in C and C++. + "extern const" is permitted in C but it looks strange, and gcc + warns about it when -Wc++-compat is not used. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define EXPORTED_CONST extern const +#else +#define EXPORTED_CONST const +#endif + +/* Be conservative and only use enum bitfields with C++ or GCC. + FIXME: provide a complete autoconf test for buggy enum bitfields. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) enum TYPE +#elif (GCC_VERSION > 2000) +#define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) __extension__ enum TYPE +#else +#define ENUM_BITFIELD(TYPE) unsigned int +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* ansidecl.h */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/cp-demangle.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/cp-demangle.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0062ee2aa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/cp-demangle.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 Linking Permitted + */ +/* Internal demangler interface for g++ V3 ABI. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2010 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ian Lance Taylor . + + This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC. + + This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the + Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link the + compiled version of this file into combinations with other programs, + and to distribute those combinations without any restriction coming + from the use of this file. (The General Public License restrictions + do apply in other respects; for example, they cover modification of + the file, and distribution when not linked into a combined + executable.) + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +/* This file provides some definitions shared by cp-demangle.c and + cp-demint.c. It should not be included by any other files. */ + +/* Information we keep for operators. */ + +struct demangle_operator_info +{ + /* Mangled name. */ + const char *code; + /* Real name. */ + const char *name; + /* Length of real name. */ + int len; + /* Number of arguments. */ + int args; +}; + +/* How to print the value of a builtin type. */ + +enum d_builtin_type_print +{ + /* Print as (type)val. */ + D_PRINT_DEFAULT, + /* Print as integer. */ + D_PRINT_INT, + /* Print as unsigned integer, with trailing "u". */ + D_PRINT_UNSIGNED, + /* Print as long, with trailing "l". */ + D_PRINT_LONG, + /* Print as unsigned long, with trailing "ul". */ + D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG, + /* Print as long long, with trailing "ll". */ + D_PRINT_LONG_LONG, + /* Print as unsigned long long, with trailing "ull". */ + D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, + /* Print as bool. */ + D_PRINT_BOOL, + /* Print as float--put value in square brackets. */ + D_PRINT_FLOAT, + /* Print in usual way, but here to detect void. */ + D_PRINT_VOID +}; + +/* Information we keep for a builtin type. */ + +struct demangle_builtin_type_info +{ + /* Type name. */ + const char *name; + /* Length of type name. */ + int len; + /* Type name when using Java. */ + const char *java_name; + /* Length of java name. */ + int java_len; + /* How to print a value of this type. */ + enum d_builtin_type_print print; +}; + +/* The information structure we pass around. */ + +struct d_info +{ + /* The string we are demangling. */ + const char *s; + /* The end of the string we are demangling. */ + const char *send; + /* The options passed to the demangler. */ + int options; + /* The next character in the string to consider. */ + const char *n; + /* The array of components. */ + struct demangle_component *comps; + /* The index of the next available component. */ + int next_comp; + /* The number of available component structures. */ + int num_comps; + /* The array of substitutions. */ + struct demangle_component **subs; + /* The index of the next substitution. */ + int next_sub; + /* The number of available entries in the subs array. */ + int num_subs; + /* The number of substitutions which we actually made from the subs + array, plus the number of template parameter references we + saw. */ + int did_subs; + /* The last name we saw, for constructors and destructors. */ + struct demangle_component *last_name; + /* A running total of the length of large expansions from the + mangled name to the demangled name, such as standard + substitutions and builtin types. */ + int expansion; +}; + +/* To avoid running past the ending '\0', don't: + - call d_peek_next_char if d_peek_char returned '\0' + - call d_advance with an 'i' that is too large + - call d_check_char(di, '\0') + Everything else is safe. */ +#define d_peek_char(di) (*((di)->n)) +#define d_peek_next_char(di) ((di)->n[1]) +#define d_advance(di, i) ((di)->n += (i)) +#define d_check_char(di, c) (d_peek_char(di) == c ? ((di)->n++, 1) : 0) +#define d_next_char(di) (d_peek_char(di) == '\0' ? '\0' : *((di)->n++)) +#define d_str(di) ((di)->n) + +/* Functions and arrays in cp-demangle.c which are referenced by + functions in cp-demint.c. */ +#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 +#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 static +#else +#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 extern +#endif + +#ifndef IN_GLIBCPP_V3 +extern const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[]; +#endif + +#define D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT (34) + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +const struct demangle_builtin_type_info +cplus_demangle_builtin_types[D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT]; + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +struct demangle_component * +cplus_demangle_mangled_name (struct d_info *, int); + +CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 +struct demangle_component * +cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *); + +extern void +cplus_demangle_init_info (const char *, int, size_t, struct d_info *); + +/* cp-demangle.c needs to define this a little differently */ +#undef CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/demangle.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/demangle.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f6e9ea880 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/demangle.h @@ -0,0 +1,675 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 3.0 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* Defs for interface to demanglers. + Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, + 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or + (at your option) any later version. + + In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public + License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited + permission to link the compiled version of this file into + combinations with other programs, and to distribute those + combinations without any restriction coming from the use of this + file. (The Library Public License restrictions do apply in other + respects; for example, they cover modification of the file, and + distribution when not linked into a combined executable.) + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301, USA. */ + + +#if !defined (DEMANGLE_H) +#define DEMANGLE_H + +#include "libiberty.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* Options passed to cplus_demangle (in 2nd parameter). */ + +#define DMGL_NO_OPTS 0 /* For readability... */ +#define DMGL_PARAMS (1 << 0) /* Include function args */ +#define DMGL_ANSI (1 << 1) /* Include const, volatile, etc */ +#define DMGL_JAVA (1 << 2) /* Demangle as Java rather than C++. */ +#define DMGL_VERBOSE (1 << 3) /* Include implementation details. */ +#define DMGL_TYPES (1 << 4) /* Also try to demangle type encodings. */ +#define DMGL_RET_POSTFIX (1 << 5) /* Print function return types (when + present) after function signature. + It applies only to the toplevel + function type. */ +#define DMGL_RET_DROP (1 << 6) /* Suppress printing function return + types, even if present. It applies + only to the toplevel function type. + */ + +#define DMGL_AUTO (1 << 8) +#define DMGL_GNU (1 << 9) +#define DMGL_LUCID (1 << 10) +#define DMGL_ARM (1 << 11) +#define DMGL_HP (1 << 12) /* For the HP aCC compiler; + same as ARM except for + template arguments, etc. */ +#define DMGL_EDG (1 << 13) +#define DMGL_GNU_V3 (1 << 14) +#define DMGL_GNAT (1 << 15) + +/* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */ +#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM|DMGL_HP|DMGL_EDG|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT) + +/* Enumeration of possible demangling styles. + + Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though + they now both behave identically. The resulting style is actual the + union of both. I.E. either style recognizes both "__pt__" and "__rf__" + for operator "->", even though the first is lucid style and the second + is ARM style. (FIXME?) */ + +extern enum demangling_styles +{ + no_demangling = -1, + unknown_demangling = 0, + auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO, + gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU, + lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID, + arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM, + hp_demangling = DMGL_HP, + edg_demangling = DMGL_EDG, + gnu_v3_demangling = DMGL_GNU_V3, + java_demangling = DMGL_JAVA, + gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT +} current_demangling_style; + +/* Define string names for the various demangling styles. */ + +#define NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "none" +#define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "auto" +#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu" +#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "lucid" +#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "arm" +#define HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "hp" +#define EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "edg" +#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnu-v3" +#define JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "java" +#define GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING "gnat" + +/* Some macros to test what demangling style is active. */ + +#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style +#define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO) +#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU) +#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID) +#define ARM_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_ARM) +#define HP_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_HP) +#define EDG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_EDG) +#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU_V3) +#define JAVA_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_JAVA) +#define GNAT_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNAT) + +/* Provide information about the available demangle styles. This code is + pulled from gdb into libiberty because it is useful to binutils also. */ + +extern const struct demangler_engine +{ + const char *const demangling_style_name; + const enum demangling_styles demangling_style; + const char *const demangling_style_doc; +} libiberty_demanglers[]; + +extern char * +cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); + +extern int +cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options); + +extern const char * +cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options); + +/* Note: This sets global state. FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */ + +extern void +set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch); + +extern enum demangling_styles +cplus_demangle_set_style (enum demangling_styles style); + +extern enum demangling_styles +cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name); + +/* Callback typedef for allocation-less demangler interfaces. */ +typedef void (*demangle_callbackref) (const char *, size_t, void *); + +/* V3 ABI demangling entry points, defined in cp-demangle.c. Callback + variants return non-zero on success, zero on error. char* variants + return a string allocated by malloc on success, NULL on error. */ +extern int +cplus_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, int options, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); + +extern char* +cplus_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled, int options); + +extern int +java_demangle_v3_callback (const char *mangled, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); + +extern char* +java_demangle_v3 (const char *mangled); + +char * +ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int options); + +enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds { + gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor = 1, + gnu_v3_base_object_ctor, + gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor, + gnu_v3_object_ctor_group +}; + +/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a constructor name + in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style. Specifically, return an `enum + gnu_v3_ctor_kinds' value indicating what kind of constructor + it is. */ +extern enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds + is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (const char *name); + + +enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds { + gnu_v3_deleting_dtor = 1, + gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor, + gnu_v3_base_object_dtor, + gnu_v3_object_dtor_group +}; + +/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a destructor name + in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style. Specifically, return an `enum + gnu_v3_dtor_kinds' value, indicating what kind of destructor + it is. */ +extern enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds + is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (const char *name); + +/* The V3 demangler works in two passes. The first pass builds a tree + representation of the mangled name, and the second pass turns the + tree representation into a demangled string. Here we define an + interface to permit a caller to build their own tree + representation, which they can pass to the demangler to get a + demangled string. This can be used to canonicalize user input into + something which the demangler might output. It could also be used + by other demanglers in the future. */ + +/* These are the component types which may be found in the tree. Many + component types have one or two subtrees, referred to as left and + right (a component type with only one subtree puts it in the left + subtree). */ + +enum demangle_component_type +{ + /* A name, with a length and a pointer to a string. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME, + /* A qualified name. The left subtree is a class or namespace or + some such thing, and the right subtree is a name qualified by + that class. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, + /* A local name. The left subtree describes a function, and the + right subtree is a name which is local to that function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, + /* A typed name. The left subtree is a name, and the right subtree + describes that name as a function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, + /* A template. The left subtree is a template name, and the right + subtree is a template argument list. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, + /* A template parameter. This holds a number, which is the template + parameter index. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM, + /* A function parameter. This holds a number, which is the index. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM, + /* A constructor. This holds a name and the kind of + constructor. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR, + /* A destructor. This holds a name and the kind of destructor. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR, + /* A vtable. This has one subtree, the type for which this is a + vtable. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE, + /* A VTT structure. This has one subtree, the type for which this + is a VTT. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT, + /* A construction vtable. The left subtree is the type for which + this is a vtable, and the right subtree is the derived type for + which this vtable is built. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE, + /* A typeinfo structure. This has one subtree, the type for which + this is the tpeinfo structure. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO, + /* A typeinfo name. This has one subtree, the type for which this + is the typeinfo name. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME, + /* A typeinfo function. This has one subtree, the type for which + this is the tpyeinfo function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN, + /* A thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this is a + thunk. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK, + /* A virtual thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this + is a virtual thunk. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK, + /* A covariant thunk. This has one subtree, the name for which this + is a covariant thunk. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK, + /* A Java class. This has one subtree, the type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS, + /* A guard variable. This has one subtree, the name for which this + is a guard variable. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, + /* The init and wrapper functions for C++11 thread_local variables. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT, + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER, + /* A reference temporary. This has one subtree, the name for which + this is a temporary. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP, + /* A hidden alias. This has one subtree, the encoding for which it + is providing alternative linkage. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS, + /* A standard substitution. This holds the name of the + substitution. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD, + /* The restrict qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is + being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT, + /* The volatile qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is + being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE, + /* The const qualifier. The one subtree is the type which is being + qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST, + /* The restrict qualifier modifying a member function. The one + subtree is the type which is being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS, + /* The volatile qualifier modifying a member function. The one + subtree is the type which is being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS, + /* The const qualifier modifying a member function. The one subtree + is the type which is being qualified. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS, + /* C++11 A reference modifying a member function. The one subtree is the + type which is being referenced. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS, + /* C++11: An rvalue reference modifying a member function. The one + subtree is the type which is being referenced. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS, + /* A vendor qualifier. The left subtree is the type which is being + qualified, and the right subtree is the name of the + qualifier. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL, + /* A pointer. The one subtree is the type which is being pointed + to. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER, + /* A reference. The one subtree is the type which is being + referenced. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE, + /* C++0x: An rvalue reference. The one subtree is the type which is + being referenced. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE, + /* A complex type. The one subtree is the base type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX, + /* An imaginary type. The one subtree is the base type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY, + /* A builtin type. This holds the builtin type information. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE, + /* A vendor's builtin type. This holds the name of the type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE, + /* A function type. The left subtree is the return type. The right + subtree is a list of ARGLIST nodes. Either or both may be + NULL. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE, + /* An array type. The left subtree is the dimension, which may be + NULL, or a string (represented as DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME), or an + expression. The right subtree is the element type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE, + /* A pointer to member type. The left subtree is the class type, + and the right subtree is the member type. CV-qualifiers appear + on the latter. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE, + /* A fixed-point type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE, + /* A vector type. The left subtree is the number of elements, + the right subtree is the element type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE, + /* An argument list. The left subtree is the current argument, and + the right subtree is either NULL or another ARGLIST node. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST, + /* A template argument list. The left subtree is the current + template argument, and the right subtree is either NULL or + another TEMPLATE_ARGLIST node. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST, + /* An initializer list. The left subtree is either an explicit type or + NULL, and the right subtree is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST, + /* An operator. This holds information about a standard + operator. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR, + /* An extended operator. This holds the number of arguments, and + the name of the extended operator. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR, + /* A typecast, represented as a unary operator. The one subtree is + the type to which the argument should be cast. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST, + /* A nullary expression. The left subtree is the operator. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY, + /* A unary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the + right subtree is the single argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, + /* A binary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the + right subtree is a BINARY_ARGS. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY, + /* Arguments to a binary expression. The left subtree is the first + argument, and the right subtree is the second argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS, + /* A trinary expression. The left subtree is the operator, and the + right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG1. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY, + /* Arguments to a trinary expression. The left subtree is the first + argument, and the right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG2. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1, + /* More arguments to a trinary expression. The left subtree is the + second argument, and the right subtree is the third argument. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2, + /* A literal. The left subtree is the type, and the right subtree + is the value, represented as a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL, + /* A negative literal. Like LITERAL, but the value is negated. + This is a minor hack: the NAME used for LITERAL points directly + to the mangled string, but since negative numbers are mangled + using 'n' instead of '-', we want a way to indicate a negative + number which involves neither modifying the mangled string nor + allocating a new copy of the literal in memory. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG, + /* A libgcj compiled resource. The left subtree is the name of the + resource. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE, + /* A name formed by the concatenation of two parts. The left + subtree is the first part and the right subtree the second. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME, + /* A name formed by a single character. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER, + /* A number. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER, + /* A decltype type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE, + /* Global constructors keyed to name. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS, + /* Global destructors keyed to name. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS, + /* A lambda closure type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA, + /* A default argument scope. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG, + /* An unnamed type. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE, + /* A transactional clone. This has one subtree, the encoding for + which it is providing alternative linkage. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_CLONE, + /* A non-transactional clone entry point. In the i386/x86_64 abi, + the unmangled symbol of a tm_callable becomes a thunk and the + non-transactional function version is mangled thus. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NONTRANSACTION_CLONE, + /* A pack expansion. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION, + /* A name with an ABI tag. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME, + /* A cloned function. */ + DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE +}; + +/* Types which are only used internally. */ + +struct demangle_operator_info; +struct demangle_builtin_type_info; + +/* A node in the tree representation is an instance of a struct + demangle_component. Note that the field names of the struct are + not well protected against macros defined by the file including + this one. We can fix this if it ever becomes a problem. */ + +struct demangle_component +{ + /* The type of this component. */ + enum demangle_component_type type; + + union + { + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. */ + struct + { + /* A pointer to the name (which need not NULL terminated) and + its length. */ + const char *s; + int len; + } s_name; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR. */ + struct + { + /* Operator. */ + const struct demangle_operator_info *op; + } s_operator; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR. */ + struct + { + /* Number of arguments. */ + int args; + /* Name. */ + struct demangle_component *name; + } s_extended_operator; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE. */ + struct + { + /* The length, indicated by a C integer type name. */ + struct demangle_component *length; + /* _Accum or _Fract? */ + short accum; + /* Saturating or not? */ + short sat; + } s_fixed; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. */ + struct + { + /* Kind of constructor. */ + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind; + /* Name. */ + struct demangle_component *name; + } s_ctor; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. */ + struct + { + /* Kind of destructor. */ + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind; + /* Name. */ + struct demangle_component *name; + } s_dtor; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE. */ + struct + { + /* Builtin type. */ + const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type; + } s_builtin; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD. */ + struct + { + /* Standard substitution string. */ + const char* string; + /* Length of string. */ + int len; + } s_string; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_*_PARAM. */ + struct + { + /* Parameter index. */ + long number; + } s_number; + + /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER. */ + struct + { + int character; + } s_character; + + /* For other types. */ + struct + { + /* Left (or only) subtree. */ + struct demangle_component *left; + /* Right subtree. */ + struct demangle_component *right; + } s_binary; + + struct + { + /* subtree, same place as d_left. */ + struct demangle_component *sub; + /* integer. */ + int num; + } s_unary_num; + + } u; +}; + +/* People building mangled trees are expected to allocate instances of + struct demangle_component themselves. They can then call one of + the following functions to fill them in. */ + +/* Fill in most component types with a left subtree and a right + subtree. Returns non-zero on success, zero on failure, such as an + unrecognized or inappropriate component type. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_component (struct demangle_component *fill, + enum demangle_component_type, + struct demangle_component *left, + struct demangle_component *right); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_name (struct demangle_component *fill, + const char *, int); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE, using the name of the + builtin type (e.g., "int", etc.). Returns non-zero on success, + zero if the type is not recognized. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_builtin_type (struct demangle_component *fill, + const char *type_name); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR, using the name of the + operator and the number of arguments which it takes (the latter is + used to disambiguate operators which can be both binary and unary, + such as '-'). Returns non-zero on success, zero if the operator is + not recognized. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_operator (struct demangle_component *fill, + const char *opname, int args); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR, providing the + number of arguments and the name. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *fill, + int numargs, + struct demangle_component *nm); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *fill, + enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name); + +/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR. Returns non-zero on success, + zero for bad arguments. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *fill, + enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind, + struct demangle_component *name); + +/* This function translates a mangled name into a struct + demangle_component tree. The first argument is the mangled name. + The second argument is DMGL_* options. This returns a pointer to a + tree on success, or NULL on failure. On success, the third + argument is set to a block of memory allocated by malloc. This + block should be passed to free when the tree is no longer + needed. */ + +extern struct demangle_component * +cplus_demangle_v3_components (const char *mangled, int options, void **mem); + +/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and returns + the corresponding demangled string. The first argument is DMGL_* + options. The second is the tree to demangle. The third is a guess + at the length of the demangled string, used to initially allocate + the return buffer. The fourth is a pointer to a size_t. On + success, this function returns a buffer allocated by malloc(), and + sets the size_t pointed to by the fourth argument to the size of + the allocated buffer (not the length of the returned string). On + failure, this function returns NULL, and sets the size_t pointed to + by the fourth argument to 0 for an invalid tree, or to 1 for a + memory allocation error. */ + +extern char * +cplus_demangle_print (int options, + const struct demangle_component *tree, + int estimated_length, + size_t *p_allocated_size); + +/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and passes back + a demangled string in one or more calls to a callback function. + The first argument is DMGL_* options. The second is the tree to + demangle. The third is a pointer to a callback function; on each call + this receives an element of the demangled string, its length, and an + opaque value. The fourth is the opaque value passed to the callback. + The callback is called once or more to return the full demangled + string. The demangled element string is always nul-terminated, though + its length is also provided for convenience. In contrast to + cplus_demangle_print(), this function does not allocate heap memory + to grow output strings (except perhaps where alloca() is implemented + by malloc()), and so is normally safe for use where the heap has been + corrupted. On success, this function returns 1; on failure, 0. */ + +extern int +cplus_demangle_print_callback (int options, + const struct demangle_component *tree, + demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* DEMANGLE_H */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/dyn-string.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/dyn-string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b5171a0a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/dyn-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* An abstract string datatype. + Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2009 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Mark Mitchell (mark@markmitchell.com). + +This file is part of GCC. + +GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifndef DYN_STRING_H +#define DYN_STRING_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct dyn_string +{ + int allocated; /* The amount of space allocated for the string. */ + int length; /* The actual length of the string. */ + char *s; /* The string itself, NUL-terminated. */ +}* dyn_string_t; + +/* The length STR, in bytes, not including the terminating NUL. */ +#define dyn_string_length(STR) \ + ((STR)->length) + +/* The NTBS in which the contents of STR are stored. */ +#define dyn_string_buf(STR) \ + ((STR)->s) + +/* Compare DS1 to DS2 with strcmp. */ +#define dyn_string_compare(DS1, DS2) \ + (strcmp ((DS1)->s, (DS2)->s)) + + +extern int dyn_string_init (struct dyn_string *, int); +extern dyn_string_t dyn_string_new (int); +extern void dyn_string_delete (dyn_string_t); +extern char *dyn_string_release (dyn_string_t); +extern dyn_string_t dyn_string_resize (dyn_string_t, int); +extern void dyn_string_clear (dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_copy (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_copy_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_prepend (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_prepend_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_insert (dyn_string_t, int, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_insert_cstr (dyn_string_t, int, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_insert_char (dyn_string_t, int, int); +extern int dyn_string_append (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); +extern int dyn_string_append_cstr (dyn_string_t, const char *); +extern int dyn_string_append_char (dyn_string_t, int); +extern int dyn_string_substring (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t, int, int); +extern int dyn_string_eq (dyn_string_t, dyn_string_t); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined (DYN_STRING_H) */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/getopt.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7853e47f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, + 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. + Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H +#define _GETOPT_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + const char *name; +#else + char *name; +#endif + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +/* HAVE_DECL_* is a three-state macro: undefined, 0 or 1. If it is + undefined, we haven't run the autoconf check so provide the + declaration without arguments. If it is 0, we checked and failed + to find the declaration so provide a fully prototyped one. If it + is 1, we found it so don't provide any declaration at all. */ +#if !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT +#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_DECL_GETOPT) +/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with + differences in the consts, in unistd.h. To avoid compilation + errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ +extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); +#else +#ifndef __cplusplus +extern int getopt (); +#endif /* __cplusplus */ +#endif +#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT */ + +extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); +extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); + +/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ +extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only); +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +extern int getopt (); +extern int getopt_long (); +extern int getopt_long_only (); + +extern int _getopt_internal (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* getopt.h */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/libiberty.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/libiberty.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..17c89c00a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/libiberty.h @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +/* ### + * IP: GPL 3 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* Function declarations for libiberty. + + Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, + 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Note - certain prototypes declared in this header file are for + functions whoes implementation copyright does not belong to the + FSF. Those prototypes are present in this file for reference + purposes only and their presence in this file should not construed + as an indication of ownership by the FSF of the implementation of + those functions in any way or form whatsoever. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + + Written by Cygnus Support, 1994. + + The libiberty library provides a number of functions which are + missing on some operating systems. We do not declare those here, + to avoid conflicts with the system header files on operating + systems that do support those functions. In this file we only + declare those functions which are specific to libiberty. */ + +#ifndef LIBIBERTY_H +#define LIBIBERTY_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "ansidecl.h" + +/* Get a definition for size_t. */ +#include +/* Get a definition for va_list. */ +#include + +#include + +/* If the OS supports it, ensure that the supplied stream is setup to + avoid any multi-threaded locking. Otherwise leave the FILE pointer + unchanged. If the stream is NULL do nothing. */ + +extern void unlock_stream (FILE *); + +/* If the OS supports it, ensure that the standard I/O streams, stdin, + stdout and stderr are setup to avoid any multi-threaded locking. + Otherwise do nothing. */ + +extern void unlock_std_streams (void); + +/* Open and return a FILE pointer. If the OS supports it, ensure that + the stream is setup to avoid any multi-threaded locking. Otherwise + return the FILE pointer unchanged. */ + +extern FILE *fopen_unlocked (const char *, const char *); +extern FILE *fdopen_unlocked (int, const char *); +extern FILE *freopen_unlocked (const char *, const char *, FILE *); + +/* Build an argument vector from a string. Allocates memory using + malloc. Use freeargv to free the vector. */ + +extern char **buildargv (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Free a vector returned by buildargv. */ + +extern void freeargv (char **); + +/* Duplicate an argument vector. Allocates memory using malloc. Use + freeargv to free the vector. */ + +extern char **dupargv (char **) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Expand "@file" arguments in argv. */ + +extern void expandargv PARAMS ((int *, char ***)); + +/* Write argv to an @-file, inserting necessary quoting. */ + +extern int writeargv PARAMS ((char **, FILE *)); + +/* Return the number of elements in argv. */ + +extern int countargv (char**); + +/* Return the last component of a path name. Note that we can't use a + prototype here because the parameter is declared inconsistently + across different systems, sometimes as "char *" and sometimes as + "const char *" */ + +/* HAVE_DECL_* is a three-state macro: undefined, 0 or 1. If it is + undefined, we haven't run the autoconf check so provide the + declaration without arguments. If it is 0, we checked and failed + to find the declaration so provide a fully prototyped one. If it + is 1, we found it so don't provide any declaration at all. */ +#if !HAVE_DECL_BASENAME +#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__ ) || defined (__linux__) || defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) || defined (__CYGWIN32__) || defined (__MINGW32__) || defined (HAVE_DECL_BASENAME) +extern char *basename (const char *); +#else +/* Do not allow basename to be used if there is no prototype seen. We + either need to use the above prototype or have one from + autoconf which would result in HAVE_DECL_BASENAME being set. */ +#define basename basename_cannot_be_used_without_a_prototype +#endif +#endif + +/* A well-defined basename () that is always compiled in. */ + +extern const char *lbasename (const char *); + +/* Same, but assumes DOS semantics (drive name, backslash is also a + dir separator) regardless of host. */ + +extern const char *dos_lbasename (const char *); + +/* Same, but assumes Unix semantics (absolute paths always start with + a slash, only forward slash is accepted as dir separator) + regardless of host. */ + +extern const char *unix_lbasename (const char *); + +/* A well-defined realpath () that is always compiled in. */ + +extern char *lrealpath (const char *); + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as + the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of + strings. Allocates memory using xmalloc. */ + +extern char *concat (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as + the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of + strings. Allocates memory using xmalloc. The first argument is + not one of the strings to be concatenated, but if not NULL is a + pointer to be freed after the new string is created, similar to the + way xrealloc works. */ + +extern char *reconcat (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Determine the length of concatenating an arbitrary number of + strings. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, + to terminate the list of strings. */ + +extern unsigned long concat_length (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings into a SUPPLIED area of + memory. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, + to terminate the list of strings. The supplied memory is assumed + to be large enough. */ + +extern char *concat_copy (char *, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings into a GLOBAL area of + memory. You must pass NULL as the last argument of this function, + to terminate the list of strings. The supplied memory is assumed + to be large enough. */ + +extern char *concat_copy2 (const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL; + +/* This is the global area used by concat_copy2. */ + +extern char *libiberty_concat_ptr; + +/* Concatenate an arbitrary number of strings. You must pass NULL as + the last argument of this function, to terminate the list of + strings. Allocates memory using alloca. The arguments are + evaluated twice! */ +#define ACONCAT(ACONCAT_PARAMS) \ + (libiberty_concat_ptr = (char *) alloca (concat_length ACONCAT_PARAMS + 1), \ + concat_copy2 ACONCAT_PARAMS) + +/* Check whether two file descriptors refer to the same file. */ + +extern int fdmatch (int fd1, int fd2); + +/* Return the position of the first bit set in the argument. */ +/* Prototypes vary from system to system, so we only provide a + prototype on systems where we know that we need it. */ +#if defined (HAVE_DECL_FFS) && !HAVE_DECL_FFS +extern int ffs(int); +#endif + +/* Get the working directory. The result is cached, so don't call + chdir() between calls to getpwd(). */ + +extern char * getpwd (void); + +/* Get the current time. */ +/* Prototypes vary from system to system, so we only provide a + prototype on systems where we know that we need it. */ +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +/* Forward declaration to avoid #include . */ +struct timeval; +extern int gettimeofday (struct timeval *, void *); +#endif + +/* Get the amount of time the process has run, in microseconds. */ + +extern long get_run_time (void); + +/* Generate a relocated path to some installation directory. Allocates + return value using malloc. */ + +extern char *make_relative_prefix (const char *, const char *, + const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Generate a relocated path to some installation directory without + attempting to follow any soft links. Allocates + return value using malloc. */ + +extern char *make_relative_prefix_ignore_links (const char *, const char *, + const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Choose a temporary directory to use for scratch files. */ + +extern char *choose_temp_base (void) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Return a temporary file name or NULL if unable to create one. */ + +extern char *make_temp_file (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Remove a link to a file unless it is special. */ + +extern int unlink_if_ordinary (const char *); + +/* Allocate memory filled with spaces. Allocates using malloc. */ + +extern const char *spaces (int count); + +/* Return the maximum error number for which strerror will return a + string. */ + +extern int errno_max (void); + +/* Return the name of an errno value (e.g., strerrno (EINVAL) returns + "EINVAL"). */ + +extern const char *strerrno (int); + +/* Given the name of an errno value, return the value. */ + +extern int strtoerrno (const char *); + +/* ANSI's strerror(), but more robust. */ + +extern char *xstrerror (int); + +/* Return the maximum signal number for which strsignal will return a + string. */ + +extern int signo_max (void); + +/* Return a signal message string for a signal number + (e.g., strsignal (SIGHUP) returns something like "Hangup"). */ +/* This is commented out as it can conflict with one in system headers. + We still document its existence though. */ + +/*extern const char *strsignal (int);*/ + +/* Return the name of a signal number (e.g., strsigno (SIGHUP) returns + "SIGHUP"). */ + +extern const char *strsigno (int); + +/* Given the name of a signal, return its number. */ + +extern int strtosigno (const char *); + +/* Register a function to be run by xexit. Returns 0 on success. */ + +extern int xatexit (void (*fn) (void)); + +/* Exit, calling all the functions registered with xatexit. */ + +extern void xexit (int status) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; + +/* Set the program name used by xmalloc. */ + +extern void xmalloc_set_program_name (const char *); + +/* Report an allocation failure. */ +extern void xmalloc_failed (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN; + +/* Allocate memory without fail. If malloc fails, this will print a + message to stderr (using the name set by xmalloc_set_program_name, + if any) and then call xexit. */ + +extern void *xmalloc (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Reallocate memory without fail. This works like xmalloc. Note, + realloc type functions are not suitable for attribute malloc since + they may return the same address across multiple calls. */ + +extern void *xrealloc (void *, size_t); + +/* Allocate memory without fail and set it to zero. This works like + xmalloc. */ + +extern void *xcalloc (size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Copy a string into a memory buffer without fail. */ + +extern char *xstrdup (const char *) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Copy at most N characters from string into a buffer without fail. */ + +extern char *xstrndup (const char *, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Copy an existing memory buffer to a new memory buffer without fail. */ + +extern void *xmemdup (const void *, size_t, size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* Physical memory routines. Return values are in BYTES. */ +extern double physmem_total (void); +extern double physmem_available (void); + +/* Compute the 32-bit CRC of a block of memory. */ +extern unsigned int xcrc32 (const unsigned char *, int, unsigned int); + +/* These macros provide a K&R/C89/C++-friendly way of allocating structures + with nice encapsulation. The XDELETE*() macros are technically + superfluous, but provided here for symmetry. Using them consistently + makes it easier to update client code to use different allocators such + as new/delete and new[]/delete[]. */ + +/* Scalar allocators. */ + +#define XALLOCA(T) ((T *) alloca (sizeof (T))) +#define XNEW(T) ((T *) xmalloc (sizeof (T))) +#define XCNEW(T) ((T *) xcalloc (1, sizeof (T))) +#define XDUP(T, P) ((T *) xmemdup ((P), sizeof (T), sizeof (T))) +#define XDELETE(P) free ((void*) (P)) + +/* Array allocators. */ + +#define XALLOCAVEC(T, N) ((T *) alloca (sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XNEWVEC(T, N) ((T *) xmalloc (sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XCNEWVEC(T, N) ((T *) xcalloc ((N), sizeof (T))) +#define XDUPVEC(T, P, N) ((T *) xmemdup ((P), sizeof (T) * (N), sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XRESIZEVEC(T, P, N) ((T *) xrealloc ((void *) (P), sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XDELETEVEC(P) free ((void*) (P)) + +/* Allocators for variable-sized structures and raw buffers. */ + +#define XALLOCAVAR(T, S) ((T *) alloca ((S))) +#define XNEWVAR(T, S) ((T *) xmalloc ((S))) +#define XCNEWVAR(T, S) ((T *) xcalloc (1, (S))) +#define XDUPVAR(T, P, S1, S2) ((T *) xmemdup ((P), (S1), (S2))) +#define XRESIZEVAR(T, P, S) ((T *) xrealloc ((P), (S))) + +/* Type-safe obstack allocator. */ + +#define XOBNEW(O, T) ((T *) obstack_alloc ((O), sizeof (T))) +#define XOBNEWVEC(O, T, N) ((T *) obstack_alloc ((O), sizeof (T) * (N))) +#define XOBNEWVAR(O, T, S) ((T *) obstack_alloc ((O), (S))) +#define XOBFINISH(O, T) ((T) obstack_finish ((O))) + +/* hex character manipulation routines */ + +#define _hex_array_size 256 +#define _hex_bad 99 +extern const unsigned char _hex_value[_hex_array_size]; +extern void hex_init (void); +#define hex_p(c) (hex_value (c) != _hex_bad) +/* If you change this, note well: Some code relies on side effects in + the argument being performed exactly once. */ +#define hex_value(c) ((unsigned int) _hex_value[(unsigned char) (c)]) + +/* Flags for pex_init. These are bits to be or'ed together. */ + +/* Record subprocess times, if possible. */ +#define PEX_RECORD_TIMES 0x1 + +/* Use pipes for communication between processes, if possible. */ +#define PEX_USE_PIPES 0x2 + +/* Save files used for communication between processes. */ +#define PEX_SAVE_TEMPS 0x4 + +/* Prepare to execute one or more programs, with standard output of + each program fed to standard input of the next. + FLAGS As above. + PNAME The name of the program to report in error messages. + TEMPBASE A base name to use for temporary files; may be NULL to + use a random name. + Returns NULL on error. */ + +extern struct pex_obj *pex_init (int flags, const char *pname, + const char *tempbase); + +/* Flags for pex_run. These are bits to be or'ed together. */ + +/* Last program in pipeline. Standard output of program goes to + OUTNAME, or, if OUTNAME is NULL, to standard output of caller. Do + not set this if you want to call pex_read_output. After this is + set, pex_run may no longer be called with the same struct + pex_obj. */ +#define PEX_LAST 0x1 + +/* Search for program in executable search path. */ +#define PEX_SEARCH 0x2 + +/* OUTNAME is a suffix. */ +#define PEX_SUFFIX 0x4 + +/* Send program's standard error to standard output. */ +#define PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT 0x8 + +/* Input file should be opened in binary mode. This flag is ignored + on Unix. */ +#define PEX_BINARY_INPUT 0x10 + +/* Output file should be opened in binary mode. This flag is ignored + on Unix. For proper behaviour PEX_BINARY_INPUT and + PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT have to match appropriately--i.e., a call using + PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT should be followed by a call using + PEX_BINARY_INPUT. */ +#define PEX_BINARY_OUTPUT 0x20 + +/* Capture stderr to a pipe. The output can be read by + calling pex_read_err and reading from the returned + FILE object. This flag may be specified only for + the last program in a pipeline. + + This flag is supported only on Unix and Windows. */ +#define PEX_STDERR_TO_PIPE 0x40 + +/* Capture stderr in binary mode. This flag is ignored + on Unix. */ +#define PEX_BINARY_ERROR 0x80 + + +/* Execute one program. Returns NULL on success. On error returns an + error string (typically just the name of a system call); the error + string is statically allocated. + + OBJ Returned by pex_init. + + FLAGS As above. + + EXECUTABLE The program to execute. + + ARGV NULL terminated array of arguments to pass to the program. + + OUTNAME Sets the output file name as follows: + + PEX_SUFFIX set (OUTNAME may not be NULL): + TEMPBASE parameter to pex_init not NULL: + Output file name is the concatenation of TEMPBASE + and OUTNAME. + TEMPBASE is NULL: + Output file name is a random file name ending in + OUTNAME. + PEX_SUFFIX not set: + OUTNAME not NULL: + Output file name is OUTNAME. + OUTNAME NULL, TEMPBASE not NULL: + Output file name is randomly chosen using + TEMPBASE. + OUTNAME NULL, TEMPBASE NULL: + Output file name is randomly chosen. + + If PEX_LAST is not set, the output file name is the + name to use for a temporary file holding stdout, if + any (there will not be a file if PEX_USE_PIPES is set + and the system supports pipes). If a file is used, it + will be removed when no longer needed unless + PEX_SAVE_TEMPS is set. + + If PEX_LAST is set, and OUTNAME is not NULL, standard + output is written to the output file name. The file + will not be removed. If PEX_LAST and PEX_SUFFIX are + both set, TEMPBASE may not be NULL. + + ERRNAME If not NULL, this is the name of a file to which + standard error is written. If NULL, standard error of + the program is standard error of the caller. + + ERR On an error return, *ERR is set to an errno value, or + to 0 if there is no relevant errno. +*/ + +extern const char *pex_run (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, + const char *executable, char * const *argv, + const char *outname, const char *errname, + int *err); + +/* As for pex_run (), but takes an extra parameter to enable the + environment for the child process to be specified. + + ENV The environment for the child process, specified as + an array of character pointers. Each element of the + array should point to a string of the form VAR=VALUE, + with the exception of the last element which must be + a null pointer. +*/ + +extern const char *pex_run_in_environment (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, + const char *executable, + char * const *argv, + char * const *env, + const char *outname, + const char *errname, int *err); + +/* Return a stream for a temporary file to pass to the first program + in the pipeline as input. The file name is chosen as for pex_run. + pex_run closes the file automatically; don't close it yourself. */ + +extern FILE *pex_input_file (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, + const char *in_name); + +/* Return a stream for a pipe connected to the standard input of the + first program in the pipeline. You must have passed + `PEX_USE_PIPES' to `pex_init'. Close the returned stream + yourself. */ + +extern FILE *pex_input_pipe (struct pex_obj *obj, int binary); + +/* Read the standard output of the last program to be executed. + pex_run can not be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if + the file should be opened in binary mode; this is ignored on Unix. + Returns NULL on error. Don't call fclose on the returned FILE; it + will be closed by pex_free. */ + +extern FILE *pex_read_output (struct pex_obj *, int binary); + +/* Read the standard error of the last program to be executed. + pex_run can not be called after this. BINARY should be non-zero if + the file should be opened in binary mode; this is ignored on Unix. + Returns NULL on error. Don't call fclose on the returned FILE; it + will be closed by pex_free. */ + +extern FILE *pex_read_err (struct pex_obj *, int binary); + +/* Return exit status of all programs in VECTOR. COUNT indicates the + size of VECTOR. The status codes in the vector are in the order of + the calls to pex_run. Returns 0 on error, 1 on success. */ + +extern int pex_get_status (struct pex_obj *, int count, int *vector); + +/* Return times of all programs in VECTOR. COUNT indicates the size + of VECTOR. struct pex_time is really just struct timeval, but that + is not portable to all systems. Returns 0 on error, 1 on + success. */ + +struct pex_time +{ + unsigned long user_seconds; + unsigned long user_microseconds; + unsigned long system_seconds; + unsigned long system_microseconds; +}; + +extern int pex_get_times (struct pex_obj *, int count, + struct pex_time *vector); + +/* Clean up a pex_obj. If you have not called pex_get_times or + pex_get_status, this will try to kill the subprocesses. */ + +extern void pex_free (struct pex_obj *); + +/* Just execute one program. Return value is as for pex_run. + FLAGS Combination of PEX_SEARCH and PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT. + EXECUTABLE As for pex_run. + ARGV As for pex_run. + PNAME As for pex_init. + OUTNAME As for pex_run when PEX_LAST is set. + ERRNAME As for pex_run. + STATUS Set to exit status on success. + ERR As for pex_run. +*/ + +extern const char *pex_one (int flags, const char *executable, + char * const *argv, const char *pname, + const char *outname, const char *errname, + int *status, int *err); + +/* pexecute and pwait are the old pexecute interface, still here for + backward compatibility. Don't use these for new code. Instead, + use pex_init/pex_run/pex_get_status/pex_free, or pex_one. */ + +/* Definitions used by the pexecute routine. */ + +#define PEXECUTE_FIRST 1 +#define PEXECUTE_LAST 2 +#define PEXECUTE_ONE (PEXECUTE_FIRST + PEXECUTE_LAST) +#define PEXECUTE_SEARCH 4 +#define PEXECUTE_VERBOSE 8 + +/* Execute a program. */ + +extern int pexecute (const char *, char * const *, const char *, + const char *, char **, char **, int); + +/* Wait for pexecute to finish. */ + +extern int pwait (int, int *, int); + +#if !HAVE_DECL_ASPRINTF +/* Like sprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must + be freed by the caller. */ + +extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2; +#endif + +#if !HAVE_DECL_VASPRINTF +/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which + must be freed by the caller. */ + +extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,0); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF) && !HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF +/* Like sprintf but prints at most N characters. */ +extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3; +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF) && !HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF +/* Like vsprintf but prints at most N characters. */ +extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3,0); +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP) && !HAVE_DECL_STRVERSCMP +/* Compare version strings. */ +extern int strverscmp (const char *, const char *); +#endif + +/* Set the title of a process */ +extern void setproctitle (const char *name, ...); + +/* Increase stack limit if possible. */ +extern void stack_limit_increase (unsigned long); + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) + +/* Drastically simplified alloca configurator. If we're using GCC, + we use __builtin_alloca; otherwise we use the C alloca. The C + alloca is always available. You can override GCC by defining + USE_C_ALLOCA yourself. The canonical autoconf macro C_ALLOCA is + also set/unset as it is often used to indicate whether code needs + to call alloca(0). */ +extern void *C_alloca (size_t) ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; +#undef alloca +#if GCC_VERSION >= 2000 && !defined USE_C_ALLOCA +# define alloca(x) __builtin_alloca(x) +# undef C_ALLOCA +# define ASTRDUP(X) \ + (__extension__ ({ const char *const libiberty_optr = (X); \ + const unsigned long libiberty_len = strlen (libiberty_optr) + 1; \ + char *const libiberty_nptr = (char *const) alloca (libiberty_len); \ + (char *) memcpy (libiberty_nptr, libiberty_optr, libiberty_len); })) +#else +# define alloca(x) C_alloca(x) +# undef USE_C_ALLOCA +# define USE_C_ALLOCA 1 +# undef C_ALLOCA +# define C_ALLOCA 1 +extern const char *libiberty_optr; +extern char *libiberty_nptr; +extern unsigned long libiberty_len; +# define ASTRDUP(X) \ + (libiberty_optr = (X), \ + libiberty_len = strlen (libiberty_optr) + 1, \ + libiberty_nptr = (char *) alloca (libiberty_len), \ + (char *) memcpy (libiberty_nptr, libiberty_optr, libiberty_len)) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* ! defined (LIBIBERTY_H) */ diff --git a/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/safe-ctype.h b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/safe-ctype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25f9459915 --- /dev/null +++ b/GPL/DemanglerGnu/src/demangler_gnu_v2.24/headers/safe-ctype.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* ### + * IP: LGPL 3.0 + * REVIEWED: YES + */ +/* replacement macros. + + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Zack Weinberg . + +This file is part of the libiberty library. +Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB. If +not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, +Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* This is a compatible replacement of the standard C library's + with the following properties: + + - Implements all isxxx() macros required by C99. + - Also implements some character classes useful when + parsing C-like languages. + - Does not change behavior depending on the current locale. + - Behaves properly for all values in the range of a signed or + unsigned char. + + To avoid conflicts, this header defines the isxxx functions in upper + case, e.g. ISALPHA not isalpha. */ + +#ifndef SAFE_CTYPE_H +#define SAFE_CTYPE_H + +/* Determine host character set. */ +#define HOST_CHARSET_UNKNOWN 0 +#define HOST_CHARSET_ASCII 1 +#define HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC 2 + +#if '\n' == 0x0A && ' ' == 0x20 && '0' == 0x30 \ + && 'A' == 0x41 && 'a' == 0x61 && '!' == 0x21 +# define HOST_CHARSET HOST_CHARSET_ASCII +#else +# if '\n' == 0x15 && ' ' == 0x40 && '0' == 0xF0 \ + && 'A' == 0xC1 && 'a' == 0x81 && '!' == 0x5A +# define HOST_CHARSET HOST_CHARSET_EBCDIC +# else +# define HOST_CHARSET HOST_CHARSET_UNKNOWN +# endif +#endif + +/* Categories. */ + +enum { + /* In C99 */ + _sch_isblank = 0x0001, /* space \t */ + _sch_iscntrl = 0x0002, /* nonprinting characters */ + _sch_isdigit = 0x0004, /* 0-9 */ + _sch_islower = 0x0008, /* a-z */ + _sch_isprint = 0x0010, /* any printing character including ' ' */ + _sch_ispunct = 0x0020, /* all punctuation */ + _sch_isspace = 0x0040, /* space \t \n \r \f \v */ + _sch_isupper = 0x0080, /* A-Z */ + _sch_isxdigit = 0x0100, /* 0-9A-Fa-f */ + + /* Extra categories useful to cpplib. */ + _sch_isidst = 0x0200, /* A-Za-z_ */ + _sch_isvsp = 0x0400, /* \n \r */ + _sch_isnvsp = 0x0800, /* space \t \f \v \0 */ + + /* Combinations of the above. */ + _sch_isalpha = _sch_isupper|_sch_islower, /* A-Za-z */ + _sch_isalnum = _sch_isalpha|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9 */ + _sch_isidnum = _sch_isidst|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9_ */ + _sch_isgraph = _sch_isalnum|_sch_ispunct, /* isprint and not space */ + _sch_iscppsp = _sch_isvsp|_sch_isnvsp, /* isspace + \0 */ + _sch_isbasic = _sch_isprint|_sch_iscppsp /* basic charset of ISO C + (plus ` and @) */ +}; + +/* Character classification. */ +extern const unsigned short _sch_istable[256]; + +#define _sch_test(c, bit) (_sch_istable[(c) & 0xff] & (unsigned short)(bit)) + +#define ISALPHA(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalpha) +#define ISALNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalnum) +#define ISBLANK(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isblank) +#define ISCNTRL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscntrl) +#define ISDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isdigit) +#define ISGRAPH(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isgraph) +#define ISLOWER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_islower) +#define ISPRINT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isprint) +#define ISPUNCT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_ispunct) +#define ISSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isspace) +#define ISUPPER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isupper) +#define ISXDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isxdigit) + +#define ISIDNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidnum) +#define ISIDST(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidst) +#define IS_ISOBASIC(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isbasic) +#define IS_VSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isvsp) +#define IS_NVSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isnvsp) +#define IS_SPACE_OR_NUL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscppsp) + +/* Character transformation. */ +extern const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256]; +extern const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256]; +#define TOUPPER(c) _sch_toupper[(c) & 0xff] +#define TOLOWER(c) _sch_tolower[(c) & 0xff] + +/* Prevent the users of safe-ctype.h from accidently using the routines + from ctype.h. Initially, the approach was to produce an error when + detecting that ctype.h has been included. But this was causing + trouble as ctype.h might get indirectly included as a result of + including another system header (for instance gnulib's stdint.h). + So we include ctype.h here and then immediately redefine its macros. */ + +#include +#undef isalpha +#define isalpha(c) do_not_use_isalpha_with_safe_ctype +#undef isalnum +#define isalnum(c) do_not_use_isalnum_with_safe_ctype +#undef iscntrl +#define iscntrl(c) do_not_use_iscntrl_with_safe_ctype +#undef isdigit +#define isdigit(c) do_not_use_isdigit_with_safe_ctype +#undef isgraph +#define isgraph(c) do_not_use_isgraph_with_safe_ctype +#undef islower +#define islower(c) do_not_use_islower_with_safe_ctype +#undef isprint +#define isprint(c) do_not_use_isprint_with_safe_ctype +#undef ispunct +#define ispunct(c) do_not_use_ispunct_with_safe_ctype +#undef isspace +#define isspace(c) do_not_use_isspace_with_safe_ctype +#undef isupper +#define isupper(c) do_not_use_isupper_with_safe_ctype +#undef isxdigit +#define isxdigit(c) do_not_use_isxdigit_with_safe_ctype +#undef toupper +#define toupper(c) do_not_use_toupper_with_safe_ctype +#undef tolower +#define tolower(c) do_not_use_tolower_with_safe_ctype + +#endif /* SAFE_CTYPE_H */